Abstract

The procedure of stimulated-Raman adiabatic passage (STIRAP), one of many well-established techniques for quantum-state manipulation, finds widespread application in chemistry, physics, and information processing. Numerous reviews discuss these applications, the history of its development, and some of the underlying physics. This tutorial supplies material useful as background for the STIRAP reviews as well as related techniques for adiabatic manipulation of quantum structures, with emphasis on the theory and simulation rather than on experimental results. It particularly emphasizes the picturing of behavior in various abstract vector spaces, wherein torque equations offer intuition about adiabatic changes. Appendices provide brief explanations of related coherent-excitation topics and useful evaluations of relative strengths of coherent transitions—the Rabi frequencies—involving Zeeman sublevels.

© 2017 Optical Society of America

Full Article  |  PDF Article
OSA Recommended Articles
Three-state systems driven by resonant optical pulses of different shapes

C. E. Carroll and F. T. Hioe
J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5(6) 1335-1340 (1988)

Perfect following in the diabatic limit

Denise Sawicki and J.H. Eberly
Opt. Express 4(7) 217-222 (1999)

References

  • View by:
  • |
  • |
  • |

  1. The term “population” is commonly used for the time-varying probability of finding a system in a specific quantum state; cf. Eq. (1).
  2. U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, M. Becker, S. Schiemann, K. Külz, and K. Bergmann, “Population switching between vibrational levels in molecular beams,” Chem. Phys. Lett. 149, 463–468 (1988).
    [Crossref]
  3. J. R. Kuklinski, U. Gaubatz, F. T. Hioe, and K. Bergmann, “Adiabatic population transfer in a three-level system driven by delayed laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 40, 6741–6744 (1989).
    [Crossref]
  4. U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, S. Schiemann, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer between molecular vibrational levels by stimulated Raman scattering with partially overlapping laser fields. A new concept and experimental results,” J. Chem. Phys. 92, 5363–5376 (1990).
    [Crossref]
  5. K. Bergmann and B. W. Shore, “Coherent population transfer,” in Molecular Dynamics and Spectroscopy by Stimulated Emission Pumping, H. C. Dai and R. W. Field, eds. (World Scientific, 1995), Chap. 9, pp. 315–374.
  6. K. Bergmann, H. Theuer, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent population transfer among quantum states of atoms and molecules,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 1003–1025 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  7. N. V. Vitanov, M. Fleischhauer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent manipulation of atoms and molecules by sequential laser pulses,” in Advances in Atomic Molecular and Optical Physics, B. Bederson and H. Walther, eds. (Academic, 2001), Vol. 46, pp. 55–190.
  8. N. V. Vitanov, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Laser-induced population transfer by adiabatic passage techniques,” Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem. 52, 763–809 (2001).
    [Crossref]
  9. B. W. Shore, “Pre-history of the concepts underlying stimulated Raman adiabatic passage (STIRAP),” Acta Phys. Slovaca 63, 361–481 (2013).
  10. K. Bergmann, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Perspective: Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage: The status after 25 years,” J. Chem. Phys. 142, 170901 (2015).
    [Crossref]
  11. G. Falci, P. G. Di Stefano, A. Ridolfo, G. S. Paraoanu, and E. Paladino, “Advances in quantum control of three-level superconducting circuit architectures,” Fortschr. Phys. 10, 1–10 (2016).
  12. N. V. Vitanov, A. A. Rangelov, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in physics, chemistry and beyond,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 89, 015006 (2017).
    [Crossref]
  13. B. W. Shore, The Theory of Coherent Atomic Excitation (Wiley, 1990).
  14. B. W. Shore, “Coherent manipulations of atoms using laser light,” Acta Phys. Slovaca 58, 243–486 (2008).
    [Crossref]
  15. B. W. Shore, Manipulating Quantum Structures Using Laser Pulses (Cambridge University, 2011).
  16. R. D. Levine, Quantum Mechanics of Molecular Rate Processes (Clarendon, 1969).
  17. W. H. Tucker, Radiation Processes in Astrophysics (MIT, 1975).
  18. G. B. Rybicki and A. P. Lightman, Radiative Processes in Astrophysics (Wiley-Interscience, 1979).
  19. A. P. Thorne, U. Litzen, and S. Johansson, Spectrophysics: Principles and Applications (Springer, 1999).
  20. A. Kastler, “Optical methods of atomic orientation and of magnetic resonance,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 47, 460–465 (1957).
    [Crossref]
  21. J. P. Barrat and C. Cohen-Tannoudji, “Étude du pompage optique dans le formalisme de la matrice densité,” J. Phys. Radium 22, 329–336 (1961).
    [Crossref]
  22. C. Cohen-Tannoudji, “Quantum theory of optical pumping,” Adv. Quantum Electron., 289–315 (1961).
  23. W. Happer and B. S. Mathur, “Effective operator formalism in optical pumping,” Phys. Rev. 163, 12–25 (1967).
    [Crossref]
  24. W. Happer, “Optical pumping,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 44, 169–249 (1972).
    [Crossref]
  25. B. J. Herman, P. D. Drummond, J. H. Eberly, and B. Sobolewska, “Coherent propagation and optical pumping in three-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 1910–1924 (1984).
    [Crossref]
  26. P. A. M. Dirac, The Principles of Quantum Mechanics, 4th ed. (Clarendon, 1958).
  27. P. L. Knight, “Quantum optics,” in The New Physics, P. Davies, ed. (Cambridge University, 1989), pp. 289–315.
  28. M. O. Scully and M. S. Zubairy, Quantum Optics (Cambridge University, 1997).
  29. P. Meystre and M. I. Sargent, Elements of Quantum Optics, 3rd ed. (Springer-Verlag, 1999).
  30. Y. Yamamoto and A. Imamoglu, Mesoscopic Quantum Optics (Wiley, 1999).
  31. R. R. Puri, Mathematical Methods of Quantum Optics (Springer, 2001).
  32. W. P. Schleich, Quantum Optics in Phase Space (Wiley-VCH, 2001).
  33. V. Vedral, Modern Foundations of Quantum Optics (World Scientific, 2001).
  34. S. M. Barnett and P. M. Radmore, Methods in Quantum Optics (Oxford University, 2002).
  35. C. Gerry and P. L. Knight, Introductory Quantum Optics (Cambridge University, 2004).
  36. P. Lambropoulos and D. Petrosyan, Quantum Optics and Quantum Information: An Introduction (Springer, 2006).
  37. W. Vogel and D.-G. Welsch, Quantum Optics (Wiley-VCH, 2006).
  38. D. F. Walls and G. J. Milburn, Quantum Optics, 2nd ed. (Springer-Verlag, 2007).
  39. R. Garca-Maraver, K. Eckert, R. Corbalán, and J. Mompart, “Generation of entangled photon pairs in optical cavity-QED: operating in the bad cavity limit,” J. Phys. B 41, 045505 (2008).
    [Crossref]
  40. P. Marte, P. Zoller, and J. L. Hall, “Coherent atomic mirrors and beam splitters by adiabatic passage in multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 44, R4118 (1991).
    [Crossref]
  41. N. V. Vitanov, “Adiabatic population transfer by delayed laser pulses in multistate systems,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 2295–2309 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  42. N. V. Vitanov, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Adiabatic population transfer in multistate chains via dressed intermediate states,” Eur. Phys. J. D 4, 15–29 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  43. N. V. Vitanov and S. Stenholm, “Adiabatic population transfer via multiple intermediate states,” Phys. Rev. A 60, 3820–3832 (1999).
    [Crossref]
  44. D. Petrosyan and P. Lambropoulos, “Coherent population transfer in a chain of tunnel coupled quantum dots,” Opt. Commun. 264, 419–425 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  45. E. Kuznetsova, P. Pellegrini, R. Côté, M. D. Lukin, and S. F. Yelin, “Formation of deeply bound molecules via chainwise adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 021402 (2008).
    [Crossref]
  46. D. Petrosyan, G. M. Nikolopoulos, and P. Lambropoulos, “State transfer in static and dynamic spin chains with disorder,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 042307 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  47. J. Qian, W. Zhang, and H. Y. Ling, “Achieving ground-state polar molecular condensates by chainwise atom-molecule adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 013632 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  48. Z. Zhang, J. Tian, and J. Du, “Manipulation of population transfer and the creation of an arbitrary superposition of atomic states using a series of pulse pairs,” Laser Phys. 25, 095201 (2015).
    [Crossref]
  49. R. G. Unanyan, L. P. Yatsenko, K. Bergmann, and B. W. Shore, “Laser-induced adiabatic atomic reorientation with control of diabatic losses,” Opt. Commun. 139, 48–54 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  50. M. Fleischhauer, R. Unanyan, K. Bergmann, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent population transfer beyond the adiabatic limit: generalized matched pulses and higher-order trapping state,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 3751–3760 (1999).
    [Crossref]
  51. A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Population trapping in three-state quantum loops revealed by Householder reflections,” Phys. Rev. A 77, 033404 (2008).
    [Crossref]
  52. R. G. Unanyan, M. Fleischhauer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Robust creation and phase-sensitive probing of superposition states via stimulated Raman adiabatic passage (STIRAP) with degenerate dark states,” Opt. Commun. 155, 144–154 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  53. R. G. Unanyan, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Laser-driven population transfer in four-level atoms: consequences of non-Abelian geometrical adiabatic phase factors,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 2910–2919 (1999).
    [Crossref]
  54. R. G. Unanyan, N. V. Vitanov, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent properties of a tripod system coupled via a continuum,” Phys. Rev. A 61, 043408 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  55. F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, R. Garcia-Fernandez, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Creation and measurement of a coherent superposition of quantum states,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 213001 (2003).
    [Crossref]
  56. J. Ruseckas, G. Juzeliūnas, P. Öhberg, and M. Fleischhauer, “Non-Abelian gauge potentials for ultracold atoms with degenerate dark states,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 010404 (2005).
    [Crossref]
  57. H. Goto and K. Ichimura, “Observation of coherent population transfer in a four-level tripod system with a rare-earth-metal-ion-doped crystal,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 033404 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  58. D. Møller, L. B. Madsen, and K. Mølmer, “Geometric phase gates based on stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in tripod systems,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 062302 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  59. D. Møller, L. B. Madsen, and K. Mølmer, “Geometric phases in open tripod systems,” Phys. Rev. A 77, 022306 (2008).
    [Crossref]
  60. C. Lazarou and N. V. Vitanov, “Dephasing effects on stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in tripod configurations,” Phys. Rev. A 82, 033437 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  61. K. Słowik, A. Raczyński, J. Zaremba, and S. Zielińska-Kaniasty, “Light storage in a tripod medium as a basis for logical operations,” Opt. Commun. 285, 2392–2396 (2012).
    [Crossref]
  62. V. S. Malinovsky and D. J. Tannor, “Simple and robust extension of the stimulated Raman adiabatic passage technique to N-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 56, 4929–4937 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  63. I. R. Solá, V. S. Malinovsky, B. Chang, J. Santamaria, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in three-level Λ systems by chirped laser pulses: minimization of the intermediate-level population,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 4494–4501 (1999).
    [Crossref]
  64. N. V. Vitanov and P. L. Knight, “Coherent excitation by asymmetric pulses,” J. Phys. B 28, 1905–1920 (1995).
    [Crossref]
  65. N. Sangouard, S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, and T. Halfmann, “Preparation of coherent superposition in a three-state system by adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 1–9 (2004).
    [Crossref]
  66. W. Huang, B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, and E. Kyoseva, “Adiabatic following for a three-state quantum system,” Opt. Commun. 382, 196–200 (2017).
    [Crossref]
  67. A. V. Smith, “Numerical studies of adiabatic population inversion in multilevel systems,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 9, 1543–1551 (1992).
    [Crossref]
  68. W. Süptitz, B. Duncan, and P. Gould, “Efficient 5D excitation of trapped Rb atoms using pulses of diode-laser light in the counterintuitive order,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 14, 1001–1008 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  69. R. Garcia-Fernandez, A. Ekers, L. P. Yatsenko, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Control of population flow in coherently driven quantum ladders,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 043001 (2005).
    [Crossref]
  70. R. Garcia-Fernandez, B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Ekers, and L. P. Yatsenko, “Experimental control of excitation flow produced by delayed pulses in a ladder of molecular levels,” J. Chem. Phys. 125, 014301 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  71. N. Sangouard, L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, and T. Halfmann, “Preparation of nondegenerate coherent superpositions in a three-state ladder system assisted by Stark shifts,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 043415 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  72. N. Mukherjee and R. N. Zare, “Preparation of polarized molecules using coherent infrared multicolor ladder excitation,” J. Chem. Phys. 132, 154302 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  73. S. A. Snigirev, A. A. Golovizin, G. A. Vishnyakova, A. V. Akimov, and N. N. Kolachevskii, “Coherent excitation of the 5D5/2 level of ultra-cold rubidium atoms with short laser pulses,” Quantum Electron. 42, 714–720 (2012).
    [Crossref]
  74. C. V. Raman, “A new radiation,” Indian J. Phys. 2, 387–398 (1928).
  75. C. V. Raman, “A new type of secondary radiation,” Nature 121, 501–502 (1928).
    [Crossref]
  76. C. V. Raman and K. S. Krishnan, “A theory of light-scattering in liquids,” Philos. Mag. 5, 498–512 (1928).
    [Crossref]
  77. C. V. Raman and K. S. Krishnan, “The optical analogue of the Compton effect,” Nature 121, 377–378 (1928).
  78. M. Born, “Zur Theorie des Ramaneffekts,” Naturwiss 16, 673 (1928).
    [Crossref]
  79. G. Herzberg, Molecular Spectra and Molecular Structure II. Infrared and Raman Spectra of Polyatomic Molecules (Van Nostrand, 1950).
  80. N. B. Colthup, L. H. Daly, and S. E. Wiberley, Introduction to Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy, 3rd ed. (Academic, 1990).
  81. J. R. Ferraro, K. Nakamoto, and C. W. Brown, Introductory Raman Sepectroscopy, 2nd ed. (Academic, 2003).
  82. E. Smith and G. Dent, Modern Raman Spectroscopy–A Practical Approach (Wiley, 2005).
  83. R. W. Hellwarth, “Theory of stimulated Raman scattering,” Phys. Rev. 130, 1850–1852 (1963).
    [Crossref]
  84. N. Bloembergen, “The stimulated Raman effect,” Am. J. Phys. 35, 989–1023 (1967).
    [Crossref]
  85. P. Lallemand, “The stimulated Raman effect,” in The Raman Effect, A. Anderson, ed. (Dekker, 1971), pp. 287–342.
  86. M. G. Raymer and J. Mostowski, “Stimulated Raman scattering: unified treatment of spontaneous initiation and spatial propagation,” Phys. Rev. A 24, 1980–1993 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  87. B. W. Shore, “Examples of counter-intuitive physics,” Contemp. Phys. 36, 15–28 (1995).
    [Crossref]
  88. B. W. Shore and P. L. Knight, “Surprises in physics: overturning conventional wisdom,” Laser Phys. 15, 1448–1457 (2005).
  89. M. O. Scully and M. S. Zubairy, “Theory of the quantum-beat laser,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 752–758 (1987).
    [Crossref]
  90. E. Paspalakis, C. H. Keitel, and P. L. Knight, “Fluorescence control through multiple interference mechanisms,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4868–4877 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  91. E. Paspalakis and P. L. Knight, “Phase control of spontaneous emission,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 293–296 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  92. H. S. Carslaw and J. C. Jaeger, Operational Methods in Applied Mathematics (Oxford University, 1948).
  93. R. V. Churchill, Operational Mathematics (McGraw-Hill, 1958).
  94. H. Stehfest, “Algorithm 368: Numerical inversion of Laplace transforms [D5],” ACM Commun. 13, 47–49 (1970).
    [Crossref]
  95. R. E. Bellman, The Laplace Transform (World Scientific, 1984).
  96. C. E. Carroll and F. T. Hioe, “Three-state model driven by two laser beams,” Phys. Rev. A 36, 724–729 (1987).
    [Crossref]
  97. C. E. Carroll and F. T. Hioe, “Driven three-state model and its analytic solutions,” J. Math. Phys. 29, 487–509 (1988).
    [Crossref]
  98. F. T. Hioe, “Analytic solutions and dynamic symmetries in laser-driven atomic excitations,” Adv. Chem. Phys. 73, 351–385 (2009).
  99. E. L. Ince, Ordinary Differential Equations (Dover, 1956).
  100. G. M. Murphy, Ordinary Differential Equations and Their Solutions (Van Nostrand, 1960).
  101. L. Fox, Numerical Solution of Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations (Addison-Wesley, 1962).
  102. L. Collatz, The Numerical Treatment of Differential Equations (Springer, 1966).
  103. G. F. Carrier and C. E. Pearson, Ordinary Differential Equations (Blaisdell, 1968).
  104. C. W. Gear, “The automatic integration of ordinary differential equations,” ACM Commun. 14, 176–179 (1971).
    [Crossref]
  105. L. Lapidus and J. H. Seinfeld, Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (Academic, 1971).
  106. J. C. Butcher, The Numerical Analysis of Ordinary Differential Equations: Runge-Kutta and General Linear Methods (Wiley, 1987).
  107. L. F. Shampine, Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (Chapman and Hall, 1994).
  108. J. C. Butcher, Numerical Methods for Ordinary Differential Equations (Wiley, 2003).
  109. U. Fano, “Description of states in quantum mechanics by density matrix and operator techniques,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 29, 74–93 (1957).
    [Crossref]
  110. D. Ter Haar, “Theory and application of the density matrix,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 24, 304–362 (1961).
    [Crossref]
  111. K. Blum, Density Matrix Theory and Applications (Plenum, 1981).
  112. M. A. Nielsen and I. L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information (Cambridge University, 2000).
  113. J.-M. Raimond, Exploring the Quantum (Oxford University, 2006).
  114. V. Vedral, Introduction to Quantum Information Science (Oxford University, 2006).
  115. S. M. Barnett, Quantum Information (Oxford University, 2009).
  116. P. Kok and B. W. Lovett, Introduction to Optical Quantum Information Processing (Cambridge University, 2010).
  117. B. Schumacher, “Quantum coding,” Phys. Rev. A 51, 2738–2747 (1995).
    [Crossref]
  118. P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
    [Crossref]
  119. T. Beth and G. Leuchs, eds., Quantum Information Processing, 2nd ed. (Wiley, 2005).
  120. N. V. Vitanov and B. W. Shore, “Designer evolution of quantum systems by inverse engineering,” J. Phys. B 48, 174008 (2015).
    [Crossref]
  121. G.-Z. He, A. Kuhn, S. Schiemann, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses and by the stimulated-emission pumping method: a comparative study,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1960–1969 (1990).
    [Crossref]
  122. A. Kuhn, G. W. Coulston, G. Z. He, S. Schiemann, K. Bergmann, and W. S. Warren, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses using spectrally broad light,” J. Chem. Phys. 96, 4215–4223 (1992).
    [Crossref]
  123. B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Kuhn, S. Schiemann, J. Oreg, and J. H. Eberly, “Laser-induced population transfer in multistate systems: a comparative study,” Phys. Rev. A 45, 5297–5300 (1992).
    [Crossref]
  124. The detunings (and Rabi frequencies) appearing in Eq. (2) bear units of rad/s. Experimenters often express these in Hz=cycle/s. The connection is Δ[rad/sec]=2πΔ[Hz].
  125. R. G. Unanyan, S. Guérin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Efficient population transfer by delayed pulses despite coupling ambiguity,” Eur. Phys. J. D 8, 443–449 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  126. Q. Zhan, “Cylindrical vector beams: from mathematical concepts to applications,” Adv. Opt. Photonics 1, 1–57 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  127. U. Levy and Y. Silberberg, “Weakly diverging to tightly focused Gaussian beams: a single set of analytic expressions,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. A 3433, 1999–2009 (2016).
  128. U. Levy and Y. Silberberg, “Weakly diverging to tightly focused Gaussian beams: a single set of analytic expressions,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. A 33, 1999–2009 (2016).
    [Crossref]
  129. R. Blatt, J. Cirac, and P. Zoller, “Trapping states of motion with cold ions,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 518–524 (1995).
    [Crossref]
  130. D. Leibfried, R. Blatt, C. Monroe, and D. Wineland, “Quantum dynamics of single trapped ions,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 75, 281–324 (2003).
    [Crossref]
  131. H. Häffner, C. F. Roos, and R. Blatt, “Quantum computing with trapped ions,” Phys. Rep. 469, 155–203 (2008).
    [Crossref]
  132. B. S. Ham, P. R. Hemmer, and M. S. Shahriar, “Efficient electromagnetically induced transparency in a rare-earth doped crystal,” Opt. Commun. 144, 227–230 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  133. J. Klein, F. Beil, and T. Halfmann, “Robust population transfer by stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in a Pr3+ : Y2SiO5 crystal,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 113003 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  134. D. Schraft, M. Hain, N. Lorenz, and T. Halfmann, “Stopped light at high storage efficiency in a Pr3+:Y2SiO5 crystal,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 116, 073602 (2016).
    [Crossref]
  135. T. Brixner and G. Gerber, “Femtosecond polarization pulse shaping,” Opt. Lett. 26, 557–559 (2001).
    [Crossref]
  136. A. Präkelt, M. Wollenhaupt, A. Assion, C. Horn, C. Sarpe-Tudoran, M. Winter, and T. Baumert, “Compact, robust, and flexible setup for femtosecond pulse shaping,” Rev. Sci. Instrum. 74, 4950–4953 (2003).
    [Crossref]
  137. M. Wollenhaupt, A. Assion, and T. Baumert, “Femtosecond laser pulses: linear properties, manipulation, generation and measurement,” in Springer Handbook of Lasers and Optics, F. Träger, ed. (Springer, 2007), pp. 937–983.
  138. K. Jens, M. Wollenhaupt, T. Bayer, C. Sarpe, and T. Baumert, “Zeptosecond precision pulse shaping,” Opt. Express 19, 167–175 (2011).
  139. A. M. Weiner, “Ultrafast optical pulse shaping: A tutorial review,” Opt. Commun. 284, 3669–3692 (2011).
    [Crossref]
  140. The lack of ongoing coherence, with its retention of statevector phases, is often termed decoherence. Example sources include spontaneous emission and thermal motions as well as laser irregularities that are quantified by bandwidths that exceed the Fourier-transform limit of a pulse.
  141. D. Bera, L. Qian, T. K. Tseng, and P. H. Holloway, “Quantum dots and their multimodal applications: A review,” Materials 3, 2260–2345 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  142. T. Jamieson, R. Bakhshi, D. Petrova, R. Pocock, M. Imani, and A. M. Seifalian, “Biological applications of quantum dots,” Biomaterials 28, 4717–4732 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  143. C. R. Kagan, E. Lifshitz, E. H. Sargent, and D. V. Talapin, “Building devices from colloidal quantum dots,” Science 353, aac5523 (2016).
  144. P. Lodahl, S. Mahmoodian, and S. Stobbe, “Interfacing single photons and single quantum dots with photonic nanostructures,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 87, 347–400 (2015).
    [Crossref]
  145. J. Q. You and F. Nori, “Atomic physics and quantum optics using superconducting circuits,” Nature 474, 589–597 (2011).
    [Crossref]
  146. V. Bouchiat, D. Vion, P. Joyez, D. Esteve, and M. H. Devoret, “Quantum coherence with a single Cooper pair,” Phys. Scr. T76, 165 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  147. Y. Nakamura, Y. A. Pashkin, and J. S. Tsai, “Coherent control of macroscopic quantum states in a single-cooper-pair box,” Nature 398, 786–788 (1999).
    [Crossref]
  148. J. Mooij, T. Orlando, L. Levitov, L. Tian, C. H. Van der Wal, and S. Lloyd, “Josephson persistent-current qubit,” Science 285, 1036–1039 (1999).
    [Crossref]
  149. J. R. Friedman, V. Patel, W. Chen, S. K. Tolpygo, and J. E. Lukens, “Quantum superposition of distinct macroscopic states,” Nature 406, 43–46 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  150. C. H. van der Wal, A. C. J. ter Haar, F. K. Wilhelm, R. N. Schouten, C. J. P. M. Harmans, T. P. Orlando, S. Lloyd, and J. E. Mooij, “Quantum superposition of macroscopic persistent-current states,” Science 290, 773–777 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  151. I. Chiorescu, Y. Nakamura, C. M. Harmans, and J. Mooij, “Coherent quantum dynamics of a superconducting flux qubit,” Science 299, 1869–1871 (2003).
    [Crossref]
  152. J. M. Martinis, S. Nam, J. Aumentado, and C. Urbina, “Rabi oscillations in a large Josephson-junction qubit,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 117901 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  153. M. H. Devoret and R. J. Schoelkopf, “Superconducting circuits for quantum computation: an outlook,” Science 339, 1169–1174 (2013).
    [Crossref]
  154. This is a list that I have found useful; other definitions of STIRAP are less restrictive.
  155. A. Kuhn, S. Steuerwald, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in NO with pulsed lasers: the consequences of hyperfine structure, Doppler broadening and electromagnetically induced absorption,” Eur. Phys. J. D 1, 57–70 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  156. L. D. Landau, “Zur Theorie der Energieübertragung bei Stössen,” Phys. Z. Sowjet 1, 88–98 (1932).
  157. L. D. Landau, “Zur Theorie der Energieübertragung II,” Phys. Z. Sowjet 2, 46–51 (1932).
  158. C. Zener, “Non-adiabatic crossing of energy levels,” Proc. R. Soc. London A 137, 696–702 (1932).
    [Crossref]
  159. E. Majorana, “Atomi orientati in campo magnetico variabile,” Nuovo Cimento 9, 43–50 (1932).
    [Crossref]
  160. E. C. G. Stueckelberg, “Theorie der unelastichen Stössezwischen Atomen,” Helv. Phys. Acta 5, 369–423 (1932).
  161. S. Chelkowski and G. N. Gibson, “Adiabatic climbing of vibrational ladders using Raman transitions with a chirped pump laser,” Phys. Rev. A 52, R3417 (1995).
    [Crossref]
  162. S. Chelkowski and A. D. Bandrauk, “Raman chirped adiabatic passage: a new method for selective excitation of high vibrational states,” J. Raman Spectrosc. 28, 459–466 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  163. B. Chang, I. R. Solá, and V. S. Malinovsky, “Selective excitation of diatomic molecules by chirped laser pulses,” Chem. Phys. 113, 4901–4911 (2000).
  164. S. Longhi, G. D. Valle, M. Ornigotti, and P. Laporta, “Coherent tunneling by adiabatic passage in an optical waveguide system,” Phys. Rev. B 76, 201101 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  165. M. Tscherneck and N. P. Bigelow, “Efficient coherent population transfer between the a3Σ and the x1Σ states of 39K85 Rb,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 055401 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  166. P. Kumar, P. Kumar, and A. K. Sarma, “Simultaneous control of optical dipole force and coherence creation by super-Gaussian femtosecond pulses in Λ-like atomic systems,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 033422 (2014).
    [Crossref]
  167. J. Melinger and S. Gandhi, “Generation of narrowband inversion with broadband laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. 68, 1992–2003 (1992).
  168. B. Broers, H. B. L. van den Heuvell, and L. D. Noordam, “Efficient population transfer in a three-level ladder system by frequency-swept ultrashort laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 69, 2062–2065 (1992).
    [Crossref]
  169. Y. B. Band and O. Magnes, “Is adiabatic passage population transfer a solution to an optimal control problem,” J. Chem. Phys. 101, 7528–7530 (1994).
    [Crossref]
  170. M. Dantus and V. V. Lozovoy, “Experimental coherent laser control of physicochemical processes,” Chem. Rev. 104, 1813–1860 (2004).
    [Crossref]
  171. L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, K. Bergmann, and A. Vardi, “Source of metastable H(2s) atoms using the Stark chirped rapid-adiabatic-passage technique,” Phys. Rev. A 60, R4237–R4240 (1999).
    [Crossref]
  172. T. Rickes, L. P. Yatsenko, S. Steuerwald, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Efficient adiabatic population transfer by two-photon excitation assisted by a laser-induced Stark shift,” J. Chem. Phys. 113, 534–546 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  173. L. P. Yatsenko, S. Guérin, and H. R. Jauslin, “Topology of adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 043407 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  174. L. P. Yatsenko, N. V. Vitanov, B. W. Shore, T. Rickes, and K. Bergmann, “Creation of coherent superpositions using Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage,” Opt. Commun. 204, 413–423 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  175. A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, and K. Bergmann, “Stark-shift-chirped rapid-adiabatic-passage technique among three states,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 053403 (2005).
    [Crossref]
  176. L. P. Yatsenko, V. I. Romanenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, and K. Bergmann, “Two-photon excitation of the metastable 2s state of hydrogen assisted by laser-induced chirped Stark shifts and continuum structure,” Phys. Rev. A 71, 033418 (2005).
    [Crossref]
  177. M. Oberst, F. Vewinger, and A. I. Lvovsky, “Time-resolved probing of the ground state coherence in rubidium,” Opt. Lett. 32, 1755–1757 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  178. M. Oberst, H. Münch, G. Grigoryan, and T. Halfmann, “Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage among a three-state molecular system: experimental and numerical investigations,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033409 (2008).
    [Crossref]
  179. M. Radonjić and B. M. Jelenković, “Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage among degenerate-level manifolds,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 043416 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  180. N. Mukherjee and R. N. Zare, “Stark-induced adiabatic Raman passage for preparing polarized molecules,” J. Chem. Phys. 135, 024201 (2011).
    [Crossref]
  181. W. Dong, N. Mukherjee, and R. N. Zare, “Optical preparation of H2 rovibrational levels with almost complete population transfer,” J. Chem. Phys. 139, 074204 (2013).
    [Crossref]
  182. N. Mukherjee, W. Dong, and R. N. Zare, “Coherent superposition of M-states in a single rovibrational level of H2 by Stark-induced adiabatic Raman passage,” J. Chem. Phys. 140, 074201 (2014).
    [Crossref]
  183. W. E. Perreault, N. Mukherjee, and R. N. Zare, “Preparation of a selected high vibrational energy level of isolated molecules,” J. Chem. Phys. 145, 154203 (2016).
  184. J. Oreg, F. T. Hioe, and J. H. Eberly, “Adiabatic following in multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 690–697 (1984).
    [Crossref]
  185. I. I. Boradjiev and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage with unequal couplings: beyond two-photon resonance,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 053415 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  186. J. L. Sørensen, D. Møller, T. Iversen, J. B. Thomsen, F. Jensen, P. Staanum, D. Voigt, and M. Drewsen, “Efficient coherent internal state transfer in trapped ions using stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” New J. Phys. 8, 261 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  187. D. Møller, J. L. Sørensen, J. B. Thomsen, and M. Drewsen, “Efficient qubit detection using alkaline-earth-metal ions and a double stimulated Raman adiabatic process,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 062321 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  188. J. Martin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. III. Experimental results,” Phys. Rev. A 54, 1556–1569 (1996).
    [Crossref]
  189. N. Young, An Introduction to Hilbert Space (Cambridge University, 1988).
  190. D. W. Cohen, An Introduction to Hilbert Space and Quantum Logic (Springer, 1989).
  191. P. Szekeres, A Course in Modern Mathematical Physics. Groups, Hilbert Space and Differential Geometry (Cambridge University, 2004).
  192. L. Debnath and P. Mikusinski, Introduction to Hilbert Spaces: With Applications (Academic, 2005).
  193. I use boldface fonts not only for spatial vectors, such as position r and the electric field E, but also for vectors in Hilbert space, where unit vectors such as Ψ and ψ are associated with quantum states. The statevectorΨ(t) of the present article is to be distinguished from a wavefunctionΨ(x,y,z,t) by having no variation with any spatial coordinates x,y,z.
  194. T. H. Einwohner, J. Wong, and J. C. Garrison, “Analytical solutions for laser excitation of multilevel systems in the rotating-wave approximation,” Phys. Rev. A 14, 1452–1456 (1976).
    [Crossref]
  195. T. H. Einwohner, J. Wong, and J. C. Garrison, “Effects of alternative transition sequences on coherent photoexcitation,” Phys. Rev. A 20, 940–947 (1979).
    [Crossref]
  196. R. Diestel, Graph Theory, 3rd ed. (Springer, 2005).
  197. Some authors omit the factor 1/2 when defining E(t).
  198. L. F. Shampine and C. W. Gear, “A user’s view of solving stiff ordinary differential equations,” SIAM Rev. 21, 1–17 (1979).
    [Crossref]
  199. N. G. Van Kampen, “Elimination of fast variables,” Phys. Rep. 124, 69–160 (1985).
    [Crossref]
  200. M. Sargent, M. O. Scully, and W. E. Lamb, Laser Physics (Addison-Wesley, 1974).
  201. P. L. Knight and P. W. Milonni, “The Rabi frequency in optical spectra,” Phys. Rep. 66, 21–107 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  202. J. H. Shirley, “Solution of the Schrödinger equation with a Hamiltonian periodic in time,” Phys. Rev. 138, B979–B987 (1965).
    [Crossref]
  203. S. R. Barone, M. A. Narcowich, and F. J. Narcowich, “Floquet theory and applications,” Phys. Rev. 15, 1109–1125 (1977).
    [Crossref]
  204. K. Drese and M. Holthaus, “Floquet theory for short laser pulses,” Eur. Phys. J. D 5, 119–134 (1999).
    [Crossref]
  205. S. Guérin, H. Jauslin, R. Unanyan, and L. Yatsenko, “Floquet perturbative analysis for STIRAP beyond the rotating wave approximation,” Opt. Express 4, 84–90 (1999).
    [Crossref]
  206. N. V. Vitanov and S. Stenholm, “Analytic properties and effective two-level problems in stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 55, 648–660 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  207. N. V. Vitanov and S. Stenholm, “Population transfer via a decaying state,” Phys. Rev. A 56, 1463–1471 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  208. M. Scala, B. Militello, A. Messina, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in an open quantum system: master equation approach,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 053847 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  209. E. S. Kyoseva and N. V. Vitanov, “Coherent pulsed excitation of degenerate multistate systems: Exact analytic solutions,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 023420 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  210. D. Vitali, S. Gigan, A. Ferreira, H. R. Böhm, P. Tombesi, A. Guerreiro, V. Vedral, A. Zeilinger, and M. Aspelmeyer, “Optomechanical entanglement between a movable mirror and a cavity field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 98, 1–4 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  211. E. S. Kyoseva, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Physical realization of coupled Hilbert-space mirrors for quantum-state engineering,” J. Mod. Opt. 54, 2237–2257 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  212. B. T. Torosov, E. S. Kyoseva, and N. V. Vitanov, “Composite pulses for ultrabroad-band and ultranarrow-band excitation,” Phys. Rev. A 92, 033406 (2015).
    [Crossref]
  213. The trace of a matrix, denoted Tr, is the sum of its diagonal elements.
  214. G. W. Coulston and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses: Analytical results for multilevel systems,” J. Chem. Phys. 96, 3467–3475 (1992).
    [Crossref]
  215. Q. Shi and E. Geva, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in the presence of dephasing,” J. Chem. Phys. 119, 11773–11787 (2003).
    [Crossref]
  216. R. G. Unanyan and M. Fleischhauer, “Geometric phase gate without dynamical phases,” Phys. Rev. A 69, 050302 (2004).
    [Crossref]
  217. P. A. Ivanov, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Effect of dephasing on stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 063409 (2004).
    [Crossref]
  218. J. N. Elgin, “Semiclassical formalism for the treatment of three-level systems,” Phys. Lett. A 80, 140–142 (1980).
    [Crossref]
  219. F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “N-level coherence vector and higher conservation laws in quantum optics and quantum mechanics,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 838–841 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  220. F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “Nonlinear constants of motion for three-level quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 25, 2168–2171 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  221. F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “New conservation laws restricting the density matrix of 3-level quantum systems,” Appl. Phys. B 1, 105–106 (1982).
  222. F. T. Hioe, “Exact solitary-wave solution of short different-wavelength in many-level atomic absorbers optical pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 26, 1466–1472 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  223. F. T. Hioe, “Theory of generalized adiabatic following in multilevel systems,” Phys. Lett. 99A, 150–155 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  224. F. T. Hioe, “Dynamic symmetries in quantum electronics,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 879–886 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  225. F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “Multiple-laser excitation of multilevel atoms,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 1164–1167 (1984).
    [Crossref]
  226. F. T. Hioe, “Analytic solutions of density-matrix evolutions with the use of Racah tensorial decompositions,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 3097–3106 (1984).
    [Crossref]
  227. F. T. Hioe, “Gellmann dynamic symmetry for N-level quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 2824–2836 (1985).
    [Crossref]
  228. F. T. Hioe, “N-level quantum systems with SU(2) dynamic symmetry,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 4, 1327–1332 (1987).
    [Crossref]
  229. F. T. Hioe, “N-level quantum systems with Gell-Mann dynamic symmetry,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 859–862 (1988).
    [Crossref]
  230. F. T. Hioe and C. E. Carroll, “Coherent population trapping in N-level quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 3000–3005 (1988).
    [Crossref]
  231. F. T. Hioe, “Lossless propagation of optical pulses through N-level systems with Gell-Mann symmetry,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 6, 1245–1252 (1989).
    [Crossref]
  232. W. E. J. Lamb, “Fine structure of the hydrogen atom. III,” Phys. Rev. 85, 259–276 (1952).
    [Crossref]
  233. B. J. Dalton and P. L. Knight, “The effects of laser field fluctuations on coherent population trapping,” J. Phys. B 15, 3997–4015 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  234. N. V. Vitanov, “Analytic model of a three-state system driven by two laser pulses on two- photon resonance,” J. Phys. B 31, 709–725 (1998).
  235. B. J. Dalton and P. L. Knight, “Population trapping and ultranarrow Raman lineshapes induced by phase-fluctuating fields,” Opt. Commun. 42, 411–416 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  236. G. Alzetta, A. Gozzini, L. Moi, and G. Orriols, “An experimental method for the observation of R. F. transitions and laser beat resonances in oriented Na vapour,” Nuovo Cimento B 36, 5–20 (1976).
    [Crossref]
  237. E. Arimondo and G. Orriols, “Nonabsorblng atomic coherences by coherent two-photon transitions in a three-level optical pumping,” Lett. Nuovo Cimento 17, 333–338 (1976).
    [Crossref]
  238. H. R. Gray, R. M. Whitley, and C. R. Stroud, “Coherent trapping of atomic populations,” Opt. Lett. 3, 218–220 (1978).
    [Crossref]
  239. G. Alzetta, L. Moi, and G. Orriols, “Nonabsorption hyperfine resonances in a sodium vapour irradiated by a multimode dye-laser,” Nuovo Cimento B 52, 209–218 (1979).
    [Crossref]
  240. E. Arimondo, “Coherent population trapping in laser spectroscopy,” Prog. Opt. 35, 257–354 (1996).
  241. P. Zanardi and N. Rasettum, “Noiseless quantum codes,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 79, 3306–3309 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  242. D. A. Lidar, I. L. Chuang, and K. B. Whaley, “Decoherence-free subspaces for quantum computation,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 2594–2597 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  243. A. Beige, D. Braun, B. Tregenna, and P. L. Knight, “Quantum computing using dissipation to remain in a decoherence-free subspace,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 85, 1762–1765 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  244. A. Beige, D. Braun, and P. L. Knight, “Driving atoms into decoherence-free states,” New J. Phys. 22, 1–15 (2000).
  245. D. Kielpinski, V. Meyer, M. A. Rowe, C. A. Sackett, W. M. Itano, C. Monroe, and D. J. Wineland, “A decoherence-free quantum memory using trapped ions,” Science 291, 1013–1015 (2001).
    [Crossref]
  246. J. Gea-Banacloche, “Some implications of the quantum nature of laser fields for quantum computations,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 022308 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  247. M. Šašura and V. Bužek, “Tutorial review. Cold trapped ions as quantum information processors,” J. Mod. Opt. 49, 1593–1647 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  248. L.-A. Wu and D. A. Lidar, “Creating decoherence-free subspaces using strong and fast pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 88, 207902 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  249. M. Amniat-Talab, S. Guérin, and H.-R. Jauslin, “Decoherence-free creation of atom-atom entanglement in a cavity via fractional adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 012339 (2005).
    [Crossref]
  250. C. Cohen-Tannoudji and S. Reynaud, “Dressed-atom description of resonance fluorescence and absorption spectra of a multi-level atom in an intense laser beam,” J. Phys. B 10, 345–363 (1977).
    [Crossref]
  251. M. P. Fewell, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer among three states: Full algebraic solutions and the relevance of non adiabatic processes to transfer by delayed pulses,” Aust. J. Phys. 50, 281–308 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  252. The addition of a constant value to the diagonals of the RWA Hamiltonian, as was done by [4], will shift all the adiabatic energies accordingly [9]; only with the convention used in Eq. (2) reckoning all excitation energies from state 1, does the dark state have zero as its eigenvalue; see Appendix D.
  253. B. J. Dalton, R. McDuff, and P. L. Knight, “Coherent population trapping. Two unequal phase fluctuating laser fields,” Opt. Acta 32, 61–70 (1985).
    [Crossref]
  254. V. I. Romanenko and L. P. Yatsenko, “Adiabatic population transfer in the three-level Λ-system: two-photon lineshape,” Opt. Commun. 140, 231–236 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  255. L. P. Yatsenko, S. Guérin, T. Halfmann, K. Böhmer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated hyper-Raman adiabatic passage. I. The basic problem and examples,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4683–4690 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  256. B. T. Torosov and N. V. Vitanov, “Exactly soluble two-state quantum models with linear couplings,” J. Phys. A 41, 155309 (2008).
    [Crossref]
  257. H. Yuan, C. P. Koch, P. Salamon, and D. J. Tannor, “Controllability on relaxation-free subspaces: On the relationship between adiabatic population transfer and optimal control,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 033417 (2012).
    [Crossref]
  258. F. Vewinger, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Superpositions of degenerate quantum states: Preparation and detection in atomic beams,” Adv. At. Mol. Opt. Phys. 58, 113–172 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  259. Because diabatic curves are plots of detunings, these can be equal or cross. The adiabatic curves can meet at a singular point when the RWA Hamiltonian is null, but they do not cross: by definition the plus eigenvalue is always larger than the minus eigenvalue.
  260. B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage with temporal pulselets,” Opt. Commun. 283, 730–736 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  261. N. V. Vitanov and S. Stenholm, “Properties of stimulated Raman adiabatic passage with intermediate-level detuning,” Opt. Commun. 135, 394–405 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  262. M. V. Danileiko, V. I. Romanenko, and L. P. Yatsenko, “Landau–Zener transitions and population transfer in a three-level system driven by two delayed laser pulses,” Opt. Commun. 109, 462–466 (1994).
    [Crossref]
  263. S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, and H. R. Jauslin, “Dynamical resonances and the topology of the multiphoton adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 63, 031403 (2001).
    [Crossref]
  264. This three-stage view of STIRAP induced by pulses of finite support [9,14] differs from the often-presented five-stage view inspired by STIRAP with Gaussian pulses acting on traveling quantum particles [6,7,10,12,15].
  265. I follow the nomenclature of atomic spectroscopy in which a quantum “state” is the ultimate unresolvable entity and “level” denotes one or more quantum states.
  266. R. N. Zare, Angular Momentum: Understanding Spatial Aspects in Chemistry and Physics (Wiley, 1988).
  267. B. W. Shore, “Two-state behavior in N -state quantum systems: the Morris-Shore transformation reviewed,” J Mod. Opt. 61, 787–815 (2013).
    [Crossref]
  268. A. Karpati and Z. Kis, “Adiabatic creation of coherent superposition states via multiple intermediate states,” J. Phys. B 36, 905–919 (2003).
    [Crossref]
  269. Z. Kis, A. Karpati, B. W. Shore, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage among degenerate-level manifolds,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 053405 (2004).
    [Crossref]
  270. Z. Kis, N. V. Vitanov, A. Karpati, C. Barthel, and K. Bergmann, “Creation of arbitrary coherent superposition states by stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 033403 (2005).
    [Crossref]
  271. M. Heinz, F. Vewinger, U. Schneider, L. P. Yatsenko, and K. Bergmann, “Phase control in a coherent superposition of degenerate quantum states through frequency control,” Opt. Commun. 264, 248–255 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  272. F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Amplitude and phase control of a coherent superposition of degenerate states. I. Theory,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 043406 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  273. F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, U. Schneider, C. Barthel, and K. Bergmann, “Amplitude and phase control of a coherent superposition of degenerate states. II. Experiment,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 043407 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  274. N. V. Vitanov, “Measuring a coherent superposition,” Opt. Commun. 179, 73–83 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  275. N. V. Vitanov, “Measuring a coherent superposition of multiple states,” J. Phys. B 33, 2333–2346 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  276. P. A. Ivanov and N. V. Vitanov, “State reconstruction of a qutrit by a minimal set of discrete measurements,” Opt. Commun. 264, 368–374 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  277. J. Martin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. II. Algebraic analysis,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 583–593 (1995).
    [Crossref]
  278. B. W. Shore, J. Martin, M. P. Fewell, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. I. Numerical studies,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 566–582 (1995).
    [Crossref]
  279. N. V. Vitanov, L. P. Yatsenko, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer by an amplitude-modulated pulse,” Phys. Rev. A 68, 043401 (2003).
    [Crossref]
  280. N. V. Vitanov, K.-A. Suominen, and B. W. Shore, “Creation of coherent atomic superpositions by fractional stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” J. Phys. B 32, 4535–4546 (1999).
    [Crossref]
  281. F. Q. Dou, H. Cao, J. Liu, and L. B. Fu, “High-fidelity composite adiabatic passage in nonlinear two-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 93, 1–5 (2016).
    [Crossref]
  282. G. S. Vasilev, A. Kuhn, and N. V. Vitanov, “Optimum pulse shapes for stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 013417 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  283. G. Dridi, S. Guérin, V. Hakobyan, H. R. Jauslin, and H. Eleuch, “Ultrafast stimulated Raman parallel adiabatic passage by shaped pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 043408 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  284. X. Chen and J. G. Muga, “Engineering of fast population transfer in three-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 033405 (2012).
    [Crossref]
  285. M. H. Levitt and R. Freeman, “NMR population inversion using a composite pulse,” J. Magn. Reson. 33, 473–476 (1979).
  286. X. Chen, I. Lizuain, A. Ruschhaupt, D. Guéry-Odelin, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcut to adiabatic passage in two- and three-level atoms,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 105, 123003 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  287. G. T. Genov, B. T. Torosov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Optimized control of multistate quantum systems by composite pulse sequences,” Phys. Rev. A 84, 063413 (2011).
    [Crossref]
  288. M. H. Levitt, “Short perspective on “NMR population inversion using a composite pulse” by M. H. Levitt and R. Freeman [J. Magn. Reson. 33 (1979) 473-476],” J. Magn. Reson. 213, 274–275 (2011).
    [Crossref]
  289. B. Torosov, S. Guérin, and N. V. Vitanov, “High-fidelity adiabatic passage by composite sequences of chirped pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 106, 233001 (2011).
    [Crossref]
  290. B. Torosov and N. V. Vitanov, “Smooth composite pulses for high-fidelity quantum information processing,” Phys. Rev. A 83, 053420 (2011).
    [Crossref]
  291. A. A. Rangelov and N. V. Vitanov, “Complete population transfer in a three-state quantum system by a train of pairs of coincident pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 043407 (2012).
    [Crossref]
  292. G. T. Genov and N. V. Vitanov, “Dynamical suppression of unwanted transitions in multistate quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 110, 133002 (2013).
    [Crossref]
  293. B. Torosov and N. V. Vitanov, “Composite stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 87, 043418 (2013).
    [Crossref]
  294. G. T. Genov, D. Schraft, T. Halfmann, and N. V. Vitanov, “Correction of arbitrary field errors in population inversion of quantum systems by universal composite pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 043001 (2014).
    [Crossref]
  295. S. S. Ivanov and N. V. Vitanov, “High-fidelity local addressing of trapped ions and atoms by composite sequences of laser pulses,” Opt. Lett. 36, 1275–1277 (2011).
    [Crossref]
  296. D. Schraft, T. Halfmann, G. Genov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Experimental demonstration of composite adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 88, 063406 (2013).
    [Crossref]
  297. S. Guérin, S. Thomas, and H. R. Jauslin, “Optimization of population transfer by adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 023409 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  298. X. Lacour, S. Guérin, and H. R. Jauslin, “Optimized adiabatic passage with dephasing,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033417 (2008).
    [Crossref]
  299. M. V. Berry, “Transitionless quantum driving,” J. Phys. A 42, 365303 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  300. M. Demirplak and S. A. Rice, “Assisted adiabatic passage revisited,” J. Phys. Chem. B 109, 6838–6844 (2005).
    [Crossref]
  301. J. G. Muga, X. Chen, E. Torrontegui, S. Ibáñez, and I. Lizuain, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity,” Opt. Pura Apl. 44, 479–486 (2011).
  302. E. Torrontegui, S. Martínez-Garaot, A. Ruschhaupt, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity: fast-forward approach,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 013601 (2012).
    [Crossref]
  303. A. del Campo, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity by counter-diabatic driving,” arXiv 1306.0410 (2013).
  304. A. Ruschhaupt and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity in two-level systems: control and optimization,” J. Mod. Opt. 61, 828–832 (2013).
    [Crossref]
  305. S. Martínez-Garaot, E. Torrontegui, X. Chen, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity in three-level systems using Lie transforms,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 053408 (2014).
    [Crossref]
  306. S. Masuda and S. A. Rice, “Selective vibrational population transfer using combined STIRAP and counter-diabatic fields,” J. Phys. Chem. C 119, 14513–14523 (2015).
  307. B. T. Torosov, G. D. Valle, and S. Longhi, “Non-Hermitian shortcut to stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 063412 (2014).
    [Crossref]
  308. S. Campbell and S. Deffner, “Trade-off between speed and cost in shortcuts to adiabaticity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 118, 100601 (2017).
    [Crossref]
  309. C. de Boor, “On calculating with B-splines,” J. Approx. Theory 6, 50–62 (1972).
    [Crossref]
  310. B. W. Shore, “Solving the radial Schrodinger equation by using cubic-spline basis functions,” J. Chem. Phys. 58, 3855–3866 (1973).
    [Crossref]
  311. B. W. Shore, “B-spline expansion bases for excited states and discretized scattering states,” J. Chem. Phys. 63, 3835–3840 (1975).
    [Crossref]
  312. P. Brumer and M. Shapiro, “Coherent radiative control of unimolecular reactions. Three-dimensional results,” Faraday Discuss. Chem. Soc. 82, 177–185 (1986).
    [Crossref]
  313. M. Shapiro and P. Brumer, “Coherent control of direct and resonant unimolecular reactions,” in Methods of Laser Spectroscopy (Springer, 1986), pp. 239–247.
  314. T. Seideman, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent radiative control of unimolecular reactions: selective bond breaking with picosecond pulses,” J. Chem. Phys. 90, 7132–7136 (1989).
    [Crossref]
  315. M. Shapiro and P. Brumer, “Quantum control of chemical reactions by laser light,” J. Chem. Soc. Faraday Trans. 93, 1263–1277 (1997).
  316. C. P. Koch and M. Shapiro, “Coherent control of ultracold photoassociation,” Chem. Rev. 112, 4928–4948 (2012).
    [Crossref]
  317. E. McCullough, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent control of refractive indices,” Phys. Rev. 61, 1–4 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  318. D. Felinto, C. A. C. Bosco, L. Acioli, and S. S. Vianna, “Accumulative effects in temporal coherent control,” Phys. Rev. A 64, 063413 (2001).
    [Crossref]
  319. M. Gruebele, “Fully quantum coherent control,” Chem. Phys. 267, 33–46 (2001).
    [Crossref]
  320. J. J. Garcia-Ripoll, P. Zoller, and J. I. Cirac, “Speed optimized two-qubit gates with laser coherent control techniques for ion trap quantum computing,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 157901 (2003).
    [Crossref]
  321. M. Shapiro and P. Brumer, “Quantum control of bound and continuum state dynamics,” Phys. Rep. 425, 195–264 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  322. M. Kiffner, J. Evers, and C. H. Keitel, “Coherent control in a decoherence-free subspace of a collective multilevel system,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 032313 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  323. K. Ohmori, “Wave-packet and coherent control dynamics,” Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem. 60, 487–511 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  324. G. Lu, W. Hai, and Q. Xie, “Coherent control of atomic tunneling in a driven triple well,” Phys. Rev. A 83, 013407 (2011).
    [Crossref]
  325. S. Masuda and S. A. Rice, “Rapid coherent control of population transfer in lattice systems,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 033621 (2014).
    [Crossref]
  326. M. J. Powell, “A fast algorithm for nonlinearly constrained optimization calculations,” in Numerical Analysis (Springer, 1978), pp. 144–157.
  327. A. Homaifar, C. X. Qi, and S. H. Lai, “Constrained optimization via genetic algorithms,” Simulation 62, 242–253 (1994).
    [Crossref]
  328. C. Zhu, R. H. Byrd, P. Lu, and J. Nocedal, “Algorithm 778: L-BFGS-B: Fortran subroutines for large-scale bound-constrained optimization,” ACM Trans. Math. Software 23, 550–560 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  329. D. P. Bertsekas, Constrained Optimization and Lagrange Multiplier Methods (Academic, 2014).
  330. A. P. Pierce, M. A. Dahleh, and H. Rabitz, “Optimal control of quantum-mechanical systems: existence, numerical approximation, and applications,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 4950–4964 (1988).
    [Crossref]
  331. M. A. Dahleh, A. P. Peirce, and H. Rabitz, “Optimal control of uncertain quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 42, 1065–1079 (1990).
    [Crossref]
  332. H. Rabitz, “Optimal control of quantum systems: origins of inherent robustness to control field fluctuations,” Phys. Rev. A 66, 063405 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  333. A. Borz, G. Stadler, and U. Hohenester, “Optimal quantum control in nanostructures: theory and application to a generic three-level system,” Phys. Rev. A 66, 053811 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  334. T. E. Skinner, T. O. Reiss, B. Luy, N. Khaneja, and S. J. Glaser, “Reducing the duration of broadband excitation pulses using optimal control with limited RF amplitude,” J. Magn. Reson. 167, 68–74 (2004).
    [Crossref]
  335. J. Werschnik and E. K. U. Gross, “Quantum optimal control theory,” J. Phys. B 40, R175–R211 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  336. E. Assémat and D. Sugny, “Connection between optimal control theory and adiabatic-passage techniques in quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 023406 (2012).
    [Crossref]
  337. Z. Kis and S. Stenholm, “Optimal control approach for a degenerate STIRAP,” J. Mod. Opt. 49, 111–124 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  338. U. Boscain, G. Charlot, J.-P. Gauthier, S. Guerin, and H.-R. Jauslin, “Optimal control in laser-induced population transfer for two- and three-level quantum systems,” J. Math. Phys. 43, 2107 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  339. D. Sugny, M. Ndong, D. Lauvergnat, Y. Justum, and M. Desouter-Lecomte, “Laser control in open molecular systems: STIRAP and Optimal Control,” J. Photochem. Photobiol. A 190, 359–371 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  340. P. Kumar, S. A. Malinovskaya, and V. S. Malinovsky, “Optimal control of population and coherence in three-level Λ systems,” J. Phys. B 44, 154010 (2011).
    [Crossref]
  341. M. M. T. Loy, “Observation of population inversion by optical adiabatic rapid passage,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 32, 814–817 (1974).
    [Crossref]
  342. D. Grischkowsky, M. M. T. Loy, and P. F. Liao, “Adiabatic following model for two-photon transitions: Nonlinear mixing and pulse propagation,” Phys. Rev. A 12, 2514–2533 (1975).
    [Crossref]
  343. M. M. T. Loy, “Observation of two-photon optical nutation and free-induction decay,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 36, 1454–1457 (1976).
    [Crossref]
  344. M. M. T. Loy and D. Grischkowsky, “The relationship of the two-photon vector model to the coherent excitation of polyatomic molecules,” Opt. Commun. 21, 379–383 (1977).
    [Crossref]
  345. M. Amniat-Talab, S. Guérin, N. Sangouard, and H. R. Jauslin, “Atom-photon, atom-atom, and photon-photon entanglement preparation by fractional adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 71, 023805 (2005).
    [Crossref]
  346. L.-B. Chen, M.-Y. Ye, G.-W. Lin, Q.-H. Du, and X.-M. Lin, “Generation of entanglement via adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 062304 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  347. F. Dreisow, M. Ornigotti, A. Szameit, M. Heinrich, R. Keil, S. Nolte, A. Tünnermann, and S. Longhi, “Polychromatic beam splitting by fractional stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 95, 261102 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  348. A. A. Rangelov and N. V. Vitanov, “Achromatic multiple beam splitting by adiabatic passage in optical waveguides,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 055803 (2012).
    [Crossref]
  349. J. Klein, F. Beil, and T. Halfmann, “Experimental investigations of stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in a doped solid,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033416 (2008).
    [Crossref]
  350. G. G. Grigoryan, G. Nikoghosyan, and T. Halfmann, “Efficient population transfer via bright-state,” Physics 102, 99–102 (2008).
  351. G. G. Grigoryan, G. Nikoghosyan, T. Halfmann, Y. Pashayan-Leroy, C. Leroy, and S. Guérin, “Theory of the bright-state stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 033402 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  352. D. Jaksch, V. Venturi, J. I. Cirac, C. J. Williams, and P. Zoller, “Creation of a molecular condensate by dynamically melting a Mott insulator,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 040402 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  353. E. A. Shapiro, V. Milner, C. Menzel-Jones, and M. Shapiro, “Piecewise adiabatic passage with a series of femtosecond pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 033002 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  354. Z. Białynicka-Birula, I. Białynicki-Birula, J. H. Eberly, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. II. Analytic solutions,” Phys. Rev. A 16, 2048–2054 (1977).
    [Crossref]
  355. J. H. Eberly, B. W. Shore, Z. Białynicka-Birula, and I. Białynicki-Birula, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules I. Numerical experiments,” Phys. Rev. A 16, 2038–2047 (1977).
    [Crossref]
  356. R. J. Cook and B. W. Shore, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. III. An analytically soluble periodic case,” Phys. Rev. A 20, 539–544 (1979).
    [Crossref]
  357. B. W. Shore and R. J. Cook, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. IV. Two-and three-level behavior,” Phys. Rev. A 20, 1958–1964 (1979).
    [Crossref]
  358. B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, J. Oreg, and S. Rosenwaks, “Multilevel adiabatic population transfer,” Phys. Rev. A 44, 7442–7447 (1991).
    [Crossref]
  359. J. H. Eberly, “The double lambda system: a new workhorse for quantum optics?” Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. A,  355, 238791 (1997.)
  360. J. Lawall and M. Prentiss, “Demonstration of a novel atomic beam splitter,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 72, 993–996 (1994).
    [Crossref]
  361. H. Theuer and K. Bergmann, “Atomic beam deflection by coherent momentum transfer and the dependence on weak magnetic fields,” Eur. Phys. J. D 2, 279–289 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  362. I. R. Solá, V. S. Malinovsky, and D. J. Tannor, “Optimal pulse sequences for population transfer in multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 60, 3081–3090 (1999).
    [Crossref]
  363. G. Della Valle, M. Ornigotti, T. Toney Fernandez, P. Laporta, S. Longhi, A. Coppa, and V. Foglietti, “Adiabatic light transfer via dressed states in optical waveguide arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 92, 011106 (2008).
    [Crossref]
  364. S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated hyper-Raman adiabatic passage. II. Static compensation of dynamic Stark shifts,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4691–4704 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  365. S. Guérin and H. R. Jauslin, “Two-laser multiphoton adiabatic passage in the frame of the Floquet theory. Applications to (1+1) and (2+1) STIRAP,” Eur. Phys. J. D 2, 99–113 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  366. R. P. Feynman, F. L. Vernon, and R. W. Hellwarth, “Geometrical representation of the Schrödinger equation for solving maser problems,” J. Appl. Phys. 28, 49–52 (1957).
    [Crossref]
  367. L. Allen and J. H. Eberly, Optical Resonance and Two Level Atoms (Dover, 1987).
  368. N. V. Vitanov and B. W. Shore, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in a two-state system,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 053402 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  369. B. W. Shore, “Two-level behavior of coherent excitation of multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 24, 1413–1418 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  370. N. V. Vitanov, “Complete population return in a two-state system driven by a smooth asymmetric pulse,” J. Phys. B 28, L19–L22 (1995).
    [Crossref]
  371. A. A. Soares and L. E. E. de Araujo, “Coherent accumulation of excitation in the electromagnetically induced transparency of an ultrashort pulse train,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 043818 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  372. X. Yang, Z. Zhang, X. Yan, and C. Li, “Enhanced selectivity and efficiency of coherent population transfer via a train of pulse pairs,” Phys. Rev. A 82, 033831 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  373. A. Gogyan, S. Guérin, and Y. Malakyan, “Shaping coherent excitation of atoms and molecules by a train of ultrashort laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 033401 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  374. E. Ilinova and A. Derevianko, “Dynamics of a three-level Λ-type system driven by trains of ultrashort laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 013423 (2012).
    [Crossref]
  375. A. A. Rangelov and N. V. Vitanov, “Broadband sum-frequency generation using cascaded processes via chirped quasi-phase-matching,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 045804 (2012).
    [Crossref]
  376. E. A. Shapiro, V. Milner, and M. Shapiro, “Complete transfer of populations from a single state to a preselected superposition of states using piecewise adiabatic passage: theory,” Phys. Rev. A 79, 023422 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  377. S. Zhdanovich, E. A. Shapiro, J. W. Hepburn, M. Shapiro, and V. Milner, “Complete transfer of populations from a single state to a preselected superposition of states using piecewise adiabatic passage: Experiment,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 063405 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  378. J. A. Vaitkus and A. D. Greentree, “Digital three-state adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 87, 063820 (2013).
    [Crossref]
  379. R. Freeman, S. P. Kempsell, and M. H. Levitt, “Radiofrequency pulse sequences which compensate their own imperfections,” J. Magn. Reson. 30, 453–479 (1980).
  380. M. H. Levitt, “Composite pulses,” Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc. 18, 61–122 (1986).
    [Crossref]
  381. R. Freeman, Spin Choreography (Spectrum, 1997).
  382. B. W. Shore, “Gating of population flow in resonant multiphoton excitation,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 1578–1582 (1984).
    [Crossref]
  383. M. N. Kobrak and S. A. Rice, “Coherent population transfer via a resonant intermediate state: the breakdown of adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 57, 1158–1163 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  384. M. N. Kobrak and S. A. Rice, “Equivalence of the Kobrak–Rice photoselective adiabatic passage and the Brumer-Shapiro strong field methods for control of product formation in a reaction,” J. Chem. Phys. 109, 1–10 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  385. M. N. Kobrak and S. A. Rice, “Selective photochemistry via adiabatic passage: an extension of stimulated Raman adiabatic passage for degenerate final states,” Phys. Rev. A 57, 2885–2894 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  386. E. Schrödinger, “Discussion of probability relations between separated systems,” Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 31, 555–563 (1935).
    [Crossref]
  387. S. Hill and W. K. Wootters, “Entanglement of a pair of quantum bits,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 78, 5022–5025 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  388. V. Vedral, M. B. Plenio, M. A. Rippin, and P. L. Knight, “Quantifying entanglement,” Phys. Rev. Lett.,  78, 2275–2279 (1997).
  389. A. Rauschenbeutel, “Step-by-step engineered multiparticle entanglement,” Science 288, 2024–2028 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  390. K. Zyczkowski, P. Horodecki, M. Horodecki, and R. Horodecki, “Dynamics of quantum entanglement,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 012101 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  391. J.-M. Raimond, M. Brune, and S. Haroche, “Manipulating quantum entanglement with atoms and photons in a cavity,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 73, 565–582 (2001).
    [Crossref]
  392. R. Horodecki, M. Horodecki, and K. Horodecki, “Quantum entanglement,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 81, 865–942 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  393. J. I. Latorre and A. Riera, “A short review on entanglement in quantum spin systems,” J. Phys. A 42, 504002 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  394. A. F. Bernhardt and B. W. Shore, “Coherent atomic deflection by resonant standing waves,” Phys. Rev. A 23, 1290–1301 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  395. P. Meystre, E. Schumacher, and S. Stenholm, “Atomic beam deflection in a quantum field,” Opt. Commun. 73, 443–447 (1989).
    [Crossref]
  396. B. W. Shore, P. Meystre, and S. Stenholm, “Is a quantum standing wave composed of two traveling waves?” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 8, 903–910 (1991).
    [Crossref]
  397. M. Kasevich and S. Chu, “Atomic interferometry using stimulated Raman transitions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 67, 181–184 (1991).
    [Crossref]
  398. M. Kasevich, D. S. Weiss, E. Riis, K. Moler, S. Kasapi, and S. Chu, “Atomic velocity selection using stimulated Raman transitions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 66, 2297–2300 (1991).
    [Crossref]
  399. M. Marte, J. I. Cirac, and P. Zoller, “Deflection of atoms by circularly polarized light beams in triple Laue configuration,” J. Mod. Opt. 38, 2265–2280 (1991).
    [Crossref]
  400. L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Momentum transfer in laser-cooled cesium by adiabatic passage in a light field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 72, 997–1000 (1994).
    [Crossref]
  401. L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Coherent transfer of photon momentum by adiabatic following in a dark state,” Quantum Opt. 6, 387–389 (1994).
    [Crossref]
  402. C. S. Adams, M. Sigel, and J. Mlynek, “Atom optics,” Phys. Rep. 240, 143–210 (1994).
    [Crossref]
  403. P. R. Berman, Atom Interferometry (Academic, 1997).
  404. E. V. Goldstein, O. Zobay, and P. Meystre, “Coherence of atomic matter-wave fields,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 2373–2384 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  405. P. Meystre, Atom Optics (Springer, 2001).
  406. K. Bongs and K. Sengstock, “Physics with coherent matter waves,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 67, 907–963 (2004).
    [Crossref]
  407. C. Henkel and M. Wilkens, “De Broglie optics,” in Springer Handbook of Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics, G. Drake, ed. (Springer, 2006), pp. 1125–1140.
  408. J. Bateman and T. Freegarde, “Fractional adiabatic passage in two-level systems: mirrors and beam splitters for atomic interferometry,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 013416 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  409. A. Cronin, J. Schmiedmayer, and J. D. Pritchard, “Optics and interferometry with atoms and molecules,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 81, 1051–1129 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  410. R. Blatt and D. Wineland, “Review article: entangled states of trapped atomic ions,” Nature 453, 1008–1015 (2008).
    [Crossref]
  411. S. Stenholm, “Laser cooling and trapping,” Eur. J. Phys. 9, 242–249 (1988).
    [Crossref]
  412. W. D. Phillips, “Nobel lecture: laser cooling and trapping of neutral atoms,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 721–741 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  413. C. Cohen-Tannoudji, “Nobel lecture: Manipulating atoms with photons,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 707–719 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  414. H. J. Metcalf and P. Straten, Laser Cooling and Trapping of Neutral Atoms (Wiley, 2007).
  415. H. J. Metcalf and P. Van der Straten, Laser Cooling and Trapping (Springer, 2012).
  416. The combination of a discrete-state quantum system such as an atom and a classical, controllable field is often termed “semiclassical,” by contrast with situations in which the field too is governed by quantum theory, as in Appendix N.
  417. M. Fleischhauer and A. S. Manka, “Propagation of laser pulses and coherent population transfer in dissipative three-level systems: An adiabatic dressed-state picture,” Phys. Rev. A 54, 794–803 (1996).
    [Crossref]
  418. M. Fleischhauer and M. D. Lukin, “Dark-state polaritons in electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 84, 5094–5097 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  419. M. Fleischhauer and M. D. Lukin, “Quantum memory for photons: Dark-state polaritons,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 022314 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  420. M. Johnsson and K. Mølmer, “Storing quantum information in a solid using dark-state polaritons,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 032320 (2004).
    [Crossref]
  421. M. Fleischhauer, A. Imamoğlu, and J. P. Marangos, “Electromagnetically induced transparency: Optics in coherent media,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 77, 633–673 (2005).
    [Crossref]
  422. P. A. M. Dirac, “The quantum theory of the emission and absorption of radiation,” Proc. R. Soc. London A 114, 243–265 (1927).
    [Crossref]
  423. E. Fermi, “Quantum theory of radiation,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 4, 87–132 (1932).
    [Crossref]
  424. W. Heitler, Quantum Theory of Radiation (Clarendon, 1954).
  425. I. Białynicki-Birula and Z. Białynicka-Birula, Quantum Electrodynamics (Pergamon, 1975).
  426. R. Loudon, The Quantum Theory of Light, 3rd ed. (Oxford, 2000).
  427. C. Cohen-Tannoudji, J. Dupont-Roc, and G. Grynberg, Photons & Atoms. Introduction to Quantum Electrodynamics (Wiley, 1989).
  428. D. Meschede, H. Walther, and G. Muller, “One-atom maser,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 54, 551–554 (1985).
    [Crossref]
  429. H. Walther, “The single atom maser and the quantum electrodynamics in a cavity,” Phys. Scripta T23, 165–169 (1988).
    [Crossref]
  430. E. T. Jaynes and F. W. Cummings, “Comparison of quantum and semiclassical radiation theories with application to the beam maser,” Proc. IEEE 51, 89–109 (1963).
    [Crossref]
  431. B. W. Shore and P. L. Knight, “Topical review. The Jaynes–Cummings model,” J. Mod. Opt. 40, 1195–1238 (1993).
    [Crossref]
  432. A. S. Parkins, P. Marte, P. Zoller, and H. J. Kimble, “Synthesis of arbitrary quantum states via adiabatic transfer of Zeeman coherence,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 71, 3095–3098 (1993).
    [Crossref]
  433. A. S. Parkins, P. Marte, P. Zoller, O. Carnal, and H. J. Kimble, “Quantum-state mapping between multilevel atoms and cavity light fields,” Phys. Rev. A 51, 1578–1596 (1995).
    [Crossref]
  434. M. Hennrich, T. Legero, A. Kuhn, and G. Rempe, “Vacuum-stimulated Raman scattering based on adiabatic passage in a high-finesse optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 85, 4872–4875 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  435. A. Kuhn, M. Hennrich, and G. Rempe, “Deterministic single-photon source for distributed quantum networking,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 067901 (2002).
    [Crossref]
  436. T. Legero, T. Wilk, M. Hennrich, G. Rempe, and A. Kuhn, “Quantum beat of two single photons,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 070503 (2004).
    [Crossref]
  437. M. Hennrich, A. Kuhn, and G. Rempe, “Transition from antibunching to bunching in cavity QED,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 94, 053604 (2005).
    [Crossref]
  438. G. S. Vasilev, D. Ljunggren, and A. Kuhn, “Single photons made-to-measure,” New J. Phys. 12, 063024 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  439. V. S. Letokhov and V. G. Minogin, “Laser radiation pressure on free atoms,” Phys. Rep. 73, 1–65 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  440. T. Zaugg, P. Meystre, G. Lenz, and M. Wilkins, “Theory of adiabatic cooling in cavities,” Phys. Rev. A,  49, 3011–3021 (1994).
  441. S. Chu, “Nobel lecture: The manipulation of neutral particles,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 685–706 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  442. S. E. Harris, J. E. Field, and A. Imamoğlu, “Nonlinear optical processes using electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 64, 1107–1110 (1990).
    [Crossref]
  443. K.-J. Boller, A. Imamoğlu, and S. E. Harris, “Observation of electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 66, 2593–2596 (1991).
    [Crossref]
  444. S. E. Harris, “Electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Today 50(7), 36–42 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  445. A. V. Gorshkov, A. André, M. Fleischhauer, A. S. Sørensen, and M. D. Lukin, “Universal approach to optimal photon storage in atomic media,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 98, 123601 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  446. G. Heinze, C. Hubrich, and T. Halfmann, “Stopped light and image storage by electromagnetically induced transparency up to the regime of one minute,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 111, 033601 (2013).
    [Crossref]
  447. A. D. Greentree, J. H. Cole, A. Hamilton, and L. C. L. Hollenberg, “Coherent electronic transfer in quantum dot systems using adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. B 70, 235317 (2004).
    [Crossref]
  448. K. Eckert, M. Lewenstein, R. Corbalán, G. Birkl, W. Ertmer, and J. Mompart, “Three-level atom optics via the tunneling interaction,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 023606 (2004).
    [Crossref]
  449. K. Eckert, J. Mompart, R. Corbalán, M. Lewenstein, and G. Birkl, “Three level atom optics in dipole traps and waveguides,” Opt. Commun. 264, 264–270 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  450. M. Born and E. Wolf, Principles of Optics, 7th ed. (Pergamon, 1999).
  451. H. Kubo and R. Nagata, “Vector representation of behavior of polarized light in a weakly inhomogeneous medium with birefringence and dichroism,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 1719–1724 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  452. W. S. Bickel and W. M. Bailey, “Stokes vectors, Mueller matrices, and polarized scattered light,” Am. J. Phys. 53, 468–478 (1985).
    [Crossref]
  453. M. V. Tratnik and J. E. Sipe, “Nonlinear polarization dynamics. I. The single-pulse equations,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 2965–2975 (1987).
    [Crossref]
  454. H. Kuratsuji and S. Kakigi, “Maxwell-Schrödinger equation for polarized light and evolution of the Stokes parameters,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 80, 1888–1891 (1998).
    [Crossref]
  455. H. Kuratsuji, R. Botet, and R. Seto, “Electromagnetic gyration:–Hamiltonian dynamics of the Stokes parameters–,” Prog. Theor. Phys. 117, 195–217 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  456. A. A. Rangelov, U. Gaubatz, and N. V. Vitanov, “Broadband adiabatic conversion of light polarization,” Opt. Commun. 283, 3891–3894 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  457. B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Piecewise adiabatic passage in polarization optics: An achromatic polarization rotator,” Adv. Chem. Phys. 1598, 219–234 (2015) (in press).
  458. K. Okamoto, Fundamentals of Optical Waveguides (Elsevier, 2006).
  459. R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Llobera, J. Vila-Planas, V. J. Cadarso, J. Mompart, and V. Ahufinger, “Light spectral filtering based on spatial adiabatic passage,” Light Sci. Appl. 2, e90 (2013).
    [Crossref]
  460. R. Menchon-Enrich, J. Mompart, and V. Ahufinger, “Spatial adiabatic passage processes in sonic crystals with linear defects,” Phys. Rev. B 89, 094304 (2014).
    [Crossref]
  461. R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Benseny, V. Ahufinger, A. D. Greentree, T. Busch, and J. Mompart, “Spatial adiabatic passage: a review of recent progress,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 79, 074401 (2016).
    [Crossref]
  462. H. A. Haus and C. Fonstad, “Three-waveguide couplers for improved sampling and filtering,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 17, 2321–2325 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  463. E. Peral and A. Yariv, “Supermodes of grating-coupled multimode waveguides and application to mode conversion between copropagating modes mediated by backward Bragg scattering,” J. Lightwave Technol. 17, 942–947 (1999).
    [Crossref]
  464. V. M. Schneider and H. T. Hattori, “High-tolerance power splitting in symmetric triple-mode evolution couplers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 36, 923–930 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  465. V. Schneider, “Wavelength insensitive asymmetric triple mode evolution couplers,” Opt. Commun. 187, 129–133 (2001).
    [Crossref]
  466. A. M. Kenis, I. Vorobeichik, M. Orenstein, and N. Moiseyev, “Non-evanescent adiabatic directional coupler,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 37, 1321–1328 (2001).
    [Crossref]
  467. E. Paspalakis, “Adiabatic three-waveguide directional coupler,” Opt. Commun. 258, 30–34 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  468. S. Longhi, “Adiabatic passage of light in coupled optical waveguides,” Phys. Rev. E 73, 026607 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  469. S. Longhi, “Optical realization of multilevel adiabatic population transfer in curved waveguide arrays,” Phys. Lett. A 359, 166–170 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  470. H. C. Liu and A. Yariv, “Grating induced transparency (GIT) and the dark mode in optical waveguides,” Opt. Express 17, 11710–11718 (2009).
  471. S. Longhi, “Quantum-optical analogies using photonic structures,” Laser Photonics Rev. 3, 243–261 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  472. C. Ciret, V. Coda, A. A. Rangelov, D. N. Neshev, and G. Montemezzani, “Planar achromatic multiple beam splitter by adiabatic light transfer,” Opt. Lett. 37, 3789–3791 (2012).
    [Crossref]
  473. H. S. Hristova, A. A. Rangelov, S. Guérin, and N. V. Vitanov, “Adiabatic evolution of light in an array of parallel curved optical waveguides,” Phys. Rev. A 88, 013808 (2013).
    [Crossref]
  474. H. Oukraou, L. Vittadello, V. Coda, C. Ciret, M. Alonzo, A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and G. Montemezzani, “Control of adiabatic light transfer in coupled waveguides with longitudinally varying detuning,” Phys. Rev. A 95, 023811 (2017).
    [Crossref]
  475. A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage analogues in classical physics,” J. Phys. B 42, 055504 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  476. J. L. McKibben, “Triple pendulum as an analog to three coupled stationary states,” Am. J. Phys. 45, 1022–1026 (1977).
    [Crossref]
  477. P. R. Hemmer and M. G. Prentiss, “Coupled-pendulum model of the stimulated resonance Raman effect,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1613–1623 (1988).
    [Crossref]
  478. B. W. Shore, M. V. Gromovyi, L. P. Yatsenko, and V. I. Romanenko, “Simple mechanical analogs of rapid adiabatic passage in atomic physics,” Am. J. Phys. 77, 1183–1194 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  479. R. E. Hamam, A. Karalis, J. D. Joannopoulos, and M. Soljačić, “Efficient weakly-radiative wireless energy transfer: an EIT-like approach,” Ann. Phys. 324, 1783–1795 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  480. M. D. Crisp, “Adiabatic-following approximation,” Phys. Rev. A 8, 2128–2135 (1973).
    [Crossref]
  481. D. Grischkowsky, “Self-focusing of light by potassium vapor,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 24, 866–869 (1970).
    [Crossref]
  482. C. A. Arango, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Cold atomic collisions: coherent control of penning and associative ionization,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 97, 193202 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  483. C. A. Arango, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent control of collision processes: penning versus associative ionization,” J. Chem. Phys. 125, 094315 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  484. N. Lu, E. J. Robinson, and P. R. Herman, “Coherent dynamics and complete population depletion of a special three-level quantum system,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 5088–5098 (1987).
    [Crossref]
  485. C. E. Carroll and F. T. Hioe, “Three-state systems driven by resonant optical pulses of different shapes,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1335–1340 (1988).
    [Crossref]
  486. N. V. Vitanov and P. L. Knight, “Coherent excitation of a two-state system by a train of short pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 2245–2261 (1995).
    [Crossref]
  487. T. Halfmann, T. Rickes, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Lineshapes in coherent two-photon excitation,” Opt. Commun. 220, 353–359 (2003).
    [Crossref]
  488. S. Shi and H. Rabitz, “Quantum mechanical optimal control of physical observables in microsystems,” J. Chem. Phys. 92364–376 (1990).
  489. R. S. Judson and H. Rabitz, “Teaching lasers to control molecules,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 68, 1500–1503 (1992).
    [Crossref]
  490. H. Rabitz and W. Zhu, “Optimal control of molecular motion: design, implementation, and inversion,” Acc. Chem. Res. 33, 572–578 (2000).
    [Crossref]
  491. C. Brif, R. Chakrabarti, and H. Rabitz, “Control of quantum phenomena: past, present and future,” New J. Phys. 12, 075008 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  492. I. I. Rabi, “Space quantization in a gyrating magnetic field,” Phys. Rev. 51, 652–654 (1937).
    [Crossref]
  493. K. V. R. M. Murali, Z. Dutton, W. D. Oliver, D. S. Crankshaw, and T. P. Orlando, “Probing decoherence with electromagnetically induced transparency in superconductive quantum circuits,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 087003 (2004).
    [Crossref]
  494. Z. Dutton, K. V. R. M. Murali, W. D. Oliver, and T. P. Orlando, “Electromagnetically induced transparency in superconducting quantum circuits: effects of decoherence, tunneling, and multilevel crosstalk,” Phys. Rev. B 73, 104516 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  495. J. Li, G. S. Paraoanu, K. Cicak, F. Altomare, J. I. Park, R. W. Simmonds, M. A. Sillanpää, and P. J. Hakonen, “Decoherence, Autler-Townes effect, and dark states in two-tone driving of a three-level superconducting system,” Phys. Rev. B 84, 104527 (2011).
    [Crossref]
  496. S. J. D. Phoenix, “Counter-rotating contributions in the Jaynes-Cummings model,” J. Mod. Opt. 36, 1163–1172 (1989).
    [Crossref]
  497. J. Cheng and J. Zhou, “Ultrafast population transfer in three-level systems driven by few-cycle laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 64, 065402 (2001).
    [Crossref]
  498. J. R. Morris and B. W. Shore, “Reduction of degenerate two-level excitation to independent two-state systems,” Phys. Rev. A 27, 906–912 (1983).
    [Crossref]
  499. N. V. Vitanov and S. Stenholm, “Non-adiabatic effects in population transfer in three-level systems,” Opt. Commun. 127, 215–222 (1996).
    [Crossref]
  500. M. D. Crisp, “Propagation of small-area pulses of coherent light through a resonant medium,” Phys. Rev. A 1, 1604–1611 (1970).
    [Crossref]
  501. G. S. Vasilev and N. V. Vitanov, “Complete population transfer by a zero-area pulse,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 023416 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  502. A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Rapid adiabatic passage without level crossing,” Opt. Commun. 283, 1346–1350 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  503. E. Paspalakis, M. Protopapas, and P. L. Knight, “Population transfer through the continuum with temporally delayed chirped laser pulses,” Opt. Commun. 142, 34–40 (1997).
    [Crossref]
  504. J. A. Armstrong, N. Bloembergen, J. Ducuing, and P. S. Pershan, “Interactions between light waves in a nonlinear dielectric,” Phys. Rev. 127, 1918–1939 (1962).
    [Crossref]
  505. N. Bloembergen, “Nonlinear optics and spectroscopy,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 54, 685–695 (1982).
    [Crossref]
  506. R. W. Boyd, Nonlinear Optics, 3rd ed. (Elsevier, 2003).
  507. M. Hillery, “An introduction to the quantum theory of nonlinear optics,” Acta Phys. Slovaca 59, 1–80 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  508. G. H. C. New, “Nonlinear optics: the first 50 years,” Contemp. Phys. 52, 281–292 (2011).
    [Crossref]
  509. The summation shown here simplifies the effects of nonresonant states as detunings away from resonant. A more complete approach, beyond the RWA, includes both resonant and antiresonant denominators [13,567].
  510. F. T. Hioe and C. E. Carroll, “Two-state problems involving arbitrary amplitude and frequency modulation,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 1541–1549 (1985).
    [Crossref]
  511. B. T. Torosov, G. S. Vasilev, and N. V. Vitanov, “Symmetries and asymmetries in coherent atomic excitation by chirped laser pulses,” Opt. Commun. 283, 1338–1345 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  512. G. S. Vasilev, S. S. Ivanov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Degenerate Landau–Zener model: Analytical solution,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 013417 (2007).
    [Crossref]
  513. J. Oreg, G. Hazak, and J. H. Eberly, “Multilevel inversion schemes in and beyond the adiabatic limit,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 2776–2783 (1985).
    [Crossref]
  514. D. Maas, C. Rella, P. Antoine, E. Toma, and L. Noordam, “Population transfer via adiabatic passage in the rubidium quantum ladder system,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 1374–1381 (1999).
    [Crossref]
  515. That paper also considered pulsed Rabi frequencies and constant detunings, but only in the limit of an effective two-state system.
  516. S. H. Autler and C. H. Townes, “Stark effect in rapidly varying fields,” Phys. Rev. 100, 703–722 (1955).
    [Crossref]
  517. S. Feneuille and M.-G. Schweighofer, “Conditions for the observation of the Autler–Townes effect in a two step resonance experiment,” J. Phys. 36, 781–786 (1975).
    [Crossref]
  518. C. Delsart and J.-C. Keller, “The optical Autler–Tones effect in Doppler-broadened three-level systems,” J. Phys. 39, 350–360 (1978).
    [Crossref]
  519. H. R. Gray and C. R. J. Stroud, “Autler–Townes effect in double optical resonance,” Opt. Commun. 25, 359–362 (1978).
    [Crossref]
  520. M. Fleischhauer, C. H. Keitel, L. M. Narducci, M. O. Scully, S. Y. Zhu, and M. S. Zubairy, “Lasing without inversion: interference of radiatively broadened resonances in dressed atomic systems,” Opt. Commun. 94, 599–608 (1992).
    [Crossref]
  521. Here the labels on Cabc… do not partake of the permutation.
  522. A. R. Edmonds, Angular Momentum in Quantum Mechanics (Princeton University, 1957).
  523. U. Fano and G. Racah, Irreducible Tensorial Sets (Academic, 1963).
  524. J. Schwinger, “On angular momentum,” in Quantum Theory of Angular Momentum, L. C. Biedenharn and H. van Dam, eds. (Academic, 1965), pp. 229–279.
  525. L. C. Biedenharn and H. van Dam, eds., Quantum Theory of Angular Momentum (Academic, 1965).
  526. L. C. Biedenharn and J. D. Louck, Angular Momentum in Quantum Physics (Addison-Wesley, 1981).
  527. D. M. Brink and G. R. Satchler, Angular Momentum (Clarendon, 1968).
  528. I. I. Sobelman, Atomic Spectra and Radiative Transitions, 2nd ed. (Springer, 1992).
  529. A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Extension of the Morris-Shore transformation to multilevel ladders,” Phys. Rev. A 74, 053402 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  530. B. W. Shore, “Effects of magnetic sublevel degeneracy on Rabi oscillations,” Phys. Rev. A 17, 1739–1746 (1978).
    [Crossref]
  531. B. W. Shore and M. A. Johnson, “Effects of hyperfine structure on coherent excitation,” Phys. Rev. A 23, 1608–1610 (1981).
    [Crossref]
  532. A. Imamoğlu, E. Knill, T. E. Tessier, and P. Zoller, “Optical pumping of quantum-dot nuclear spins,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 017402 (2003).
    [Crossref]
  533. S. Ospelkaus, K.-K. Ni, G. Quéméner, B. Neyenhuis, D. Wang, M. H. G. de Miranda, J. L. Bohn, J. Ye, and D. S. Jin, “Controlling the hyperfine state of Rovibronic ground-state polar molecules,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 104, 030402 (2010).
    [Crossref]
  534. M. R. Kamsap, T. B. Ekogo, J. Pedregosa-Gutierrez, G. Hagel, M. Houssin, O. Morizot, M. Knoop, and C. Champenois, “Coherent internal state transfer by a three-photon STIRAP-like scheme for many-atom samples,” J. Phys. B 46, 145502 (2013).
    [Crossref]
  535. T. Takekoshi, L. Reichsöllner, A. Schindewolf, J. M. Hutson, C. R. Le Sueur, O. Dulieu, F. Ferlaino, R. Grimm, and H.-C. Nägerl, “Ultracold dense samples of dipolar RbCs molecules in the rovibrational and hyperfine ground state,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 205301 (2014).
    [Crossref]
  536. A. Orbán, R. Vexiau, O. Krieglsteiner, H.-C. Nägerl, O. Dulieu, A. Crubellier, and N. Bouloufa-Maafa, “Model for the hyperfine structure of electronically excited KCs molecules,” Phys. Rev. A 92, 032510 (2015).
    [Crossref]
  537. G. Racah, “Theory of complex spectra. I,” Phys. Rev. 61, 186–197 (1942).
    [Crossref]
  538. G. Racah, “Theory of complex spectra. II,” Phys. Rev. 62, 438–462 (1942).
    [Crossref]
  539. G. Racah, “Theory of complex spectra. III,” Phys. Rev. 63, 367–382 (1943).
    [Crossref]
  540. E. U. Condon and G. H. Shortley, The Theory of Atomic Spectra (Cambridge University1953).
  541. R. D. Cowan, The Theory of Atomic Structure and Spectra (California University, 1981).
  542. B. W. Shore and D. H. Menzel, “Generalized tables for the calculation of dipole transition probabilities,” Astrophys. J. Suppl. Ser. 12, 187–213 (1965).
    [Crossref]
  543. B. R. Judd, Angular Momentum Theory for Diatomic Molecules (Academic, 1975).
  544. H. Hönl and F. London, “Über die Intensitäten der Bandenlinien,” Zs Physik A 33, 803–809 (1925).
    [Crossref]
  545. H. C. Allen and P. C. Cross, Molecular Vib-Rotors (Wiley, 1963).
  546. J. Tatum, “The interpretation of intensities in diatomic molecular spectra,” Astrophys. J. Suppl. Ser. 14, 21 (1967).
    [Crossref]
  547. I. Kovacs, Rotational Structure in the Structure of Diatomic Molecules (Elsevier, 1969).
  548. A. Schadee, “On the normalization of the Hönl-London factors,” Astron. Astrophys. 14, 401–404 (1971).
  549. A. Schadee, “Theory of first rotational lines in transitions of diatomic molecules,” Astron. Astrophys. 41, 203–212 (1975).
  550. M. Larsson, “Conversion formulas between radiative lifetimes and other dynamical variables for spin-allowed electronic transitions in diatomic molecules,” Astron. Astrophys. 128, 291–298 (1983).
  551. J. O. Hornkohl, C. G. Parigger, and L. Nemes, “Diatomic Hönl-London factor computer program,” Appl. Opt. 44, 3686–3695 (2005).
    [Crossref]
  552. R. W. Nichols and A. L. Stewart, “Allowed transitions,” in Atomic and Molecular Processes, D. R. Bates, ed. (Academic, 1962).
  553. F. R. Gilmore, R. R. Laher, and P. J. Espy, “Franck-Condon factors, r-centroids, electronic transition moments, and Einstein coefficients for many nitrogen and oxygen band systems,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 21, 1005–1107 (1992).
    [Crossref]
  554. C. O. Laux and C. H. Kruger, “Arrays of radiative transition probabilities for the N2 first and second positive, NO beta and gamma, N2+ first negative, and O2 Schumann–Runge band systems,” J. Quant. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transfer 48, 9–24 (1992).
    [Crossref]
  555. J. Weber and G. Hohlneicher, “Franck–Condon factors for polyatomic molecules,” Mol. Phys. 101, 2125–2144 (2003).
    [Crossref]
  556. U. Fantz and D. Wünderlich, “Franck–Condon factors, transition probabilities and radiative lifetimes for hydrogen molecules and their isotopomeres,” (2004).
  557. U. Fantz and D. Wünderlich, “Franck–Condon factors, transition probabilities, and radiative lifetimes for hydrogen molecules and their isotopomeres,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 92, 853–973 (2006).
    [Crossref]
  558. D. Wünderlich and U. Fantz, “Franck–Condon factors for molecule–ion reactions of H2 and its isotopomers,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 97, 152–185 (2011).
    [Crossref]
  559. C. W. Allen, Astrophysical Quantities, 2nd ed. (Athlone, 1962).
  560. B. W. Shore and D. H. Menzel, Principles of Atomic Spectra (Wiley, 1968).
  561. J. J. Longdell, E. Fraval, M. J. Sellars, and N. B. Manson, “Stopped light with storage times greater than one second using electromagnetically induced transparency in a solid,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 063601 (2005).
    [Crossref]
  562. A. W. Snyder, “Coupled-mode theory for optical fibers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 62, 1267–1277 (1972).
    [Crossref]
  563. A. Yariv, “Coupled-mode theory for guided-wave optics,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 9, 919–933 (1973).
    [Crossref]
  564. A. W. Synder and J. D. Love, Optical Waveguide Theory (Chapman and Hall, 1983).
  565. W.-P. Huang and J. Mu, “Complex coupled-mode theory for optical waveguides,” Opt. Express 17, 19134–19152 (2009).
    [Crossref]
  566. P. W. Milonni, The Quantum Vacuum. An Introduction to Quantum Electrodynamics (Academic, 1994).
  567. M. Fewell, “Adiabatic elimination, the rotating-wave approximation and two-photon transitions,” Opt. Commun. 253, 125–137 (2005).
    [Crossref]

2017 (4)

N. V. Vitanov, A. A. Rangelov, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in physics, chemistry and beyond,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 89, 015006 (2017).
[Crossref]

W. Huang, B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, and E. Kyoseva, “Adiabatic following for a three-state quantum system,” Opt. Commun. 382, 196–200 (2017).
[Crossref]

S. Campbell and S. Deffner, “Trade-off between speed and cost in shortcuts to adiabaticity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 118, 100601 (2017).
[Crossref]

H. Oukraou, L. Vittadello, V. Coda, C. Ciret, M. Alonzo, A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and G. Montemezzani, “Control of adiabatic light transfer in coupled waveguides with longitudinally varying detuning,” Phys. Rev. A 95, 023811 (2017).
[Crossref]

2016 (8)

R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Benseny, V. Ahufinger, A. D. Greentree, T. Busch, and J. Mompart, “Spatial adiabatic passage: a review of recent progress,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 79, 074401 (2016).
[Crossref]

F. Q. Dou, H. Cao, J. Liu, and L. B. Fu, “High-fidelity composite adiabatic passage in nonlinear two-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 93, 1–5 (2016).
[Crossref]

G. Falci, P. G. Di Stefano, A. Ridolfo, G. S. Paraoanu, and E. Paladino, “Advances in quantum control of three-level superconducting circuit architectures,” Fortschr. Phys. 10, 1–10 (2016).

U. Levy and Y. Silberberg, “Weakly diverging to tightly focused Gaussian beams: a single set of analytic expressions,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. A 3433, 1999–2009 (2016).

U. Levy and Y. Silberberg, “Weakly diverging to tightly focused Gaussian beams: a single set of analytic expressions,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. A 33, 1999–2009 (2016).
[Crossref]

D. Schraft, M. Hain, N. Lorenz, and T. Halfmann, “Stopped light at high storage efficiency in a Pr3+:Y2SiO5 crystal,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 116, 073602 (2016).
[Crossref]

C. R. Kagan, E. Lifshitz, E. H. Sargent, and D. V. Talapin, “Building devices from colloidal quantum dots,” Science 353, aac5523 (2016).

W. E. Perreault, N. Mukherjee, and R. N. Zare, “Preparation of a selected high vibrational energy level of isolated molecules,” J. Chem. Phys. 145, 154203 (2016).

2015 (8)

P. Lodahl, S. Mahmoodian, and S. Stobbe, “Interfacing single photons and single quantum dots with photonic nanostructures,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 87, 347–400 (2015).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov and B. W. Shore, “Designer evolution of quantum systems by inverse engineering,” J. Phys. B 48, 174008 (2015).
[Crossref]

K. Bergmann, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Perspective: Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage: The status after 25 years,” J. Chem. Phys. 142, 170901 (2015).
[Crossref]

Z. Zhang, J. Tian, and J. Du, “Manipulation of population transfer and the creation of an arbitrary superposition of atomic states using a series of pulse pairs,” Laser Phys. 25, 095201 (2015).
[Crossref]

S. Masuda and S. A. Rice, “Selective vibrational population transfer using combined STIRAP and counter-diabatic fields,” J. Phys. Chem. C 119, 14513–14523 (2015).

B. T. Torosov, E. S. Kyoseva, and N. V. Vitanov, “Composite pulses for ultrabroad-band and ultranarrow-band excitation,” Phys. Rev. A 92, 033406 (2015).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Piecewise adiabatic passage in polarization optics: An achromatic polarization rotator,” Adv. Chem. Phys. 1598, 219–234 (2015) (in press).

A. Orbán, R. Vexiau, O. Krieglsteiner, H.-C. Nägerl, O. Dulieu, A. Crubellier, and N. Bouloufa-Maafa, “Model for the hyperfine structure of electronically excited KCs molecules,” Phys. Rev. A 92, 032510 (2015).
[Crossref]

2014 (8)

T. Takekoshi, L. Reichsöllner, A. Schindewolf, J. M. Hutson, C. R. Le Sueur, O. Dulieu, F. Ferlaino, R. Grimm, and H.-C. Nägerl, “Ultracold dense samples of dipolar RbCs molecules in the rovibrational and hyperfine ground state,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 205301 (2014).
[Crossref]

R. Menchon-Enrich, J. Mompart, and V. Ahufinger, “Spatial adiabatic passage processes in sonic crystals with linear defects,” Phys. Rev. B 89, 094304 (2014).
[Crossref]

N. Mukherjee, W. Dong, and R. N. Zare, “Coherent superposition of M-states in a single rovibrational level of H2 by Stark-induced adiabatic Raman passage,” J. Chem. Phys. 140, 074201 (2014).
[Crossref]

B. T. Torosov, G. D. Valle, and S. Longhi, “Non-Hermitian shortcut to stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 063412 (2014).
[Crossref]

G. T. Genov, D. Schraft, T. Halfmann, and N. V. Vitanov, “Correction of arbitrary field errors in population inversion of quantum systems by universal composite pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 043001 (2014).
[Crossref]

S. Martínez-Garaot, E. Torrontegui, X. Chen, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity in three-level systems using Lie transforms,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 053408 (2014).
[Crossref]

S. Masuda and S. A. Rice, “Rapid coherent control of population transfer in lattice systems,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 033621 (2014).
[Crossref]

P. Kumar, P. Kumar, and A. K. Sarma, “Simultaneous control of optical dipole force and coherence creation by super-Gaussian femtosecond pulses in Λ-like atomic systems,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 033422 (2014).
[Crossref]

2013 (13)

M. H. Devoret and R. J. Schoelkopf, “Superconducting circuits for quantum computation: an outlook,” Science 339, 1169–1174 (2013).
[Crossref]

W. Dong, N. Mukherjee, and R. N. Zare, “Optical preparation of H2 rovibrational levels with almost complete population transfer,” J. Chem. Phys. 139, 074204 (2013).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, “Pre-history of the concepts underlying stimulated Raman adiabatic passage (STIRAP),” Acta Phys. Slovaca 63, 361–481 (2013).

G. T. Genov and N. V. Vitanov, “Dynamical suppression of unwanted transitions in multistate quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 110, 133002 (2013).
[Crossref]

B. Torosov and N. V. Vitanov, “Composite stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 87, 043418 (2013).
[Crossref]

D. Schraft, T. Halfmann, G. Genov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Experimental demonstration of composite adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 88, 063406 (2013).
[Crossref]

A. Ruschhaupt and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity in two-level systems: control and optimization,” J. Mod. Opt. 61, 828–832 (2013).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, “Two-state behavior in N -state quantum systems: the Morris-Shore transformation reviewed,” J Mod. Opt. 61, 787–815 (2013).
[Crossref]

H. S. Hristova, A. A. Rangelov, S. Guérin, and N. V. Vitanov, “Adiabatic evolution of light in an array of parallel curved optical waveguides,” Phys. Rev. A 88, 013808 (2013).
[Crossref]

R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Llobera, J. Vila-Planas, V. J. Cadarso, J. Mompart, and V. Ahufinger, “Light spectral filtering based on spatial adiabatic passage,” Light Sci. Appl. 2, e90 (2013).
[Crossref]

G. Heinze, C. Hubrich, and T. Halfmann, “Stopped light and image storage by electromagnetically induced transparency up to the regime of one minute,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 111, 033601 (2013).
[Crossref]

J. A. Vaitkus and A. D. Greentree, “Digital three-state adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 87, 063820 (2013).
[Crossref]

M. R. Kamsap, T. B. Ekogo, J. Pedregosa-Gutierrez, G. Hagel, M. Houssin, O. Morizot, M. Knoop, and C. Champenois, “Coherent internal state transfer by a three-photon STIRAP-like scheme for many-atom samples,” J. Phys. B 46, 145502 (2013).
[Crossref]

2012 (12)

E. Ilinova and A. Derevianko, “Dynamics of a three-level Λ-type system driven by trains of ultrashort laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 013423 (2012).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov and N. V. Vitanov, “Broadband sum-frequency generation using cascaded processes via chirped quasi-phase-matching,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 045804 (2012).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov and N. V. Vitanov, “Achromatic multiple beam splitting by adiabatic passage in optical waveguides,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 055803 (2012).
[Crossref]

C. Ciret, V. Coda, A. A. Rangelov, D. N. Neshev, and G. Montemezzani, “Planar achromatic multiple beam splitter by adiabatic light transfer,” Opt. Lett. 37, 3789–3791 (2012).
[Crossref]

H. Yuan, C. P. Koch, P. Salamon, and D. J. Tannor, “Controllability on relaxation-free subspaces: On the relationship between adiabatic population transfer and optimal control,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 033417 (2012).
[Crossref]

E. Torrontegui, S. Martínez-Garaot, A. Ruschhaupt, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity: fast-forward approach,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 013601 (2012).
[Crossref]

X. Chen and J. G. Muga, “Engineering of fast population transfer in three-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 033405 (2012).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov and N. V. Vitanov, “Complete population transfer in a three-state quantum system by a train of pairs of coincident pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 043407 (2012).
[Crossref]

C. P. Koch and M. Shapiro, “Coherent control of ultracold photoassociation,” Chem. Rev. 112, 4928–4948 (2012).
[Crossref]

E. Assémat and D. Sugny, “Connection between optimal control theory and adiabatic-passage techniques in quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 023406 (2012).
[Crossref]

K. Słowik, A. Raczyński, J. Zaremba, and S. Zielińska-Kaniasty, “Light storage in a tripod medium as a basis for logical operations,” Opt. Commun. 285, 2392–2396 (2012).
[Crossref]

S. A. Snigirev, A. A. Golovizin, G. A. Vishnyakova, A. V. Akimov, and N. N. Kolachevskii, “Coherent excitation of the 5D5/2 level of ultra-cold rubidium atoms with short laser pulses,” Quantum Electron. 42, 714–720 (2012).
[Crossref]

2011 (15)

N. Mukherjee and R. N. Zare, “Stark-induced adiabatic Raman passage for preparing polarized molecules,” J. Chem. Phys. 135, 024201 (2011).
[Crossref]

J. Q. You and F. Nori, “Atomic physics and quantum optics using superconducting circuits,” Nature 474, 589–597 (2011).
[Crossref]

K. Jens, M. Wollenhaupt, T. Bayer, C. Sarpe, and T. Baumert, “Zeptosecond precision pulse shaping,” Opt. Express 19, 167–175 (2011).

A. M. Weiner, “Ultrafast optical pulse shaping: A tutorial review,” Opt. Commun. 284, 3669–3692 (2011).
[Crossref]

P. Kumar, S. A. Malinovskaya, and V. S. Malinovsky, “Optimal control of population and coherence in three-level Λ systems,” J. Phys. B 44, 154010 (2011).
[Crossref]

G. Lu, W. Hai, and Q. Xie, “Coherent control of atomic tunneling in a driven triple well,” Phys. Rev. A 83, 013407 (2011).
[Crossref]

G. T. Genov, B. T. Torosov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Optimized control of multistate quantum systems by composite pulse sequences,” Phys. Rev. A 84, 063413 (2011).
[Crossref]

M. H. Levitt, “Short perspective on “NMR population inversion using a composite pulse” by M. H. Levitt and R. Freeman [J. Magn. Reson. 33 (1979) 473-476],” J. Magn. Reson. 213, 274–275 (2011).
[Crossref]

B. Torosov, S. Guérin, and N. V. Vitanov, “High-fidelity adiabatic passage by composite sequences of chirped pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 106, 233001 (2011).
[Crossref]

B. Torosov and N. V. Vitanov, “Smooth composite pulses for high-fidelity quantum information processing,” Phys. Rev. A 83, 053420 (2011).
[Crossref]

J. G. Muga, X. Chen, E. Torrontegui, S. Ibáñez, and I. Lizuain, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity,” Opt. Pura Apl. 44, 479–486 (2011).

S. S. Ivanov and N. V. Vitanov, “High-fidelity local addressing of trapped ions and atoms by composite sequences of laser pulses,” Opt. Lett. 36, 1275–1277 (2011).
[Crossref]

J. Li, G. S. Paraoanu, K. Cicak, F. Altomare, J. I. Park, R. W. Simmonds, M. A. Sillanpää, and P. J. Hakonen, “Decoherence, Autler-Townes effect, and dark states in two-tone driving of a three-level superconducting system,” Phys. Rev. B 84, 104527 (2011).
[Crossref]

G. H. C. New, “Nonlinear optics: the first 50 years,” Contemp. Phys. 52, 281–292 (2011).
[Crossref]

D. Wünderlich and U. Fantz, “Franck–Condon factors for molecule–ion reactions of H2 and its isotopomers,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 97, 152–185 (2011).
[Crossref]

2010 (18)

B. T. Torosov, G. S. Vasilev, and N. V. Vitanov, “Symmetries and asymmetries in coherent atomic excitation by chirped laser pulses,” Opt. Commun. 283, 1338–1345 (2010).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Rapid adiabatic passage without level crossing,” Opt. Commun. 283, 1346–1350 (2010).
[Crossref]

S. Ospelkaus, K.-K. Ni, G. Quéméner, B. Neyenhuis, D. Wang, M. H. G. de Miranda, J. L. Bohn, J. Ye, and D. S. Jin, “Controlling the hyperfine state of Rovibronic ground-state polar molecules,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 104, 030402 (2010).
[Crossref]

C. Brif, R. Chakrabarti, and H. Rabitz, “Control of quantum phenomena: past, present and future,” New J. Phys. 12, 075008 (2010).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, U. Gaubatz, and N. V. Vitanov, “Broadband adiabatic conversion of light polarization,” Opt. Commun. 283, 3891–3894 (2010).
[Crossref]

G. S. Vasilev, D. Ljunggren, and A. Kuhn, “Single photons made-to-measure,” New J. Phys. 12, 063024 (2010).
[Crossref]

X. Yang, Z. Zhang, X. Yan, and C. Li, “Enhanced selectivity and efficiency of coherent population transfer via a train of pulse pairs,” Phys. Rev. A 82, 033831 (2010).
[Crossref]

A. Gogyan, S. Guérin, and Y. Malakyan, “Shaping coherent excitation of atoms and molecules by a train of ultrashort laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 033401 (2010).
[Crossref]

X. Chen, I. Lizuain, A. Ruschhaupt, D. Guéry-Odelin, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcut to adiabatic passage in two- and three-level atoms,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 105, 123003 (2010).
[Crossref]

F. Vewinger, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Superpositions of degenerate quantum states: Preparation and detection in atomic beams,” Adv. At. Mol. Opt. Phys. 58, 113–172 (2010).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage with temporal pulselets,” Opt. Commun. 283, 730–736 (2010).
[Crossref]

M. Scala, B. Militello, A. Messina, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in an open quantum system: master equation approach,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 053847 (2010).
[Crossref]

D. Bera, L. Qian, T. K. Tseng, and P. H. Holloway, “Quantum dots and their multimodal applications: A review,” Materials 3, 2260–2345 (2010).
[Crossref]

I. I. Boradjiev and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage with unequal couplings: beyond two-photon resonance,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 053415 (2010).
[Crossref]

C. Lazarou and N. V. Vitanov, “Dephasing effects on stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in tripod configurations,” Phys. Rev. A 82, 033437 (2010).
[Crossref]

N. Mukherjee and R. N. Zare, “Preparation of polarized molecules using coherent infrared multicolor ladder excitation,” J. Chem. Phys. 132, 154302 (2010).
[Crossref]

D. Petrosyan, G. M. Nikolopoulos, and P. Lambropoulos, “State transfer in static and dynamic spin chains with disorder,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 042307 (2010).
[Crossref]

J. Qian, W. Zhang, and H. Y. Ling, “Achieving ground-state polar molecular condensates by chainwise atom-molecule adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 013632 (2010).
[Crossref]

2009 (21)

F. T. Hioe, “Analytic solutions and dynamic symmetries in laser-driven atomic excitations,” Adv. Chem. Phys. 73, 351–385 (2009).

M. Radonjić and B. M. Jelenković, “Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage among degenerate-level manifolds,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 043416 (2009).
[Crossref]

Q. Zhan, “Cylindrical vector beams: from mathematical concepts to applications,” Adv. Opt. Photonics 1, 1–57 (2009).
[Crossref]

G. S. Vasilev, A. Kuhn, and N. V. Vitanov, “Optimum pulse shapes for stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 013417 (2009).
[Crossref]

G. Dridi, S. Guérin, V. Hakobyan, H. R. Jauslin, and H. Eleuch, “Ultrafast stimulated Raman parallel adiabatic passage by shaped pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 043408 (2009).
[Crossref]

M. V. Berry, “Transitionless quantum driving,” J. Phys. A 42, 365303 (2009).
[Crossref]

K. Ohmori, “Wave-packet and coherent control dynamics,” Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem. 60, 487–511 (2009).
[Crossref]

E. A. Shapiro, V. Milner, and M. Shapiro, “Complete transfer of populations from a single state to a preselected superposition of states using piecewise adiabatic passage: theory,” Phys. Rev. A 79, 023422 (2009).
[Crossref]

S. Zhdanovich, E. A. Shapiro, J. W. Hepburn, M. Shapiro, and V. Milner, “Complete transfer of populations from a single state to a preselected superposition of states using piecewise adiabatic passage: Experiment,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 063405 (2009).
[Crossref]

G. G. Grigoryan, G. Nikoghosyan, T. Halfmann, Y. Pashayan-Leroy, C. Leroy, and S. Guérin, “Theory of the bright-state stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 033402 (2009).
[Crossref]

F. Dreisow, M. Ornigotti, A. Szameit, M. Heinrich, R. Keil, S. Nolte, A. Tünnermann, and S. Longhi, “Polychromatic beam splitting by fractional stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 95, 261102 (2009).
[Crossref]

R. Horodecki, M. Horodecki, and K. Horodecki, “Quantum entanglement,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 81, 865–942 (2009).
[Crossref]

J. I. Latorre and A. Riera, “A short review on entanglement in quantum spin systems,” J. Phys. A 42, 504002 (2009).
[Crossref]

A. Cronin, J. Schmiedmayer, and J. D. Pritchard, “Optics and interferometry with atoms and molecules,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 81, 1051–1129 (2009).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage analogues in classical physics,” J. Phys. B 42, 055504 (2009).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, M. V. Gromovyi, L. P. Yatsenko, and V. I. Romanenko, “Simple mechanical analogs of rapid adiabatic passage in atomic physics,” Am. J. Phys. 77, 1183–1194 (2009).
[Crossref]

R. E. Hamam, A. Karalis, J. D. Joannopoulos, and M. Soljačić, “Efficient weakly-radiative wireless energy transfer: an EIT-like approach,” Ann. Phys. 324, 1783–1795 (2009).
[Crossref]

H. C. Liu and A. Yariv, “Grating induced transparency (GIT) and the dark mode in optical waveguides,” Opt. Express 17, 11710–11718 (2009).

S. Longhi, “Quantum-optical analogies using photonic structures,” Laser Photonics Rev. 3, 243–261 (2009).
[Crossref]

M. Hillery, “An introduction to the quantum theory of nonlinear optics,” Acta Phys. Slovaca 59, 1–80 (2009).
[Crossref]

W.-P. Huang and J. Mu, “Complex coupled-mode theory for optical waveguides,” Opt. Express 17, 19134–19152 (2009).
[Crossref]

2008 (13)

R. Blatt and D. Wineland, “Review article: entangled states of trapped atomic ions,” Nature 453, 1008–1015 (2008).
[Crossref]

J. Klein, F. Beil, and T. Halfmann, “Experimental investigations of stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in a doped solid,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033416 (2008).
[Crossref]

G. G. Grigoryan, G. Nikoghosyan, and T. Halfmann, “Efficient population transfer via bright-state,” Physics 102, 99–102 (2008).

G. Della Valle, M. Ornigotti, T. Toney Fernandez, P. Laporta, S. Longhi, A. Coppa, and V. Foglietti, “Adiabatic light transfer via dressed states in optical waveguide arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 92, 011106 (2008).
[Crossref]

X. Lacour, S. Guérin, and H. R. Jauslin, “Optimized adiabatic passage with dephasing,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033417 (2008).
[Crossref]

B. T. Torosov and N. V. Vitanov, “Exactly soluble two-state quantum models with linear couplings,” J. Phys. A 41, 155309 (2008).
[Crossref]

H. Häffner, C. F. Roos, and R. Blatt, “Quantum computing with trapped ions,” Phys. Rep. 469, 155–203 (2008).
[Crossref]

M. Oberst, H. Münch, G. Grigoryan, and T. Halfmann, “Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage among a three-state molecular system: experimental and numerical investigations,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033409 (2008).
[Crossref]

D. Møller, L. B. Madsen, and K. Mølmer, “Geometric phases in open tripod systems,” Phys. Rev. A 77, 022306 (2008).
[Crossref]

E. Kuznetsova, P. Pellegrini, R. Côté, M. D. Lukin, and S. F. Yelin, “Formation of deeply bound molecules via chainwise adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 021402 (2008).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Population trapping in three-state quantum loops revealed by Householder reflections,” Phys. Rev. A 77, 033404 (2008).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, “Coherent manipulations of atoms using laser light,” Acta Phys. Slovaca 58, 243–486 (2008).
[Crossref]

R. Garca-Maraver, K. Eckert, R. Corbalán, and J. Mompart, “Generation of entangled photon pairs in optical cavity-QED: operating in the bad cavity limit,” J. Phys. B 41, 045505 (2008).
[Crossref]

2007 (22)

H. Goto and K. Ichimura, “Observation of coherent population transfer in a four-level tripod system with a rare-earth-metal-ion-doped crystal,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 033404 (2007).
[Crossref]

D. Møller, L. B. Madsen, and K. Mølmer, “Geometric phase gates based on stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in tripod systems,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 062302 (2007).
[Crossref]

M. Oberst, F. Vewinger, and A. I. Lvovsky, “Time-resolved probing of the ground state coherence in rubidium,” Opt. Lett. 32, 1755–1757 (2007).
[Crossref]

D. Møller, J. L. Sørensen, J. B. Thomsen, and M. Drewsen, “Efficient qubit detection using alkaline-earth-metal ions and a double stimulated Raman adiabatic process,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 062321 (2007).
[Crossref]

S. Longhi, G. D. Valle, M. Ornigotti, and P. Laporta, “Coherent tunneling by adiabatic passage in an optical waveguide system,” Phys. Rev. B 76, 201101 (2007).
[Crossref]

M. Tscherneck and N. P. Bigelow, “Efficient coherent population transfer between the a3Σ and the x1Σ states of 39K85 Rb,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 055401 (2007).
[Crossref]

T. Jamieson, R. Bakhshi, D. Petrova, R. Pocock, M. Imani, and A. M. Seifalian, “Biological applications of quantum dots,” Biomaterials 28, 4717–4732 (2007).
[Crossref]

J. Klein, F. Beil, and T. Halfmann, “Robust population transfer by stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in a Pr3+ : Y2SiO5 crystal,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 113003 (2007).
[Crossref]

F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Amplitude and phase control of a coherent superposition of degenerate states. I. Theory,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 043406 (2007).
[Crossref]

F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, U. Schneider, C. Barthel, and K. Bergmann, “Amplitude and phase control of a coherent superposition of degenerate states. II. Experiment,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 043407 (2007).
[Crossref]

D. Vitali, S. Gigan, A. Ferreira, H. R. Böhm, P. Tombesi, A. Guerreiro, V. Vedral, A. Zeilinger, and M. Aspelmeyer, “Optomechanical entanglement between a movable mirror and a cavity field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 98, 1–4 (2007).
[Crossref]

E. S. Kyoseva, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Physical realization of coupled Hilbert-space mirrors for quantum-state engineering,” J. Mod. Opt. 54, 2237–2257 (2007).
[Crossref]

M. Kiffner, J. Evers, and C. H. Keitel, “Coherent control in a decoherence-free subspace of a collective multilevel system,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 032313 (2007).
[Crossref]

J. Werschnik and E. K. U. Gross, “Quantum optimal control theory,” J. Phys. B 40, R175–R211 (2007).
[Crossref]

D. Sugny, M. Ndong, D. Lauvergnat, Y. Justum, and M. Desouter-Lecomte, “Laser control in open molecular systems: STIRAP and Optimal Control,” J. Photochem. Photobiol. A 190, 359–371 (2007).
[Crossref]

A. A. Soares and L. E. E. de Araujo, “Coherent accumulation of excitation in the electromagnetically induced transparency of an ultrashort pulse train,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 043818 (2007).
[Crossref]

L.-B. Chen, M.-Y. Ye, G.-W. Lin, Q.-H. Du, and X.-M. Lin, “Generation of entanglement via adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 062304 (2007).
[Crossref]

E. A. Shapiro, V. Milner, C. Menzel-Jones, and M. Shapiro, “Piecewise adiabatic passage with a series of femtosecond pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 033002 (2007).
[Crossref]

J. Bateman and T. Freegarde, “Fractional adiabatic passage in two-level systems: mirrors and beam splitters for atomic interferometry,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 013416 (2007).
[Crossref]

H. Kuratsuji, R. Botet, and R. Seto, “Electromagnetic gyration:–Hamiltonian dynamics of the Stokes parameters–,” Prog. Theor. Phys. 117, 195–217 (2007).
[Crossref]

A. V. Gorshkov, A. André, M. Fleischhauer, A. S. Sørensen, and M. D. Lukin, “Universal approach to optimal photon storage in atomic media,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 98, 123601 (2007).
[Crossref]

G. S. Vasilev, S. S. Ivanov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Degenerate Landau–Zener model: Analytical solution,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 013417 (2007).
[Crossref]

2006 (19)

G. S. Vasilev and N. V. Vitanov, “Complete population transfer by a zero-area pulse,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 023416 (2006).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Extension of the Morris-Shore transformation to multilevel ladders,” Phys. Rev. A 74, 053402 (2006).
[Crossref]

U. Fantz and D. Wünderlich, “Franck–Condon factors, transition probabilities, and radiative lifetimes for hydrogen molecules and their isotopomeres,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 92, 853–973 (2006).
[Crossref]

K. Eckert, J. Mompart, R. Corbalán, M. Lewenstein, and G. Birkl, “Three level atom optics in dipole traps and waveguides,” Opt. Commun. 264, 264–270 (2006).
[Crossref]

E. Paspalakis, “Adiabatic three-waveguide directional coupler,” Opt. Commun. 258, 30–34 (2006).
[Crossref]

S. Longhi, “Adiabatic passage of light in coupled optical waveguides,” Phys. Rev. E 73, 026607 (2006).
[Crossref]

S. Longhi, “Optical realization of multilevel adiabatic population transfer in curved waveguide arrays,” Phys. Lett. A 359, 166–170 (2006).
[Crossref]

Z. Dutton, K. V. R. M. Murali, W. D. Oliver, and T. P. Orlando, “Electromagnetically induced transparency in superconducting quantum circuits: effects of decoherence, tunneling, and multilevel crosstalk,” Phys. Rev. B 73, 104516 (2006).
[Crossref]

C. A. Arango, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Cold atomic collisions: coherent control of penning and associative ionization,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 97, 193202 (2006).
[Crossref]

C. A. Arango, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent control of collision processes: penning versus associative ionization,” J. Chem. Phys. 125, 094315 (2006).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov and B. W. Shore, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in a two-state system,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 053402 (2006).
[Crossref]

M. Shapiro and P. Brumer, “Quantum control of bound and continuum state dynamics,” Phys. Rep. 425, 195–264 (2006).
[Crossref]

M. Heinz, F. Vewinger, U. Schneider, L. P. Yatsenko, and K. Bergmann, “Phase control in a coherent superposition of degenerate quantum states through frequency control,” Opt. Commun. 264, 248–255 (2006).
[Crossref]

P. A. Ivanov and N. V. Vitanov, “State reconstruction of a qutrit by a minimal set of discrete measurements,” Opt. Commun. 264, 368–374 (2006).
[Crossref]

E. S. Kyoseva and N. V. Vitanov, “Coherent pulsed excitation of degenerate multistate systems: Exact analytic solutions,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 023420 (2006).
[Crossref]

J. L. Sørensen, D. Møller, T. Iversen, J. B. Thomsen, F. Jensen, P. Staanum, D. Voigt, and M. Drewsen, “Efficient coherent internal state transfer in trapped ions using stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” New J. Phys. 8, 261 (2006).
[Crossref]

R. Garcia-Fernandez, B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Ekers, and L. P. Yatsenko, “Experimental control of excitation flow produced by delayed pulses in a ladder of molecular levels,” J. Chem. Phys. 125, 014301 (2006).
[Crossref]

N. Sangouard, L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, and T. Halfmann, “Preparation of nondegenerate coherent superpositions in a three-state ladder system assisted by Stark shifts,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 043415 (2006).
[Crossref]

D. Petrosyan and P. Lambropoulos, “Coherent population transfer in a chain of tunnel coupled quantum dots,” Opt. Commun. 264, 419–425 (2006).
[Crossref]

2005 (15)

J. Ruseckas, G. Juzeliūnas, P. Öhberg, and M. Fleischhauer, “Non-Abelian gauge potentials for ultracold atoms with degenerate dark states,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 010404 (2005).
[Crossref]

R. Garcia-Fernandez, A. Ekers, L. P. Yatsenko, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Control of population flow in coherently driven quantum ladders,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 043001 (2005).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore and P. L. Knight, “Surprises in physics: overturning conventional wisdom,” Laser Phys. 15, 1448–1457 (2005).

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, and K. Bergmann, “Stark-shift-chirped rapid-adiabatic-passage technique among three states,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 053403 (2005).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, V. I. Romanenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, and K. Bergmann, “Two-photon excitation of the metastable 2s state of hydrogen assisted by laser-induced chirped Stark shifts and continuum structure,” Phys. Rev. A 71, 033418 (2005).
[Crossref]

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

M. Amniat-Talab, S. Guérin, and H.-R. Jauslin, “Decoherence-free creation of atom-atom entanglement in a cavity via fractional adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 012339 (2005).
[Crossref]

Z. Kis, N. V. Vitanov, A. Karpati, C. Barthel, and K. Bergmann, “Creation of arbitrary coherent superposition states by stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 033403 (2005).
[Crossref]

M. Demirplak and S. A. Rice, “Assisted adiabatic passage revisited,” J. Phys. Chem. B 109, 6838–6844 (2005).
[Crossref]

M. Amniat-Talab, S. Guérin, N. Sangouard, and H. R. Jauslin, “Atom-photon, atom-atom, and photon-photon entanglement preparation by fractional adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 71, 023805 (2005).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer, A. Imamoğlu, and J. P. Marangos, “Electromagnetically induced transparency: Optics in coherent media,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 77, 633–673 (2005).
[Crossref]

M. Hennrich, A. Kuhn, and G. Rempe, “Transition from antibunching to bunching in cavity QED,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 94, 053604 (2005).
[Crossref]

M. Fewell, “Adiabatic elimination, the rotating-wave approximation and two-photon transitions,” Opt. Commun. 253, 125–137 (2005).
[Crossref]

J. J. Longdell, E. Fraval, M. J. Sellars, and N. B. Manson, “Stopped light with storage times greater than one second using electromagnetically induced transparency in a solid,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 063601 (2005).
[Crossref]

J. O. Hornkohl, C. G. Parigger, and L. Nemes, “Diatomic Hönl-London factor computer program,” Appl. Opt. 44, 3686–3695 (2005).
[Crossref]

2004 (12)

T. Legero, T. Wilk, M. Hennrich, G. Rempe, and A. Kuhn, “Quantum beat of two single photons,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 070503 (2004).
[Crossref]

A. D. Greentree, J. H. Cole, A. Hamilton, and L. C. L. Hollenberg, “Coherent electronic transfer in quantum dot systems using adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. B 70, 235317 (2004).
[Crossref]

K. Eckert, M. Lewenstein, R. Corbalán, G. Birkl, W. Ertmer, and J. Mompart, “Three-level atom optics via the tunneling interaction,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 023606 (2004).
[Crossref]

K. V. R. M. Murali, Z. Dutton, W. D. Oliver, D. S. Crankshaw, and T. P. Orlando, “Probing decoherence with electromagnetically induced transparency in superconductive quantum circuits,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 087003 (2004).
[Crossref]

M. Johnsson and K. Mølmer, “Storing quantum information in a solid using dark-state polaritons,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 032320 (2004).
[Crossref]

K. Bongs and K. Sengstock, “Physics with coherent matter waves,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 67, 907–963 (2004).
[Crossref]

T. E. Skinner, T. O. Reiss, B. Luy, N. Khaneja, and S. J. Glaser, “Reducing the duration of broadband excitation pulses using optimal control with limited RF amplitude,” J. Magn. Reson. 167, 68–74 (2004).
[Crossref]

Z. Kis, A. Karpati, B. W. Shore, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage among degenerate-level manifolds,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 053405 (2004).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan and M. Fleischhauer, “Geometric phase gate without dynamical phases,” Phys. Rev. A 69, 050302 (2004).
[Crossref]

P. A. Ivanov, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Effect of dephasing on stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 063409 (2004).
[Crossref]

M. Dantus and V. V. Lozovoy, “Experimental coherent laser control of physicochemical processes,” Chem. Rev. 104, 1813–1860 (2004).
[Crossref]

N. Sangouard, S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, and T. Halfmann, “Preparation of coherent superposition in a three-state system by adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 1–9 (2004).
[Crossref]

2003 (11)

F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, R. Garcia-Fernandez, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Creation and measurement of a coherent superposition of quantum states,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 213001 (2003).
[Crossref]

D. Leibfried, R. Blatt, C. Monroe, and D. Wineland, “Quantum dynamics of single trapped ions,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 75, 281–324 (2003).
[Crossref]

A. Präkelt, M. Wollenhaupt, A. Assion, C. Horn, C. Sarpe-Tudoran, M. Winter, and T. Baumert, “Compact, robust, and flexible setup for femtosecond pulse shaping,” Rev. Sci. Instrum. 74, 4950–4953 (2003).
[Crossref]

I. Chiorescu, Y. Nakamura, C. M. Harmans, and J. Mooij, “Coherent quantum dynamics of a superconducting flux qubit,” Science 299, 1869–1871 (2003).
[Crossref]

Q. Shi and E. Geva, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in the presence of dephasing,” J. Chem. Phys. 119, 11773–11787 (2003).
[Crossref]

A. Karpati and Z. Kis, “Adiabatic creation of coherent superposition states via multiple intermediate states,” J. Phys. B 36, 905–919 (2003).
[Crossref]

J. J. Garcia-Ripoll, P. Zoller, and J. I. Cirac, “Speed optimized two-qubit gates with laser coherent control techniques for ion trap quantum computing,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 157901 (2003).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, L. P. Yatsenko, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer by an amplitude-modulated pulse,” Phys. Rev. A 68, 043401 (2003).
[Crossref]

T. Halfmann, T. Rickes, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Lineshapes in coherent two-photon excitation,” Opt. Commun. 220, 353–359 (2003).
[Crossref]

J. Weber and G. Hohlneicher, “Franck–Condon factors for polyatomic molecules,” Mol. Phys. 101, 2125–2144 (2003).
[Crossref]

A. Imamoğlu, E. Knill, T. E. Tessier, and P. Zoller, “Optical pumping of quantum-dot nuclear spins,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 017402 (2003).
[Crossref]

2002 (14)

A. Kuhn, M. Hennrich, and G. Rempe, “Deterministic single-photon source for distributed quantum networking,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 067901 (2002).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer and M. D. Lukin, “Quantum memory for photons: Dark-state polaritons,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 022314 (2002).
[Crossref]

D. Jaksch, V. Venturi, J. I. Cirac, C. J. Williams, and P. Zoller, “Creation of a molecular condensate by dynamically melting a Mott insulator,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 040402 (2002).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin, S. Thomas, and H. R. Jauslin, “Optimization of population transfer by adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 023409 (2002).
[Crossref]

H. Rabitz, “Optimal control of quantum systems: origins of inherent robustness to control field fluctuations,” Phys. Rev. A 66, 063405 (2002).
[Crossref]

A. Borz, G. Stadler, and U. Hohenester, “Optimal quantum control in nanostructures: theory and application to a generic three-level system,” Phys. Rev. A 66, 053811 (2002).
[Crossref]

Z. Kis and S. Stenholm, “Optimal control approach for a degenerate STIRAP,” J. Mod. Opt. 49, 111–124 (2002).
[Crossref]

U. Boscain, G. Charlot, J.-P. Gauthier, S. Guerin, and H.-R. Jauslin, “Optimal control in laser-induced population transfer for two- and three-level quantum systems,” J. Math. Phys. 43, 2107 (2002).
[Crossref]

J. Gea-Banacloche, “Some implications of the quantum nature of laser fields for quantum computations,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 022308 (2002).
[Crossref]

M. Šašura and V. Bužek, “Tutorial review. Cold trapped ions as quantum information processors,” J. Mod. Opt. 49, 1593–1647 (2002).
[Crossref]

L.-A. Wu and D. A. Lidar, “Creating decoherence-free subspaces using strong and fast pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 88, 207902 (2002).
[Crossref]

J. M. Martinis, S. Nam, J. Aumentado, and C. Urbina, “Rabi oscillations in a large Josephson-junction qubit,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 117901 (2002).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, S. Guérin, and H. R. Jauslin, “Topology of adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 043407 (2002).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, N. V. Vitanov, B. W. Shore, T. Rickes, and K. Bergmann, “Creation of coherent superpositions using Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage,” Opt. Commun. 204, 413–423 (2002).
[Crossref]

2001 (10)

T. Brixner and G. Gerber, “Femtosecond polarization pulse shaping,” Opt. Lett. 26, 557–559 (2001).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Laser-induced population transfer by adiabatic passage techniques,” Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem. 52, 763–809 (2001).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, and H. R. Jauslin, “Dynamical resonances and the topology of the multiphoton adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 63, 031403 (2001).
[Crossref]

D. Kielpinski, V. Meyer, M. A. Rowe, C. A. Sackett, W. M. Itano, C. Monroe, and D. J. Wineland, “A decoherence-free quantum memory using trapped ions,” Science 291, 1013–1015 (2001).
[Crossref]

D. Felinto, C. A. C. Bosco, L. Acioli, and S. S. Vianna, “Accumulative effects in temporal coherent control,” Phys. Rev. A 64, 063413 (2001).
[Crossref]

M. Gruebele, “Fully quantum coherent control,” Chem. Phys. 267, 33–46 (2001).
[Crossref]

J.-M. Raimond, M. Brune, and S. Haroche, “Manipulating quantum entanglement with atoms and photons in a cavity,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 73, 565–582 (2001).
[Crossref]

V. Schneider, “Wavelength insensitive asymmetric triple mode evolution couplers,” Opt. Commun. 187, 129–133 (2001).
[Crossref]

A. M. Kenis, I. Vorobeichik, M. Orenstein, and N. Moiseyev, “Non-evanescent adiabatic directional coupler,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 37, 1321–1328 (2001).
[Crossref]

J. Cheng and J. Zhou, “Ultrafast population transfer in three-level systems driven by few-cycle laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 64, 065402 (2001).
[Crossref]

2000 (17)

V. M. Schneider and H. T. Hattori, “High-tolerance power splitting in symmetric triple-mode evolution couplers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 36, 923–930 (2000).
[Crossref]

H. Rabitz and W. Zhu, “Optimal control of molecular motion: design, implementation, and inversion,” Acc. Chem. Res. 33, 572–578 (2000).
[Crossref]

M. Hennrich, T. Legero, A. Kuhn, and G. Rempe, “Vacuum-stimulated Raman scattering based on adiabatic passage in a high-finesse optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 85, 4872–4875 (2000).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer and M. D. Lukin, “Dark-state polaritons in electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 84, 5094–5097 (2000).
[Crossref]

A. Rauschenbeutel, “Step-by-step engineered multiparticle entanglement,” Science 288, 2024–2028 (2000).
[Crossref]

K. Zyczkowski, P. Horodecki, M. Horodecki, and R. Horodecki, “Dynamics of quantum entanglement,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 012101 (2000).
[Crossref]

E. McCullough, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent control of refractive indices,” Phys. Rev. 61, 1–4 (2000).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, “Measuring a coherent superposition,” Opt. Commun. 179, 73–83 (2000).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, “Measuring a coherent superposition of multiple states,” J. Phys. B 33, 2333–2346 (2000).
[Crossref]

A. Beige, D. Braun, B. Tregenna, and P. L. Knight, “Quantum computing using dissipation to remain in a decoherence-free subspace,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 85, 1762–1765 (2000).
[Crossref]

A. Beige, D. Braun, and P. L. Knight, “Driving atoms into decoherence-free states,” New J. Phys. 22, 1–15 (2000).

R. G. Unanyan, N. V. Vitanov, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent properties of a tripod system coupled via a continuum,” Phys. Rev. A 61, 043408 (2000).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, S. Guérin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Efficient population transfer by delayed pulses despite coupling ambiguity,” Eur. Phys. J. D 8, 443–449 (2000).
[Crossref]

J. R. Friedman, V. Patel, W. Chen, S. K. Tolpygo, and J. E. Lukens, “Quantum superposition of distinct macroscopic states,” Nature 406, 43–46 (2000).
[Crossref]

C. H. van der Wal, A. C. J. ter Haar, F. K. Wilhelm, R. N. Schouten, C. J. P. M. Harmans, T. P. Orlando, S. Lloyd, and J. E. Mooij, “Quantum superposition of macroscopic persistent-current states,” Science 290, 773–777 (2000).
[Crossref]

B. Chang, I. R. Solá, and V. S. Malinovsky, “Selective excitation of diatomic molecules by chirped laser pulses,” Chem. Phys. 113, 4901–4911 (2000).

T. Rickes, L. P. Yatsenko, S. Steuerwald, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Efficient adiabatic population transfer by two-photon excitation assisted by a laser-induced Stark shift,” J. Chem. Phys. 113, 534–546 (2000).
[Crossref]

1999 (13)

L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, K. Bergmann, and A. Vardi, “Source of metastable H(2s) atoms using the Stark chirped rapid-adiabatic-passage technique,” Phys. Rev. A 60, R4237–R4240 (1999).
[Crossref]

Y. Nakamura, Y. A. Pashkin, and J. S. Tsai, “Coherent control of macroscopic quantum states in a single-cooper-pair box,” Nature 398, 786–788 (1999).
[Crossref]

J. Mooij, T. Orlando, L. Levitov, L. Tian, C. H. Van der Wal, and S. Lloyd, “Josephson persistent-current qubit,” Science 285, 1036–1039 (1999).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Laser-driven population transfer in four-level atoms: consequences of non-Abelian geometrical adiabatic phase factors,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 2910–2919 (1999).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer, R. Unanyan, K. Bergmann, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent population transfer beyond the adiabatic limit: generalized matched pulses and higher-order trapping state,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 3751–3760 (1999).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov and S. Stenholm, “Adiabatic population transfer via multiple intermediate states,” Phys. Rev. A 60, 3820–3832 (1999).
[Crossref]

I. R. Solá, V. S. Malinovsky, B. Chang, J. Santamaria, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in three-level Λ systems by chirped laser pulses: minimization of the intermediate-level population,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 4494–4501 (1999).
[Crossref]

K. Drese and M. Holthaus, “Floquet theory for short laser pulses,” Eur. Phys. J. D 5, 119–134 (1999).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin, H. Jauslin, R. Unanyan, and L. Yatsenko, “Floquet perturbative analysis for STIRAP beyond the rotating wave approximation,” Opt. Express 4, 84–90 (1999).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, K.-A. Suominen, and B. W. Shore, “Creation of coherent atomic superpositions by fractional stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” J. Phys. B 32, 4535–4546 (1999).
[Crossref]

I. R. Solá, V. S. Malinovsky, and D. J. Tannor, “Optimal pulse sequences for population transfer in multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 60, 3081–3090 (1999).
[Crossref]

E. Peral and A. Yariv, “Supermodes of grating-coupled multimode waveguides and application to mode conversion between copropagating modes mediated by backward Bragg scattering,” J. Lightwave Technol. 17, 942–947 (1999).
[Crossref]

D. Maas, C. Rella, P. Antoine, E. Toma, and L. Noordam, “Population transfer via adiabatic passage in the rubidium quantum ladder system,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 1374–1381 (1999).
[Crossref]

1998 (22)

S. Chu, “Nobel lecture: The manipulation of neutral particles,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 685–706 (1998).
[Crossref]

H. Kuratsuji and S. Kakigi, “Maxwell-Schrödinger equation for polarized light and evolution of the Stokes parameters,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 80, 1888–1891 (1998).
[Crossref]

H. Theuer and K. Bergmann, “Atomic beam deflection by coherent momentum transfer and the dependence on weak magnetic fields,” Eur. Phys. J. D 2, 279–289 (1998).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated hyper-Raman adiabatic passage. II. Static compensation of dynamic Stark shifts,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4691–4704 (1998).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin and H. R. Jauslin, “Two-laser multiphoton adiabatic passage in the frame of the Floquet theory. Applications to (1+1) and (2+1) STIRAP,” Eur. Phys. J. D 2, 99–113 (1998).
[Crossref]

M. N. Kobrak and S. A. Rice, “Coherent population transfer via a resonant intermediate state: the breakdown of adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 57, 1158–1163 (1998).
[Crossref]

M. N. Kobrak and S. A. Rice, “Equivalence of the Kobrak–Rice photoselective adiabatic passage and the Brumer-Shapiro strong field methods for control of product formation in a reaction,” J. Chem. Phys. 109, 1–10 (1998).
[Crossref]

M. N. Kobrak and S. A. Rice, “Selective photochemistry via adiabatic passage: an extension of stimulated Raman adiabatic passage for degenerate final states,” Phys. Rev. A 57, 2885–2894 (1998).
[Crossref]

W. D. Phillips, “Nobel lecture: laser cooling and trapping of neutral atoms,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 721–741 (1998).
[Crossref]

C. Cohen-Tannoudji, “Nobel lecture: Manipulating atoms with photons,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 707–719 (1998).
[Crossref]

E. V. Goldstein, O. Zobay, and P. Meystre, “Coherence of atomic matter-wave fields,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 2373–2384 (1998).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, “Analytic model of a three-state system driven by two laser pulses on two- photon resonance,” J. Phys. B 31, 709–725 (1998).

D. A. Lidar, I. L. Chuang, and K. B. Whaley, “Decoherence-free subspaces for quantum computation,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 2594–2597 (1998).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, S. Guérin, T. Halfmann, K. Böhmer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated hyper-Raman adiabatic passage. I. The basic problem and examples,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4683–4690 (1998).
[Crossref]

E. Paspalakis, C. H. Keitel, and P. L. Knight, “Fluorescence control through multiple interference mechanisms,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4868–4877 (1998).
[Crossref]

E. Paspalakis and P. L. Knight, “Phase control of spontaneous emission,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 293–296 (1998).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, “Adiabatic population transfer by delayed laser pulses in multistate systems,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 2295–2309 (1998).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Adiabatic population transfer in multistate chains via dressed intermediate states,” Eur. Phys. J. D 4, 15–29 (1998).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, M. Fleischhauer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Robust creation and phase-sensitive probing of superposition states via stimulated Raman adiabatic passage (STIRAP) with degenerate dark states,” Opt. Commun. 155, 144–154 (1998).
[Crossref]

K. Bergmann, H. Theuer, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent population transfer among quantum states of atoms and molecules,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 1003–1025 (1998).
[Crossref]

V. Bouchiat, D. Vion, P. Joyez, D. Esteve, and M. H. Devoret, “Quantum coherence with a single Cooper pair,” Phys. Scr. T76, 165 (1998).
[Crossref]

A. Kuhn, S. Steuerwald, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in NO with pulsed lasers: the consequences of hyperfine structure, Doppler broadening and electromagnetically induced absorption,” Eur. Phys. J. D 1, 57–70 (1998).
[Crossref]

1997 (18)

S. Chelkowski and A. D. Bandrauk, “Raman chirped adiabatic passage: a new method for selective excitation of high vibrational states,” J. Raman Spectrosc. 28, 459–466 (1997).
[Crossref]

B. S. Ham, P. R. Hemmer, and M. S. Shahriar, “Efficient electromagnetically induced transparency in a rare-earth doped crystal,” Opt. Commun. 144, 227–230 (1997).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, L. P. Yatsenko, K. Bergmann, and B. W. Shore, “Laser-induced adiabatic atomic reorientation with control of diabatic losses,” Opt. Commun. 139, 48–54 (1997).
[Crossref]

V. S. Malinovsky and D. J. Tannor, “Simple and robust extension of the stimulated Raman adiabatic passage technique to N-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 56, 4929–4937 (1997).
[Crossref]

W. Süptitz, B. Duncan, and P. Gould, “Efficient 5D excitation of trapped Rb atoms using pulses of diode-laser light in the counterintuitive order,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 14, 1001–1008 (1997).
[Crossref]

V. I. Romanenko and L. P. Yatsenko, “Adiabatic population transfer in the three-level Λ-system: two-photon lineshape,” Opt. Commun. 140, 231–236 (1997).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov and S. Stenholm, “Properties of stimulated Raman adiabatic passage with intermediate-level detuning,” Opt. Commun. 135, 394–405 (1997).
[Crossref]

P. Zanardi and N. Rasettum, “Noiseless quantum codes,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 79, 3306–3309 (1997).
[Crossref]

M. P. Fewell, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer among three states: Full algebraic solutions and the relevance of non adiabatic processes to transfer by delayed pulses,” Aust. J. Phys. 50, 281–308 (1997).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov and S. Stenholm, “Analytic properties and effective two-level problems in stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 55, 648–660 (1997).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov and S. Stenholm, “Population transfer via a decaying state,” Phys. Rev. A 56, 1463–1471 (1997).
[Crossref]

M. Shapiro and P. Brumer, “Quantum control of chemical reactions by laser light,” J. Chem. Soc. Faraday Trans. 93, 1263–1277 (1997).

C. Zhu, R. H. Byrd, P. Lu, and J. Nocedal, “Algorithm 778: L-BFGS-B: Fortran subroutines for large-scale bound-constrained optimization,” ACM Trans. Math. Software 23, 550–560 (1997).
[Crossref]

S. Hill and W. K. Wootters, “Entanglement of a pair of quantum bits,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 78, 5022–5025 (1997).
[Crossref]

V. Vedral, M. B. Plenio, M. A. Rippin, and P. L. Knight, “Quantifying entanglement,” Phys. Rev. Lett.,  78, 2275–2279 (1997).

J. H. Eberly, “The double lambda system: a new workhorse for quantum optics?” Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. A,  355, 238791 (1997.)

S. E. Harris, “Electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Today 50(7), 36–42 (1997).
[Crossref]

E. Paspalakis, M. Protopapas, and P. L. Knight, “Population transfer through the continuum with temporally delayed chirped laser pulses,” Opt. Commun. 142, 34–40 (1997).
[Crossref]

1996 (4)

N. V. Vitanov and S. Stenholm, “Non-adiabatic effects in population transfer in three-level systems,” Opt. Commun. 127, 215–222 (1996).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer and A. S. Manka, “Propagation of laser pulses and coherent population transfer in dissipative three-level systems: An adiabatic dressed-state picture,” Phys. Rev. A 54, 794–803 (1996).
[Crossref]

E. Arimondo, “Coherent population trapping in laser spectroscopy,” Prog. Opt. 35, 257–354 (1996).

J. Martin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. III. Experimental results,” Phys. Rev. A 54, 1556–1569 (1996).
[Crossref]

1995 (10)

S. Chelkowski and G. N. Gibson, “Adiabatic climbing of vibrational ladders using Raman transitions with a chirped pump laser,” Phys. Rev. A 52, R3417 (1995).
[Crossref]

R. Blatt, J. Cirac, and P. Zoller, “Trapping states of motion with cold ions,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 518–524 (1995).
[Crossref]

B. Schumacher, “Quantum coding,” Phys. Rev. A 51, 2738–2747 (1995).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov and P. L. Knight, “Coherent excitation by asymmetric pulses,” J. Phys. B 28, 1905–1920 (1995).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, “Examples of counter-intuitive physics,” Contemp. Phys. 36, 15–28 (1995).
[Crossref]

J. Martin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. II. Algebraic analysis,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 583–593 (1995).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, J. Martin, M. P. Fewell, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. I. Numerical studies,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 566–582 (1995).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, “Complete population return in a two-state system driven by a smooth asymmetric pulse,” J. Phys. B 28, L19–L22 (1995).
[Crossref]

A. S. Parkins, P. Marte, P. Zoller, O. Carnal, and H. J. Kimble, “Quantum-state mapping between multilevel atoms and cavity light fields,” Phys. Rev. A 51, 1578–1596 (1995).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov and P. L. Knight, “Coherent excitation of a two-state system by a train of short pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 2245–2261 (1995).
[Crossref]

1994 (8)

T. Zaugg, P. Meystre, G. Lenz, and M. Wilkins, “Theory of adiabatic cooling in cavities,” Phys. Rev. A,  49, 3011–3021 (1994).

J. Lawall and M. Prentiss, “Demonstration of a novel atomic beam splitter,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 72, 993–996 (1994).
[Crossref]

L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Momentum transfer in laser-cooled cesium by adiabatic passage in a light field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 72, 997–1000 (1994).
[Crossref]

L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Coherent transfer of photon momentum by adiabatic following in a dark state,” Quantum Opt. 6, 387–389 (1994).
[Crossref]

C. S. Adams, M. Sigel, and J. Mlynek, “Atom optics,” Phys. Rep. 240, 143–210 (1994).
[Crossref]

A. Homaifar, C. X. Qi, and S. H. Lai, “Constrained optimization via genetic algorithms,” Simulation 62, 242–253 (1994).
[Crossref]

M. V. Danileiko, V. I. Romanenko, and L. P. Yatsenko, “Landau–Zener transitions and population transfer in a three-level system driven by two delayed laser pulses,” Opt. Commun. 109, 462–466 (1994).
[Crossref]

Y. B. Band and O. Magnes, “Is adiabatic passage population transfer a solution to an optimal control problem,” J. Chem. Phys. 101, 7528–7530 (1994).
[Crossref]

1993 (2)

B. W. Shore and P. L. Knight, “Topical review. The Jaynes–Cummings model,” J. Mod. Opt. 40, 1195–1238 (1993).
[Crossref]

A. S. Parkins, P. Marte, P. Zoller, and H. J. Kimble, “Synthesis of arbitrary quantum states via adiabatic transfer of Zeeman coherence,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 71, 3095–3098 (1993).
[Crossref]

1992 (10)

R. S. Judson and H. Rabitz, “Teaching lasers to control molecules,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 68, 1500–1503 (1992).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer, C. H. Keitel, L. M. Narducci, M. O. Scully, S. Y. Zhu, and M. S. Zubairy, “Lasing without inversion: interference of radiatively broadened resonances in dressed atomic systems,” Opt. Commun. 94, 599–608 (1992).
[Crossref]

F. R. Gilmore, R. R. Laher, and P. J. Espy, “Franck-Condon factors, r-centroids, electronic transition moments, and Einstein coefficients for many nitrogen and oxygen band systems,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 21, 1005–1107 (1992).
[Crossref]

C. O. Laux and C. H. Kruger, “Arrays of radiative transition probabilities for the N2 first and second positive, NO beta and gamma, N2+ first negative, and O2 Schumann–Runge band systems,” J. Quant. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transfer 48, 9–24 (1992).
[Crossref]

J. Melinger and S. Gandhi, “Generation of narrowband inversion with broadband laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. 68, 1992–2003 (1992).

B. Broers, H. B. L. van den Heuvell, and L. D. Noordam, “Efficient population transfer in a three-level ladder system by frequency-swept ultrashort laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 69, 2062–2065 (1992).
[Crossref]

A. Kuhn, G. W. Coulston, G. Z. He, S. Schiemann, K. Bergmann, and W. S. Warren, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses using spectrally broad light,” J. Chem. Phys. 96, 4215–4223 (1992).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Kuhn, S. Schiemann, J. Oreg, and J. H. Eberly, “Laser-induced population transfer in multistate systems: a comparative study,” Phys. Rev. A 45, 5297–5300 (1992).
[Crossref]

A. V. Smith, “Numerical studies of adiabatic population inversion in multilevel systems,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 9, 1543–1551 (1992).
[Crossref]

G. W. Coulston and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses: Analytical results for multilevel systems,” J. Chem. Phys. 96, 3467–3475 (1992).
[Crossref]

1991 (7)

P. Marte, P. Zoller, and J. L. Hall, “Coherent atomic mirrors and beam splitters by adiabatic passage in multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 44, R4118 (1991).
[Crossref]

K.-J. Boller, A. Imamoğlu, and S. E. Harris, “Observation of electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 66, 2593–2596 (1991).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, P. Meystre, and S. Stenholm, “Is a quantum standing wave composed of two traveling waves?” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 8, 903–910 (1991).
[Crossref]

M. Kasevich and S. Chu, “Atomic interferometry using stimulated Raman transitions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 67, 181–184 (1991).
[Crossref]

M. Kasevich, D. S. Weiss, E. Riis, K. Moler, S. Kasapi, and S. Chu, “Atomic velocity selection using stimulated Raman transitions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 66, 2297–2300 (1991).
[Crossref]

M. Marte, J. I. Cirac, and P. Zoller, “Deflection of atoms by circularly polarized light beams in triple Laue configuration,” J. Mod. Opt. 38, 2265–2280 (1991).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, J. Oreg, and S. Rosenwaks, “Multilevel adiabatic population transfer,” Phys. Rev. A 44, 7442–7447 (1991).
[Crossref]

1990 (5)

S. E. Harris, J. E. Field, and A. Imamoğlu, “Nonlinear optical processes using electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 64, 1107–1110 (1990).
[Crossref]

S. Shi and H. Rabitz, “Quantum mechanical optimal control of physical observables in microsystems,” J. Chem. Phys. 92364–376 (1990).

U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, S. Schiemann, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer between molecular vibrational levels by stimulated Raman scattering with partially overlapping laser fields. A new concept and experimental results,” J. Chem. Phys. 92, 5363–5376 (1990).
[Crossref]

G.-Z. He, A. Kuhn, S. Schiemann, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses and by the stimulated-emission pumping method: a comparative study,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1960–1969 (1990).
[Crossref]

M. A. Dahleh, A. P. Peirce, and H. Rabitz, “Optimal control of uncertain quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 42, 1065–1079 (1990).
[Crossref]

1989 (5)

T. Seideman, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent radiative control of unimolecular reactions: selective bond breaking with picosecond pulses,” J. Chem. Phys. 90, 7132–7136 (1989).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe, “Lossless propagation of optical pulses through N-level systems with Gell-Mann symmetry,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 6, 1245–1252 (1989).
[Crossref]

J. R. Kuklinski, U. Gaubatz, F. T. Hioe, and K. Bergmann, “Adiabatic population transfer in a three-level system driven by delayed laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 40, 6741–6744 (1989).
[Crossref]

S. J. D. Phoenix, “Counter-rotating contributions in the Jaynes-Cummings model,” J. Mod. Opt. 36, 1163–1172 (1989).
[Crossref]

P. Meystre, E. Schumacher, and S. Stenholm, “Atomic beam deflection in a quantum field,” Opt. Commun. 73, 443–447 (1989).
[Crossref]

1988 (9)

S. Stenholm, “Laser cooling and trapping,” Eur. J. Phys. 9, 242–249 (1988).
[Crossref]

C. E. Carroll and F. T. Hioe, “Three-state systems driven by resonant optical pulses of different shapes,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1335–1340 (1988).
[Crossref]

P. R. Hemmer and M. G. Prentiss, “Coupled-pendulum model of the stimulated resonance Raman effect,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1613–1623 (1988).
[Crossref]

H. Walther, “The single atom maser and the quantum electrodynamics in a cavity,” Phys. Scripta T23, 165–169 (1988).
[Crossref]

U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, M. Becker, S. Schiemann, K. Külz, and K. Bergmann, “Population switching between vibrational levels in molecular beams,” Chem. Phys. Lett. 149, 463–468 (1988).
[Crossref]

C. E. Carroll and F. T. Hioe, “Driven three-state model and its analytic solutions,” J. Math. Phys. 29, 487–509 (1988).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe, “N-level quantum systems with Gell-Mann dynamic symmetry,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 859–862 (1988).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and C. E. Carroll, “Coherent population trapping in N-level quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 3000–3005 (1988).
[Crossref]

A. P. Pierce, M. A. Dahleh, and H. Rabitz, “Optimal control of quantum-mechanical systems: existence, numerical approximation, and applications,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 4950–4964 (1988).
[Crossref]

1987 (5)

F. T. Hioe, “N-level quantum systems with SU(2) dynamic symmetry,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 4, 1327–1332 (1987).
[Crossref]

C. E. Carroll and F. T. Hioe, “Three-state model driven by two laser beams,” Phys. Rev. A 36, 724–729 (1987).
[Crossref]

M. O. Scully and M. S. Zubairy, “Theory of the quantum-beat laser,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 752–758 (1987).
[Crossref]

M. V. Tratnik and J. E. Sipe, “Nonlinear polarization dynamics. I. The single-pulse equations,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 2965–2975 (1987).
[Crossref]

N. Lu, E. J. Robinson, and P. R. Herman, “Coherent dynamics and complete population depletion of a special three-level quantum system,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 5088–5098 (1987).
[Crossref]

1986 (2)

M. H. Levitt, “Composite pulses,” Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc. 18, 61–122 (1986).
[Crossref]

P. Brumer and M. Shapiro, “Coherent radiative control of unimolecular reactions. Three-dimensional results,” Faraday Discuss. Chem. Soc. 82, 177–185 (1986).
[Crossref]

1985 (7)

F. T. Hioe, “Gellmann dynamic symmetry for N-level quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 2824–2836 (1985).
[Crossref]

N. G. Van Kampen, “Elimination of fast variables,” Phys. Rep. 124, 69–160 (1985).
[Crossref]

B. J. Dalton, R. McDuff, and P. L. Knight, “Coherent population trapping. Two unequal phase fluctuating laser fields,” Opt. Acta 32, 61–70 (1985).
[Crossref]

W. S. Bickel and W. M. Bailey, “Stokes vectors, Mueller matrices, and polarized scattered light,” Am. J. Phys. 53, 468–478 (1985).
[Crossref]

D. Meschede, H. Walther, and G. Muller, “One-atom maser,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 54, 551–554 (1985).
[Crossref]

J. Oreg, G. Hazak, and J. H. Eberly, “Multilevel inversion schemes in and beyond the adiabatic limit,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 2776–2783 (1985).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and C. E. Carroll, “Two-state problems involving arbitrary amplitude and frequency modulation,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 1541–1549 (1985).
[Crossref]

1984 (5)

B. W. Shore, “Gating of population flow in resonant multiphoton excitation,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 1578–1582 (1984).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “Multiple-laser excitation of multilevel atoms,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 1164–1167 (1984).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe, “Analytic solutions of density-matrix evolutions with the use of Racah tensorial decompositions,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 3097–3106 (1984).
[Crossref]

B. J. Herman, P. D. Drummond, J. H. Eberly, and B. Sobolewska, “Coherent propagation and optical pumping in three-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 1910–1924 (1984).
[Crossref]

J. Oreg, F. T. Hioe, and J. H. Eberly, “Adiabatic following in multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 690–697 (1984).
[Crossref]

1983 (5)

F. T. Hioe, “Theory of generalized adiabatic following in multilevel systems,” Phys. Lett. 99A, 150–155 (1983).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe, “Dynamic symmetries in quantum electronics,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 879–886 (1983).
[Crossref]

H. Kubo and R. Nagata, “Vector representation of behavior of polarized light in a weakly inhomogeneous medium with birefringence and dichroism,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 73, 1719–1724 (1983).
[Crossref]

J. R. Morris and B. W. Shore, “Reduction of degenerate two-level excitation to independent two-state systems,” Phys. Rev. A 27, 906–912 (1983).
[Crossref]

M. Larsson, “Conversion formulas between radiative lifetimes and other dynamical variables for spin-allowed electronic transitions in diatomic molecules,” Astron. Astrophys. 128, 291–298 (1983).

1982 (6)

N. Bloembergen, “Nonlinear optics and spectroscopy,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 54, 685–695 (1982).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “Nonlinear constants of motion for three-level quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 25, 2168–2171 (1982).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “New conservation laws restricting the density matrix of 3-level quantum systems,” Appl. Phys. B 1, 105–106 (1982).

F. T. Hioe, “Exact solitary-wave solution of short different-wavelength in many-level atomic absorbers optical pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 26, 1466–1472 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. J. Dalton and P. L. Knight, “Population trapping and ultranarrow Raman lineshapes induced by phase-fluctuating fields,” Opt. Commun. 42, 411–416 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. J. Dalton and P. L. Knight, “The effects of laser field fluctuations on coherent population trapping,” J. Phys. B 15, 3997–4015 (1982).
[Crossref]

1981 (7)

F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “N-level coherence vector and higher conservation laws in quantum optics and quantum mechanics,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 838–841 (1981).
[Crossref]

M. G. Raymer and J. Mostowski, “Stimulated Raman scattering: unified treatment of spontaneous initiation and spatial propagation,” Phys. Rev. A 24, 1980–1993 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore and M. A. Johnson, “Effects of hyperfine structure on coherent excitation,” Phys. Rev. A 23, 1608–1610 (1981).
[Crossref]

H. A. Haus and C. Fonstad, “Three-waveguide couplers for improved sampling and filtering,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 17, 2321–2325 (1981).
[Crossref]

V. S. Letokhov and V. G. Minogin, “Laser radiation pressure on free atoms,” Phys. Rep. 73, 1–65 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. F. Bernhardt and B. W. Shore, “Coherent atomic deflection by resonant standing waves,” Phys. Rev. A 23, 1290–1301 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, “Two-level behavior of coherent excitation of multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 24, 1413–1418 (1981).
[Crossref]

1980 (3)

R. Freeman, S. P. Kempsell, and M. H. Levitt, “Radiofrequency pulse sequences which compensate their own imperfections,” J. Magn. Reson. 30, 453–479 (1980).

P. L. Knight and P. W. Milonni, “The Rabi frequency in optical spectra,” Phys. Rep. 66, 21–107 (1980).
[Crossref]

J. N. Elgin, “Semiclassical formalism for the treatment of three-level systems,” Phys. Lett. A 80, 140–142 (1980).
[Crossref]

1979 (6)

G. Alzetta, L. Moi, and G. Orriols, “Nonabsorption hyperfine resonances in a sodium vapour irradiated by a multimode dye-laser,” Nuovo Cimento B 52, 209–218 (1979).
[Crossref]

M. H. Levitt and R. Freeman, “NMR population inversion using a composite pulse,” J. Magn. Reson. 33, 473–476 (1979).

T. H. Einwohner, J. Wong, and J. C. Garrison, “Effects of alternative transition sequences on coherent photoexcitation,” Phys. Rev. A 20, 940–947 (1979).
[Crossref]

L. F. Shampine and C. W. Gear, “A user’s view of solving stiff ordinary differential equations,” SIAM Rev. 21, 1–17 (1979).
[Crossref]

R. J. Cook and B. W. Shore, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. III. An analytically soluble periodic case,” Phys. Rev. A 20, 539–544 (1979).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore and R. J. Cook, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. IV. Two-and three-level behavior,” Phys. Rev. A 20, 1958–1964 (1979).
[Crossref]

1978 (4)

B. W. Shore, “Effects of magnetic sublevel degeneracy on Rabi oscillations,” Phys. Rev. A 17, 1739–1746 (1978).
[Crossref]

C. Delsart and J.-C. Keller, “The optical Autler–Tones effect in Doppler-broadened three-level systems,” J. Phys. 39, 350–360 (1978).
[Crossref]

H. R. Gray and C. R. J. Stroud, “Autler–Townes effect in double optical resonance,” Opt. Commun. 25, 359–362 (1978).
[Crossref]

H. R. Gray, R. M. Whitley, and C. R. Stroud, “Coherent trapping of atomic populations,” Opt. Lett. 3, 218–220 (1978).
[Crossref]

1977 (6)

C. Cohen-Tannoudji and S. Reynaud, “Dressed-atom description of resonance fluorescence and absorption spectra of a multi-level atom in an intense laser beam,” J. Phys. B 10, 345–363 (1977).
[Crossref]

S. R. Barone, M. A. Narcowich, and F. J. Narcowich, “Floquet theory and applications,” Phys. Rev. 15, 1109–1125 (1977).
[Crossref]

M. M. T. Loy and D. Grischkowsky, “The relationship of the two-photon vector model to the coherent excitation of polyatomic molecules,” Opt. Commun. 21, 379–383 (1977).
[Crossref]

Z. Białynicka-Birula, I. Białynicki-Birula, J. H. Eberly, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. II. Analytic solutions,” Phys. Rev. A 16, 2048–2054 (1977).
[Crossref]

J. H. Eberly, B. W. Shore, Z. Białynicka-Birula, and I. Białynicki-Birula, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules I. Numerical experiments,” Phys. Rev. A 16, 2038–2047 (1977).
[Crossref]

J. L. McKibben, “Triple pendulum as an analog to three coupled stationary states,” Am. J. Phys. 45, 1022–1026 (1977).
[Crossref]

1976 (4)

M. M. T. Loy, “Observation of two-photon optical nutation and free-induction decay,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 36, 1454–1457 (1976).
[Crossref]

G. Alzetta, A. Gozzini, L. Moi, and G. Orriols, “An experimental method for the observation of R. F. transitions and laser beat resonances in oriented Na vapour,” Nuovo Cimento B 36, 5–20 (1976).
[Crossref]

E. Arimondo and G. Orriols, “Nonabsorblng atomic coherences by coherent two-photon transitions in a three-level optical pumping,” Lett. Nuovo Cimento 17, 333–338 (1976).
[Crossref]

T. H. Einwohner, J. Wong, and J. C. Garrison, “Analytical solutions for laser excitation of multilevel systems in the rotating-wave approximation,” Phys. Rev. A 14, 1452–1456 (1976).
[Crossref]

1975 (4)

D. Grischkowsky, M. M. T. Loy, and P. F. Liao, “Adiabatic following model for two-photon transitions: Nonlinear mixing and pulse propagation,” Phys. Rev. A 12, 2514–2533 (1975).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, “B-spline expansion bases for excited states and discretized scattering states,” J. Chem. Phys. 63, 3835–3840 (1975).
[Crossref]

S. Feneuille and M.-G. Schweighofer, “Conditions for the observation of the Autler–Townes effect in a two step resonance experiment,” J. Phys. 36, 781–786 (1975).
[Crossref]

A. Schadee, “Theory of first rotational lines in transitions of diatomic molecules,” Astron. Astrophys. 41, 203–212 (1975).

1974 (1)

M. M. T. Loy, “Observation of population inversion by optical adiabatic rapid passage,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 32, 814–817 (1974).
[Crossref]

1973 (3)

B. W. Shore, “Solving the radial Schrodinger equation by using cubic-spline basis functions,” J. Chem. Phys. 58, 3855–3866 (1973).
[Crossref]

A. Yariv, “Coupled-mode theory for guided-wave optics,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 9, 919–933 (1973).
[Crossref]

M. D. Crisp, “Adiabatic-following approximation,” Phys. Rev. A 8, 2128–2135 (1973).
[Crossref]

1972 (3)

A. W. Snyder, “Coupled-mode theory for optical fibers,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 62, 1267–1277 (1972).
[Crossref]

C. de Boor, “On calculating with B-splines,” J. Approx. Theory 6, 50–62 (1972).
[Crossref]

W. Happer, “Optical pumping,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 44, 169–249 (1972).
[Crossref]

1971 (2)

C. W. Gear, “The automatic integration of ordinary differential equations,” ACM Commun. 14, 176–179 (1971).
[Crossref]

A. Schadee, “On the normalization of the Hönl-London factors,” Astron. Astrophys. 14, 401–404 (1971).

1970 (3)

M. D. Crisp, “Propagation of small-area pulses of coherent light through a resonant medium,” Phys. Rev. A 1, 1604–1611 (1970).
[Crossref]

D. Grischkowsky, “Self-focusing of light by potassium vapor,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 24, 866–869 (1970).
[Crossref]

H. Stehfest, “Algorithm 368: Numerical inversion of Laplace transforms [D5],” ACM Commun. 13, 47–49 (1970).
[Crossref]

1967 (3)

N. Bloembergen, “The stimulated Raman effect,” Am. J. Phys. 35, 989–1023 (1967).
[Crossref]

W. Happer and B. S. Mathur, “Effective operator formalism in optical pumping,” Phys. Rev. 163, 12–25 (1967).
[Crossref]

J. Tatum, “The interpretation of intensities in diatomic molecular spectra,” Astrophys. J. Suppl. Ser. 14, 21 (1967).
[Crossref]

1965 (2)

B. W. Shore and D. H. Menzel, “Generalized tables for the calculation of dipole transition probabilities,” Astrophys. J. Suppl. Ser. 12, 187–213 (1965).
[Crossref]

J. H. Shirley, “Solution of the Schrödinger equation with a Hamiltonian periodic in time,” Phys. Rev. 138, B979–B987 (1965).
[Crossref]

1963 (2)

R. W. Hellwarth, “Theory of stimulated Raman scattering,” Phys. Rev. 130, 1850–1852 (1963).
[Crossref]

E. T. Jaynes and F. W. Cummings, “Comparison of quantum and semiclassical radiation theories with application to the beam maser,” Proc. IEEE 51, 89–109 (1963).
[Crossref]

1962 (1)

J. A. Armstrong, N. Bloembergen, J. Ducuing, and P. S. Pershan, “Interactions between light waves in a nonlinear dielectric,” Phys. Rev. 127, 1918–1939 (1962).
[Crossref]

1961 (2)

J. P. Barrat and C. Cohen-Tannoudji, “Étude du pompage optique dans le formalisme de la matrice densité,” J. Phys. Radium 22, 329–336 (1961).
[Crossref]

D. Ter Haar, “Theory and application of the density matrix,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 24, 304–362 (1961).
[Crossref]

1957 (3)

A. Kastler, “Optical methods of atomic orientation and of magnetic resonance,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. 47, 460–465 (1957).
[Crossref]

U. Fano, “Description of states in quantum mechanics by density matrix and operator techniques,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 29, 74–93 (1957).
[Crossref]

R. P. Feynman, F. L. Vernon, and R. W. Hellwarth, “Geometrical representation of the Schrödinger equation for solving maser problems,” J. Appl. Phys. 28, 49–52 (1957).
[Crossref]

1955 (1)

S. H. Autler and C. H. Townes, “Stark effect in rapidly varying fields,” Phys. Rev. 100, 703–722 (1955).
[Crossref]

1952 (1)

W. E. J. Lamb, “Fine structure of the hydrogen atom. III,” Phys. Rev. 85, 259–276 (1952).
[Crossref]

1943 (1)

G. Racah, “Theory of complex spectra. III,” Phys. Rev. 63, 367–382 (1943).
[Crossref]

1942 (2)

G. Racah, “Theory of complex spectra. I,” Phys. Rev. 61, 186–197 (1942).
[Crossref]

G. Racah, “Theory of complex spectra. II,” Phys. Rev. 62, 438–462 (1942).
[Crossref]

1937 (1)

I. I. Rabi, “Space quantization in a gyrating magnetic field,” Phys. Rev. 51, 652–654 (1937).
[Crossref]

1935 (1)

E. Schrödinger, “Discussion of probability relations between separated systems,” Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 31, 555–563 (1935).
[Crossref]

1932 (6)

E. Fermi, “Quantum theory of radiation,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 4, 87–132 (1932).
[Crossref]

L. D. Landau, “Zur Theorie der Energieübertragung bei Stössen,” Phys. Z. Sowjet 1, 88–98 (1932).

L. D. Landau, “Zur Theorie der Energieübertragung II,” Phys. Z. Sowjet 2, 46–51 (1932).

C. Zener, “Non-adiabatic crossing of energy levels,” Proc. R. Soc. London A 137, 696–702 (1932).
[Crossref]

E. Majorana, “Atomi orientati in campo magnetico variabile,” Nuovo Cimento 9, 43–50 (1932).
[Crossref]

E. C. G. Stueckelberg, “Theorie der unelastichen Stössezwischen Atomen,” Helv. Phys. Acta 5, 369–423 (1932).

1928 (5)

C. V. Raman, “A new radiation,” Indian J. Phys. 2, 387–398 (1928).

C. V. Raman, “A new type of secondary radiation,” Nature 121, 501–502 (1928).
[Crossref]

C. V. Raman and K. S. Krishnan, “A theory of light-scattering in liquids,” Philos. Mag. 5, 498–512 (1928).
[Crossref]

C. V. Raman and K. S. Krishnan, “The optical analogue of the Compton effect,” Nature 121, 377–378 (1928).

M. Born, “Zur Theorie des Ramaneffekts,” Naturwiss 16, 673 (1928).
[Crossref]

1927 (1)

P. A. M. Dirac, “The quantum theory of the emission and absorption of radiation,” Proc. R. Soc. London A 114, 243–265 (1927).
[Crossref]

1925 (1)

H. Hönl and F. London, “Über die Intensitäten der Bandenlinien,” Zs Physik A 33, 803–809 (1925).
[Crossref]

Acioli, L.

D. Felinto, C. A. C. Bosco, L. Acioli, and S. S. Vianna, “Accumulative effects in temporal coherent control,” Phys. Rev. A 64, 063413 (2001).
[Crossref]

Adams, C. S.

C. S. Adams, M. Sigel, and J. Mlynek, “Atom optics,” Phys. Rep. 240, 143–210 (1994).
[Crossref]

Ahufinger, V.

R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Benseny, V. Ahufinger, A. D. Greentree, T. Busch, and J. Mompart, “Spatial adiabatic passage: a review of recent progress,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 79, 074401 (2016).
[Crossref]

R. Menchon-Enrich, J. Mompart, and V. Ahufinger, “Spatial adiabatic passage processes in sonic crystals with linear defects,” Phys. Rev. B 89, 094304 (2014).
[Crossref]

R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Llobera, J. Vila-Planas, V. J. Cadarso, J. Mompart, and V. Ahufinger, “Light spectral filtering based on spatial adiabatic passage,” Light Sci. Appl. 2, e90 (2013).
[Crossref]

Akimov, A. V.

S. A. Snigirev, A. A. Golovizin, G. A. Vishnyakova, A. V. Akimov, and N. N. Kolachevskii, “Coherent excitation of the 5D5/2 level of ultra-cold rubidium atoms with short laser pulses,” Quantum Electron. 42, 714–720 (2012).
[Crossref]

Allen, C. W.

C. W. Allen, Astrophysical Quantities, 2nd ed. (Athlone, 1962).

Allen, H. C.

H. C. Allen and P. C. Cross, Molecular Vib-Rotors (Wiley, 1963).

Allen, L.

L. Allen and J. H. Eberly, Optical Resonance and Two Level Atoms (Dover, 1987).

Alonzo, M.

H. Oukraou, L. Vittadello, V. Coda, C. Ciret, M. Alonzo, A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and G. Montemezzani, “Control of adiabatic light transfer in coupled waveguides with longitudinally varying detuning,” Phys. Rev. A 95, 023811 (2017).
[Crossref]

Altomare, F.

J. Li, G. S. Paraoanu, K. Cicak, F. Altomare, J. I. Park, R. W. Simmonds, M. A. Sillanpää, and P. J. Hakonen, “Decoherence, Autler-Townes effect, and dark states in two-tone driving of a three-level superconducting system,” Phys. Rev. B 84, 104527 (2011).
[Crossref]

Alzetta, G.

G. Alzetta, L. Moi, and G. Orriols, “Nonabsorption hyperfine resonances in a sodium vapour irradiated by a multimode dye-laser,” Nuovo Cimento B 52, 209–218 (1979).
[Crossref]

G. Alzetta, A. Gozzini, L. Moi, and G. Orriols, “An experimental method for the observation of R. F. transitions and laser beat resonances in oriented Na vapour,” Nuovo Cimento B 36, 5–20 (1976).
[Crossref]

Amniat-Talab, M.

M. Amniat-Talab, S. Guérin, and H.-R. Jauslin, “Decoherence-free creation of atom-atom entanglement in a cavity via fractional adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 012339 (2005).
[Crossref]

M. Amniat-Talab, S. Guérin, N. Sangouard, and H. R. Jauslin, “Atom-photon, atom-atom, and photon-photon entanglement preparation by fractional adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 71, 023805 (2005).
[Crossref]

André, A.

A. V. Gorshkov, A. André, M. Fleischhauer, A. S. Sørensen, and M. D. Lukin, “Universal approach to optimal photon storage in atomic media,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 98, 123601 (2007).
[Crossref]

Antoine, P.

D. Maas, C. Rella, P. Antoine, E. Toma, and L. Noordam, “Population transfer via adiabatic passage in the rubidium quantum ladder system,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 1374–1381 (1999).
[Crossref]

Arango, C. A.

C. A. Arango, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Cold atomic collisions: coherent control of penning and associative ionization,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 97, 193202 (2006).
[Crossref]

C. A. Arango, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent control of collision processes: penning versus associative ionization,” J. Chem. Phys. 125, 094315 (2006).
[Crossref]

Arimondo, E.

E. Arimondo, “Coherent population trapping in laser spectroscopy,” Prog. Opt. 35, 257–354 (1996).

E. Arimondo and G. Orriols, “Nonabsorblng atomic coherences by coherent two-photon transitions in a three-level optical pumping,” Lett. Nuovo Cimento 17, 333–338 (1976).
[Crossref]

Armstrong, J. A.

J. A. Armstrong, N. Bloembergen, J. Ducuing, and P. S. Pershan, “Interactions between light waves in a nonlinear dielectric,” Phys. Rev. 127, 1918–1939 (1962).
[Crossref]

Aspelmeyer, M.

D. Vitali, S. Gigan, A. Ferreira, H. R. Böhm, P. Tombesi, A. Guerreiro, V. Vedral, A. Zeilinger, and M. Aspelmeyer, “Optomechanical entanglement between a movable mirror and a cavity field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 98, 1–4 (2007).
[Crossref]

Assémat, E.

E. Assémat and D. Sugny, “Connection between optimal control theory and adiabatic-passage techniques in quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 023406 (2012).
[Crossref]

Assion, A.

A. Präkelt, M. Wollenhaupt, A. Assion, C. Horn, C. Sarpe-Tudoran, M. Winter, and T. Baumert, “Compact, robust, and flexible setup for femtosecond pulse shaping,” Rev. Sci. Instrum. 74, 4950–4953 (2003).
[Crossref]

M. Wollenhaupt, A. Assion, and T. Baumert, “Femtosecond laser pulses: linear properties, manipulation, generation and measurement,” in Springer Handbook of Lasers and Optics, F. Träger, ed. (Springer, 2007), pp. 937–983.

Aumentado, J.

J. M. Martinis, S. Nam, J. Aumentado, and C. Urbina, “Rabi oscillations in a large Josephson-junction qubit,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 117901 (2002).
[Crossref]

Autler, S. H.

S. H. Autler and C. H. Townes, “Stark effect in rapidly varying fields,” Phys. Rev. 100, 703–722 (1955).
[Crossref]

Bailey, W. M.

W. S. Bickel and W. M. Bailey, “Stokes vectors, Mueller matrices, and polarized scattered light,” Am. J. Phys. 53, 468–478 (1985).
[Crossref]

Bakhshi, R.

T. Jamieson, R. Bakhshi, D. Petrova, R. Pocock, M. Imani, and A. M. Seifalian, “Biological applications of quantum dots,” Biomaterials 28, 4717–4732 (2007).
[Crossref]

Band, Y. B.

Y. B. Band and O. Magnes, “Is adiabatic passage population transfer a solution to an optimal control problem,” J. Chem. Phys. 101, 7528–7530 (1994).
[Crossref]

Bandrauk, A. D.

S. Chelkowski and A. D. Bandrauk, “Raman chirped adiabatic passage: a new method for selective excitation of high vibrational states,” J. Raman Spectrosc. 28, 459–466 (1997).
[Crossref]

Barnett, S. M.

S. M. Barnett, Quantum Information (Oxford University, 2009).

S. M. Barnett and P. M. Radmore, Methods in Quantum Optics (Oxford University, 2002).

Barone, S. R.

S. R. Barone, M. A. Narcowich, and F. J. Narcowich, “Floquet theory and applications,” Phys. Rev. 15, 1109–1125 (1977).
[Crossref]

Barrat, J. P.

J. P. Barrat and C. Cohen-Tannoudji, “Étude du pompage optique dans le formalisme de la matrice densité,” J. Phys. Radium 22, 329–336 (1961).
[Crossref]

Barthel, C.

F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, U. Schneider, C. Barthel, and K. Bergmann, “Amplitude and phase control of a coherent superposition of degenerate states. II. Experiment,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 043407 (2007).
[Crossref]

Z. Kis, N. V. Vitanov, A. Karpati, C. Barthel, and K. Bergmann, “Creation of arbitrary coherent superposition states by stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 033403 (2005).
[Crossref]

Bateman, J.

J. Bateman and T. Freegarde, “Fractional adiabatic passage in two-level systems: mirrors and beam splitters for atomic interferometry,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 013416 (2007).
[Crossref]

Baumert, T.

K. Jens, M. Wollenhaupt, T. Bayer, C. Sarpe, and T. Baumert, “Zeptosecond precision pulse shaping,” Opt. Express 19, 167–175 (2011).

A. Präkelt, M. Wollenhaupt, A. Assion, C. Horn, C. Sarpe-Tudoran, M. Winter, and T. Baumert, “Compact, robust, and flexible setup for femtosecond pulse shaping,” Rev. Sci. Instrum. 74, 4950–4953 (2003).
[Crossref]

M. Wollenhaupt, A. Assion, and T. Baumert, “Femtosecond laser pulses: linear properties, manipulation, generation and measurement,” in Springer Handbook of Lasers and Optics, F. Träger, ed. (Springer, 2007), pp. 937–983.

Bayer, T.

K. Jens, M. Wollenhaupt, T. Bayer, C. Sarpe, and T. Baumert, “Zeptosecond precision pulse shaping,” Opt. Express 19, 167–175 (2011).

Becker, M.

U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, M. Becker, S. Schiemann, K. Külz, and K. Bergmann, “Population switching between vibrational levels in molecular beams,” Chem. Phys. Lett. 149, 463–468 (1988).
[Crossref]

Beige, A.

A. Beige, D. Braun, B. Tregenna, and P. L. Knight, “Quantum computing using dissipation to remain in a decoherence-free subspace,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 85, 1762–1765 (2000).
[Crossref]

A. Beige, D. Braun, and P. L. Knight, “Driving atoms into decoherence-free states,” New J. Phys. 22, 1–15 (2000).

Beil, F.

J. Klein, F. Beil, and T. Halfmann, “Experimental investigations of stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in a doped solid,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033416 (2008).
[Crossref]

J. Klein, F. Beil, and T. Halfmann, “Robust population transfer by stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in a Pr3+ : Y2SiO5 crystal,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 113003 (2007).
[Crossref]

Bellman, R. E.

R. E. Bellman, The Laplace Transform (World Scientific, 1984).

Benseny, A.

R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Benseny, V. Ahufinger, A. D. Greentree, T. Busch, and J. Mompart, “Spatial adiabatic passage: a review of recent progress,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 79, 074401 (2016).
[Crossref]

Bera, D.

D. Bera, L. Qian, T. K. Tseng, and P. H. Holloway, “Quantum dots and their multimodal applications: A review,” Materials 3, 2260–2345 (2010).
[Crossref]

Bergmann, K.

N. V. Vitanov, A. A. Rangelov, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in physics, chemistry and beyond,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 89, 015006 (2017).
[Crossref]

K. Bergmann, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Perspective: Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage: The status after 25 years,” J. Chem. Phys. 142, 170901 (2015).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Piecewise adiabatic passage in polarization optics: An achromatic polarization rotator,” Adv. Chem. Phys. 1598, 219–234 (2015) (in press).

F. Vewinger, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Superpositions of degenerate quantum states: Preparation and detection in atomic beams,” Adv. At. Mol. Opt. Phys. 58, 113–172 (2010).
[Crossref]

F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, U. Schneider, C. Barthel, and K. Bergmann, “Amplitude and phase control of a coherent superposition of degenerate states. II. Experiment,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 043407 (2007).
[Crossref]

F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Amplitude and phase control of a coherent superposition of degenerate states. I. Theory,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 043406 (2007).
[Crossref]

M. Heinz, F. Vewinger, U. Schneider, L. P. Yatsenko, and K. Bergmann, “Phase control in a coherent superposition of degenerate quantum states through frequency control,” Opt. Commun. 264, 248–255 (2006).
[Crossref]

R. Garcia-Fernandez, B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Ekers, and L. P. Yatsenko, “Experimental control of excitation flow produced by delayed pulses in a ladder of molecular levels,” J. Chem. Phys. 125, 014301 (2006).
[Crossref]

R. Garcia-Fernandez, A. Ekers, L. P. Yatsenko, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Control of population flow in coherently driven quantum ladders,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 043001 (2005).
[Crossref]

Z. Kis, N. V. Vitanov, A. Karpati, C. Barthel, and K. Bergmann, “Creation of arbitrary coherent superposition states by stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 033403 (2005).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, V. I. Romanenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, and K. Bergmann, “Two-photon excitation of the metastable 2s state of hydrogen assisted by laser-induced chirped Stark shifts and continuum structure,” Phys. Rev. A 71, 033418 (2005).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, and K. Bergmann, “Stark-shift-chirped rapid-adiabatic-passage technique among three states,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 053403 (2005).
[Crossref]

P. A. Ivanov, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Effect of dephasing on stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 063409 (2004).
[Crossref]

T. Halfmann, T. Rickes, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Lineshapes in coherent two-photon excitation,” Opt. Commun. 220, 353–359 (2003).
[Crossref]

F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, R. Garcia-Fernandez, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Creation and measurement of a coherent superposition of quantum states,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 213001 (2003).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, L. P. Yatsenko, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer by an amplitude-modulated pulse,” Phys. Rev. A 68, 043401 (2003).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, N. V. Vitanov, B. W. Shore, T. Rickes, and K. Bergmann, “Creation of coherent superpositions using Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage,” Opt. Commun. 204, 413–423 (2002).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Laser-induced population transfer by adiabatic passage techniques,” Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem. 52, 763–809 (2001).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, N. V. Vitanov, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent properties of a tripod system coupled via a continuum,” Phys. Rev. A 61, 043408 (2000).
[Crossref]

T. Rickes, L. P. Yatsenko, S. Steuerwald, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Efficient adiabatic population transfer by two-photon excitation assisted by a laser-induced Stark shift,” J. Chem. Phys. 113, 534–546 (2000).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, S. Guérin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Efficient population transfer by delayed pulses despite coupling ambiguity,” Eur. Phys. J. D 8, 443–449 (2000).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, K. Bergmann, and A. Vardi, “Source of metastable H(2s) atoms using the Stark chirped rapid-adiabatic-passage technique,” Phys. Rev. A 60, R4237–R4240 (1999).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer, R. Unanyan, K. Bergmann, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent population transfer beyond the adiabatic limit: generalized matched pulses and higher-order trapping state,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 3751–3760 (1999).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Laser-driven population transfer in four-level atoms: consequences of non-Abelian geometrical adiabatic phase factors,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 2910–2919 (1999).
[Crossref]

I. R. Solá, V. S. Malinovsky, B. Chang, J. Santamaria, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in three-level Λ systems by chirped laser pulses: minimization of the intermediate-level population,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 4494–4501 (1999).
[Crossref]

K. Bergmann, H. Theuer, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent population transfer among quantum states of atoms and molecules,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 1003–1025 (1998).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, M. Fleischhauer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Robust creation and phase-sensitive probing of superposition states via stimulated Raman adiabatic passage (STIRAP) with degenerate dark states,” Opt. Commun. 155, 144–154 (1998).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Adiabatic population transfer in multistate chains via dressed intermediate states,” Eur. Phys. J. D 4, 15–29 (1998).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, S. Guérin, T. Halfmann, K. Böhmer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated hyper-Raman adiabatic passage. I. The basic problem and examples,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4683–4690 (1998).
[Crossref]

A. Kuhn, S. Steuerwald, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in NO with pulsed lasers: the consequences of hyperfine structure, Doppler broadening and electromagnetically induced absorption,” Eur. Phys. J. D 1, 57–70 (1998).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated hyper-Raman adiabatic passage. II. Static compensation of dynamic Stark shifts,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4691–4704 (1998).
[Crossref]

H. Theuer and K. Bergmann, “Atomic beam deflection by coherent momentum transfer and the dependence on weak magnetic fields,” Eur. Phys. J. D 2, 279–289 (1998).
[Crossref]

M. P. Fewell, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer among three states: Full algebraic solutions and the relevance of non adiabatic processes to transfer by delayed pulses,” Aust. J. Phys. 50, 281–308 (1997).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, L. P. Yatsenko, K. Bergmann, and B. W. Shore, “Laser-induced adiabatic atomic reorientation with control of diabatic losses,” Opt. Commun. 139, 48–54 (1997).
[Crossref]

J. Martin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. III. Experimental results,” Phys. Rev. A 54, 1556–1569 (1996).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, J. Martin, M. P. Fewell, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. I. Numerical studies,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 566–582 (1995).
[Crossref]

J. Martin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. II. Algebraic analysis,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 583–593 (1995).
[Crossref]

G. W. Coulston and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses: Analytical results for multilevel systems,” J. Chem. Phys. 96, 3467–3475 (1992).
[Crossref]

A. Kuhn, G. W. Coulston, G. Z. He, S. Schiemann, K. Bergmann, and W. S. Warren, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses using spectrally broad light,” J. Chem. Phys. 96, 4215–4223 (1992).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Kuhn, S. Schiemann, J. Oreg, and J. H. Eberly, “Laser-induced population transfer in multistate systems: a comparative study,” Phys. Rev. A 45, 5297–5300 (1992).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, J. Oreg, and S. Rosenwaks, “Multilevel adiabatic population transfer,” Phys. Rev. A 44, 7442–7447 (1991).
[Crossref]

U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, S. Schiemann, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer between molecular vibrational levels by stimulated Raman scattering with partially overlapping laser fields. A new concept and experimental results,” J. Chem. Phys. 92, 5363–5376 (1990).
[Crossref]

G.-Z. He, A. Kuhn, S. Schiemann, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses and by the stimulated-emission pumping method: a comparative study,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1960–1969 (1990).
[Crossref]

J. R. Kuklinski, U. Gaubatz, F. T. Hioe, and K. Bergmann, “Adiabatic population transfer in a three-level system driven by delayed laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 40, 6741–6744 (1989).
[Crossref]

U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, M. Becker, S. Schiemann, K. Külz, and K. Bergmann, “Population switching between vibrational levels in molecular beams,” Chem. Phys. Lett. 149, 463–468 (1988).
[Crossref]

K. Bergmann and B. W. Shore, “Coherent population transfer,” in Molecular Dynamics and Spectroscopy by Stimulated Emission Pumping, H. C. Dai and R. W. Field, eds. (World Scientific, 1995), Chap. 9, pp. 315–374.

N. V. Vitanov, M. Fleischhauer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent manipulation of atoms and molecules by sequential laser pulses,” in Advances in Atomic Molecular and Optical Physics, B. Bederson and H. Walther, eds. (Academic, 2001), Vol. 46, pp. 55–190.

Berman, P. R.

P. R. Berman, Atom Interferometry (Academic, 1997).

Bernhardt, A. F.

A. F. Bernhardt and B. W. Shore, “Coherent atomic deflection by resonant standing waves,” Phys. Rev. A 23, 1290–1301 (1981).
[Crossref]

Berry, M. V.

M. V. Berry, “Transitionless quantum driving,” J. Phys. A 42, 365303 (2009).
[Crossref]

Bertsekas, D. P.

D. P. Bertsekas, Constrained Optimization and Lagrange Multiplier Methods (Academic, 2014).

Beth, T.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Bialynicka-Birula, Z.

Z. Białynicka-Birula, I. Białynicki-Birula, J. H. Eberly, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. II. Analytic solutions,” Phys. Rev. A 16, 2048–2054 (1977).
[Crossref]

J. H. Eberly, B. W. Shore, Z. Białynicka-Birula, and I. Białynicki-Birula, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules I. Numerical experiments,” Phys. Rev. A 16, 2038–2047 (1977).
[Crossref]

I. Białynicki-Birula and Z. Białynicka-Birula, Quantum Electrodynamics (Pergamon, 1975).

Bialynicki-Birula, I.

J. H. Eberly, B. W. Shore, Z. Białynicka-Birula, and I. Białynicki-Birula, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules I. Numerical experiments,” Phys. Rev. A 16, 2038–2047 (1977).
[Crossref]

Z. Białynicka-Birula, I. Białynicki-Birula, J. H. Eberly, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. II. Analytic solutions,” Phys. Rev. A 16, 2048–2054 (1977).
[Crossref]

I. Białynicki-Birula and Z. Białynicka-Birula, Quantum Electrodynamics (Pergamon, 1975).

Bickel, W. S.

W. S. Bickel and W. M. Bailey, “Stokes vectors, Mueller matrices, and polarized scattered light,” Am. J. Phys. 53, 468–478 (1985).
[Crossref]

Biedenharn, L. C.

L. C. Biedenharn and J. D. Louck, Angular Momentum in Quantum Physics (Addison-Wesley, 1981).

Bigelow, N. P.

M. Tscherneck and N. P. Bigelow, “Efficient coherent population transfer between the a3Σ and the x1Σ states of 39K85 Rb,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 055401 (2007).
[Crossref]

Binosi, D.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Birkl, G.

K. Eckert, J. Mompart, R. Corbalán, M. Lewenstein, and G. Birkl, “Three level atom optics in dipole traps and waveguides,” Opt. Commun. 264, 264–270 (2006).
[Crossref]

K. Eckert, M. Lewenstein, R. Corbalán, G. Birkl, W. Ertmer, and J. Mompart, “Three-level atom optics via the tunneling interaction,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 023606 (2004).
[Crossref]

Blatt, R.

R. Blatt and D. Wineland, “Review article: entangled states of trapped atomic ions,” Nature 453, 1008–1015 (2008).
[Crossref]

H. Häffner, C. F. Roos, and R. Blatt, “Quantum computing with trapped ions,” Phys. Rep. 469, 155–203 (2008).
[Crossref]

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

D. Leibfried, R. Blatt, C. Monroe, and D. Wineland, “Quantum dynamics of single trapped ions,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 75, 281–324 (2003).
[Crossref]

R. Blatt, J. Cirac, and P. Zoller, “Trapping states of motion with cold ions,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 518–524 (1995).
[Crossref]

Bloembergen, N.

N. Bloembergen, “Nonlinear optics and spectroscopy,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 54, 685–695 (1982).
[Crossref]

N. Bloembergen, “The stimulated Raman effect,” Am. J. Phys. 35, 989–1023 (1967).
[Crossref]

J. A. Armstrong, N. Bloembergen, J. Ducuing, and P. S. Pershan, “Interactions between light waves in a nonlinear dielectric,” Phys. Rev. 127, 1918–1939 (1962).
[Crossref]

Blum, K.

K. Blum, Density Matrix Theory and Applications (Plenum, 1981).

Böhm, H. R.

D. Vitali, S. Gigan, A. Ferreira, H. R. Böhm, P. Tombesi, A. Guerreiro, V. Vedral, A. Zeilinger, and M. Aspelmeyer, “Optomechanical entanglement between a movable mirror and a cavity field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 98, 1–4 (2007).
[Crossref]

Böhmer, K.

L. P. Yatsenko, S. Guérin, T. Halfmann, K. Böhmer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated hyper-Raman adiabatic passage. I. The basic problem and examples,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4683–4690 (1998).
[Crossref]

Bohn, J. L.

S. Ospelkaus, K.-K. Ni, G. Quéméner, B. Neyenhuis, D. Wang, M. H. G. de Miranda, J. L. Bohn, J. Ye, and D. S. Jin, “Controlling the hyperfine state of Rovibronic ground-state polar molecules,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 104, 030402 (2010).
[Crossref]

Boller, K.-J.

K.-J. Boller, A. Imamoğlu, and S. E. Harris, “Observation of electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 66, 2593–2596 (1991).
[Crossref]

Bongs, K.

K. Bongs and K. Sengstock, “Physics with coherent matter waves,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 67, 907–963 (2004).
[Crossref]

Boradjiev, I. I.

I. I. Boradjiev and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage with unequal couplings: beyond two-photon resonance,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 053415 (2010).
[Crossref]

Born, M.

M. Born, “Zur Theorie des Ramaneffekts,” Naturwiss 16, 673 (1928).
[Crossref]

M. Born and E. Wolf, Principles of Optics, 7th ed. (Pergamon, 1999).

Borz, A.

A. Borz, G. Stadler, and U. Hohenester, “Optimal quantum control in nanostructures: theory and application to a generic three-level system,” Phys. Rev. A 66, 053811 (2002).
[Crossref]

Boscain, U.

U. Boscain, G. Charlot, J.-P. Gauthier, S. Guerin, and H.-R. Jauslin, “Optimal control in laser-induced population transfer for two- and three-level quantum systems,” J. Math. Phys. 43, 2107 (2002).
[Crossref]

Bosco, C. A. C.

D. Felinto, C. A. C. Bosco, L. Acioli, and S. S. Vianna, “Accumulative effects in temporal coherent control,” Phys. Rev. A 64, 063413 (2001).
[Crossref]

Botet, R.

H. Kuratsuji, R. Botet, and R. Seto, “Electromagnetic gyration:–Hamiltonian dynamics of the Stokes parameters–,” Prog. Theor. Phys. 117, 195–217 (2007).
[Crossref]

Bouchiat, V.

V. Bouchiat, D. Vion, P. Joyez, D. Esteve, and M. H. Devoret, “Quantum coherence with a single Cooper pair,” Phys. Scr. T76, 165 (1998).
[Crossref]

Bouloufa-Maafa, N.

A. Orbán, R. Vexiau, O. Krieglsteiner, H.-C. Nägerl, O. Dulieu, A. Crubellier, and N. Bouloufa-Maafa, “Model for the hyperfine structure of electronically excited KCs molecules,” Phys. Rev. A 92, 032510 (2015).
[Crossref]

Boyd, R. W.

R. W. Boyd, Nonlinear Optics, 3rd ed. (Elsevier, 2003).

Braun, D.

A. Beige, D. Braun, and P. L. Knight, “Driving atoms into decoherence-free states,” New J. Phys. 22, 1–15 (2000).

A. Beige, D. Braun, B. Tregenna, and P. L. Knight, “Quantum computing using dissipation to remain in a decoherence-free subspace,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 85, 1762–1765 (2000).
[Crossref]

Briegel, H. J.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Brif, C.

C. Brif, R. Chakrabarti, and H. Rabitz, “Control of quantum phenomena: past, present and future,” New J. Phys. 12, 075008 (2010).
[Crossref]

Brink, D. M.

D. M. Brink and G. R. Satchler, Angular Momentum (Clarendon, 1968).

Brixner, T.

Broers, B.

B. Broers, H. B. L. van den Heuvell, and L. D. Noordam, “Efficient population transfer in a three-level ladder system by frequency-swept ultrashort laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 69, 2062–2065 (1992).
[Crossref]

Brown, C. W.

J. R. Ferraro, K. Nakamoto, and C. W. Brown, Introductory Raman Sepectroscopy, 2nd ed. (Academic, 2003).

Brumer, P.

M. Shapiro and P. Brumer, “Quantum control of bound and continuum state dynamics,” Phys. Rep. 425, 195–264 (2006).
[Crossref]

C. A. Arango, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Cold atomic collisions: coherent control of penning and associative ionization,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 97, 193202 (2006).
[Crossref]

C. A. Arango, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent control of collision processes: penning versus associative ionization,” J. Chem. Phys. 125, 094315 (2006).
[Crossref]

E. McCullough, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent control of refractive indices,” Phys. Rev. 61, 1–4 (2000).
[Crossref]

M. Shapiro and P. Brumer, “Quantum control of chemical reactions by laser light,” J. Chem. Soc. Faraday Trans. 93, 1263–1277 (1997).

T. Seideman, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent radiative control of unimolecular reactions: selective bond breaking with picosecond pulses,” J. Chem. Phys. 90, 7132–7136 (1989).
[Crossref]

P. Brumer and M. Shapiro, “Coherent radiative control of unimolecular reactions. Three-dimensional results,” Faraday Discuss. Chem. Soc. 82, 177–185 (1986).
[Crossref]

M. Shapiro and P. Brumer, “Coherent control of direct and resonant unimolecular reactions,” in Methods of Laser Spectroscopy (Springer, 1986), pp. 239–247.

Brune, M.

J.-M. Raimond, M. Brune, and S. Haroche, “Manipulating quantum entanglement with atoms and photons in a cavity,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 73, 565–582 (2001).
[Crossref]

Bruss, D.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Busch, T.

R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Benseny, V. Ahufinger, A. D. Greentree, T. Busch, and J. Mompart, “Spatial adiabatic passage: a review of recent progress,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 79, 074401 (2016).
[Crossref]

Butcher, J. C.

J. C. Butcher, The Numerical Analysis of Ordinary Differential Equations: Runge-Kutta and General Linear Methods (Wiley, 1987).

J. C. Butcher, Numerical Methods for Ordinary Differential Equations (Wiley, 2003).

Bužek, V.

M. Šašura and V. Bužek, “Tutorial review. Cold trapped ions as quantum information processors,” J. Mod. Opt. 49, 1593–1647 (2002).
[Crossref]

Byrd, R. H.

C. Zhu, R. H. Byrd, P. Lu, and J. Nocedal, “Algorithm 778: L-BFGS-B: Fortran subroutines for large-scale bound-constrained optimization,” ACM Trans. Math. Software 23, 550–560 (1997).
[Crossref]

Cadarso, V. J.

R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Llobera, J. Vila-Planas, V. J. Cadarso, J. Mompart, and V. Ahufinger, “Light spectral filtering based on spatial adiabatic passage,” Light Sci. Appl. 2, e90 (2013).
[Crossref]

Calarco, T.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Campbell, S.

S. Campbell and S. Deffner, “Trade-off between speed and cost in shortcuts to adiabaticity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 118, 100601 (2017).
[Crossref]

Cao, H.

F. Q. Dou, H. Cao, J. Liu, and L. B. Fu, “High-fidelity composite adiabatic passage in nonlinear two-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 93, 1–5 (2016).
[Crossref]

Carnal, O.

A. S. Parkins, P. Marte, P. Zoller, O. Carnal, and H. J. Kimble, “Quantum-state mapping between multilevel atoms and cavity light fields,” Phys. Rev. A 51, 1578–1596 (1995).
[Crossref]

Carrier, G. F.

G. F. Carrier and C. E. Pearson, Ordinary Differential Equations (Blaisdell, 1968).

Carroll, C. E.

C. E. Carroll and F. T. Hioe, “Driven three-state model and its analytic solutions,” J. Math. Phys. 29, 487–509 (1988).
[Crossref]

C. E. Carroll and F. T. Hioe, “Three-state systems driven by resonant optical pulses of different shapes,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1335–1340 (1988).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and C. E. Carroll, “Coherent population trapping in N-level quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 3000–3005 (1988).
[Crossref]

C. E. Carroll and F. T. Hioe, “Three-state model driven by two laser beams,” Phys. Rev. A 36, 724–729 (1987).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and C. E. Carroll, “Two-state problems involving arbitrary amplitude and frequency modulation,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 1541–1549 (1985).
[Crossref]

Carslaw, H. S.

H. S. Carslaw and J. C. Jaeger, Operational Methods in Applied Mathematics (Oxford University, 1948).

Chakrabarti, R.

C. Brif, R. Chakrabarti, and H. Rabitz, “Control of quantum phenomena: past, present and future,” New J. Phys. 12, 075008 (2010).
[Crossref]

Champenois, C.

M. R. Kamsap, T. B. Ekogo, J. Pedregosa-Gutierrez, G. Hagel, M. Houssin, O. Morizot, M. Knoop, and C. Champenois, “Coherent internal state transfer by a three-photon STIRAP-like scheme for many-atom samples,” J. Phys. B 46, 145502 (2013).
[Crossref]

Chang, B.

B. Chang, I. R. Solá, and V. S. Malinovsky, “Selective excitation of diatomic molecules by chirped laser pulses,” Chem. Phys. 113, 4901–4911 (2000).

I. R. Solá, V. S. Malinovsky, B. Chang, J. Santamaria, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in three-level Λ systems by chirped laser pulses: minimization of the intermediate-level population,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 4494–4501 (1999).
[Crossref]

Charlot, G.

U. Boscain, G. Charlot, J.-P. Gauthier, S. Guerin, and H.-R. Jauslin, “Optimal control in laser-induced population transfer for two- and three-level quantum systems,” J. Math. Phys. 43, 2107 (2002).
[Crossref]

Chelkowski, S.

S. Chelkowski and A. D. Bandrauk, “Raman chirped adiabatic passage: a new method for selective excitation of high vibrational states,” J. Raman Spectrosc. 28, 459–466 (1997).
[Crossref]

S. Chelkowski and G. N. Gibson, “Adiabatic climbing of vibrational ladders using Raman transitions with a chirped pump laser,” Phys. Rev. A 52, R3417 (1995).
[Crossref]

Chen, L.-B.

L.-B. Chen, M.-Y. Ye, G.-W. Lin, Q.-H. Du, and X.-M. Lin, “Generation of entanglement via adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 062304 (2007).
[Crossref]

Chen, W.

J. R. Friedman, V. Patel, W. Chen, S. K. Tolpygo, and J. E. Lukens, “Quantum superposition of distinct macroscopic states,” Nature 406, 43–46 (2000).
[Crossref]

Chen, X.

S. Martínez-Garaot, E. Torrontegui, X. Chen, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity in three-level systems using Lie transforms,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 053408 (2014).
[Crossref]

X. Chen and J. G. Muga, “Engineering of fast population transfer in three-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 033405 (2012).
[Crossref]

J. G. Muga, X. Chen, E. Torrontegui, S. Ibáñez, and I. Lizuain, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity,” Opt. Pura Apl. 44, 479–486 (2011).

X. Chen, I. Lizuain, A. Ruschhaupt, D. Guéry-Odelin, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcut to adiabatic passage in two- and three-level atoms,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 105, 123003 (2010).
[Crossref]

Cheng, J.

J. Cheng and J. Zhou, “Ultrafast population transfer in three-level systems driven by few-cycle laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 64, 065402 (2001).
[Crossref]

Chiorescu, I.

I. Chiorescu, Y. Nakamura, C. M. Harmans, and J. Mooij, “Coherent quantum dynamics of a superconducting flux qubit,” Science 299, 1869–1871 (2003).
[Crossref]

Chu, S.

S. Chu, “Nobel lecture: The manipulation of neutral particles,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 685–706 (1998).
[Crossref]

M. Kasevich and S. Chu, “Atomic interferometry using stimulated Raman transitions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 67, 181–184 (1991).
[Crossref]

M. Kasevich, D. S. Weiss, E. Riis, K. Moler, S. Kasapi, and S. Chu, “Atomic velocity selection using stimulated Raman transitions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 66, 2297–2300 (1991).
[Crossref]

Chuang, I. L.

D. A. Lidar, I. L. Chuang, and K. B. Whaley, “Decoherence-free subspaces for quantum computation,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 2594–2597 (1998).
[Crossref]

M. A. Nielsen and I. L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information (Cambridge University, 2000).

Churchill, R. V.

R. V. Churchill, Operational Mathematics (McGraw-Hill, 1958).

Cicak, K.

J. Li, G. S. Paraoanu, K. Cicak, F. Altomare, J. I. Park, R. W. Simmonds, M. A. Sillanpää, and P. J. Hakonen, “Decoherence, Autler-Townes effect, and dark states in two-tone driving of a three-level superconducting system,” Phys. Rev. B 84, 104527 (2011).
[Crossref]

Cirac, J.

R. Blatt, J. Cirac, and P. Zoller, “Trapping states of motion with cold ions,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 518–524 (1995).
[Crossref]

Cirac, J. I.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

J. J. Garcia-Ripoll, P. Zoller, and J. I. Cirac, “Speed optimized two-qubit gates with laser coherent control techniques for ion trap quantum computing,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 157901 (2003).
[Crossref]

D. Jaksch, V. Venturi, J. I. Cirac, C. J. Williams, and P. Zoller, “Creation of a molecular condensate by dynamically melting a Mott insulator,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 040402 (2002).
[Crossref]

M. Marte, J. I. Cirac, and P. Zoller, “Deflection of atoms by circularly polarized light beams in triple Laue configuration,” J. Mod. Opt. 38, 2265–2280 (1991).
[Crossref]

Ciret, C.

H. Oukraou, L. Vittadello, V. Coda, C. Ciret, M. Alonzo, A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and G. Montemezzani, “Control of adiabatic light transfer in coupled waveguides with longitudinally varying detuning,” Phys. Rev. A 95, 023811 (2017).
[Crossref]

C. Ciret, V. Coda, A. A. Rangelov, D. N. Neshev, and G. Montemezzani, “Planar achromatic multiple beam splitter by adiabatic light transfer,” Opt. Lett. 37, 3789–3791 (2012).
[Crossref]

Coda, V.

H. Oukraou, L. Vittadello, V. Coda, C. Ciret, M. Alonzo, A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and G. Montemezzani, “Control of adiabatic light transfer in coupled waveguides with longitudinally varying detuning,” Phys. Rev. A 95, 023811 (2017).
[Crossref]

C. Ciret, V. Coda, A. A. Rangelov, D. N. Neshev, and G. Montemezzani, “Planar achromatic multiple beam splitter by adiabatic light transfer,” Opt. Lett. 37, 3789–3791 (2012).
[Crossref]

Cohen, D. W.

D. W. Cohen, An Introduction to Hilbert Space and Quantum Logic (Springer, 1989).

Cohen-Tannoudji, C.

C. Cohen-Tannoudji, “Nobel lecture: Manipulating atoms with photons,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 707–719 (1998).
[Crossref]

C. Cohen-Tannoudji and S. Reynaud, “Dressed-atom description of resonance fluorescence and absorption spectra of a multi-level atom in an intense laser beam,” J. Phys. B 10, 345–363 (1977).
[Crossref]

J. P. Barrat and C. Cohen-Tannoudji, “Étude du pompage optique dans le formalisme de la matrice densité,” J. Phys. Radium 22, 329–336 (1961).
[Crossref]

C. Cohen-Tannoudji, “Quantum theory of optical pumping,” Adv. Quantum Electron., 289–315 (1961).

C. Cohen-Tannoudji, J. Dupont-Roc, and G. Grynberg, Photons & Atoms. Introduction to Quantum Electrodynamics (Wiley, 1989).

Cole, J. H.

A. D. Greentree, J. H. Cole, A. Hamilton, and L. C. L. Hollenberg, “Coherent electronic transfer in quantum dot systems using adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. B 70, 235317 (2004).
[Crossref]

Collatz, L.

L. Collatz, The Numerical Treatment of Differential Equations (Springer, 1966).

Colthup, N. B.

N. B. Colthup, L. H. Daly, and S. E. Wiberley, Introduction to Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy, 3rd ed. (Academic, 1990).

Condon, E. U.

E. U. Condon and G. H. Shortley, The Theory of Atomic Spectra (Cambridge University1953).

Cook, R. J.

R. J. Cook and B. W. Shore, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. III. An analytically soluble periodic case,” Phys. Rev. A 20, 539–544 (1979).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore and R. J. Cook, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. IV. Two-and three-level behavior,” Phys. Rev. A 20, 1958–1964 (1979).
[Crossref]

Coppa, A.

G. Della Valle, M. Ornigotti, T. Toney Fernandez, P. Laporta, S. Longhi, A. Coppa, and V. Foglietti, “Adiabatic light transfer via dressed states in optical waveguide arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 92, 011106 (2008).
[Crossref]

Corbalán, R.

R. Garca-Maraver, K. Eckert, R. Corbalán, and J. Mompart, “Generation of entangled photon pairs in optical cavity-QED: operating in the bad cavity limit,” J. Phys. B 41, 045505 (2008).
[Crossref]

K. Eckert, J. Mompart, R. Corbalán, M. Lewenstein, and G. Birkl, “Three level atom optics in dipole traps and waveguides,” Opt. Commun. 264, 264–270 (2006).
[Crossref]

K. Eckert, M. Lewenstein, R. Corbalán, G. Birkl, W. Ertmer, and J. Mompart, “Three-level atom optics via the tunneling interaction,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 023606 (2004).
[Crossref]

Côté, R.

E. Kuznetsova, P. Pellegrini, R. Côté, M. D. Lukin, and S. F. Yelin, “Formation of deeply bound molecules via chainwise adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 021402 (2008).
[Crossref]

Coulston, G. W.

A. Kuhn, G. W. Coulston, G. Z. He, S. Schiemann, K. Bergmann, and W. S. Warren, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses using spectrally broad light,” J. Chem. Phys. 96, 4215–4223 (1992).
[Crossref]

G. W. Coulston and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses: Analytical results for multilevel systems,” J. Chem. Phys. 96, 3467–3475 (1992).
[Crossref]

Cowan, R. D.

R. D. Cowan, The Theory of Atomic Structure and Spectra (California University, 1981).

Crankshaw, D. S.

K. V. R. M. Murali, Z. Dutton, W. D. Oliver, D. S. Crankshaw, and T. P. Orlando, “Probing decoherence with electromagnetically induced transparency in superconductive quantum circuits,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 087003 (2004).
[Crossref]

Crisp, M. D.

M. D. Crisp, “Adiabatic-following approximation,” Phys. Rev. A 8, 2128–2135 (1973).
[Crossref]

M. D. Crisp, “Propagation of small-area pulses of coherent light through a resonant medium,” Phys. Rev. A 1, 1604–1611 (1970).
[Crossref]

Cronin, A.

A. Cronin, J. Schmiedmayer, and J. D. Pritchard, “Optics and interferometry with atoms and molecules,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 81, 1051–1129 (2009).
[Crossref]

Cross, P. C.

H. C. Allen and P. C. Cross, Molecular Vib-Rotors (Wiley, 1963).

Crubellier, A.

A. Orbán, R. Vexiau, O. Krieglsteiner, H.-C. Nägerl, O. Dulieu, A. Crubellier, and N. Bouloufa-Maafa, “Model for the hyperfine structure of electronically excited KCs molecules,” Phys. Rev. A 92, 032510 (2015).
[Crossref]

Cummings, F. W.

E. T. Jaynes and F. W. Cummings, “Comparison of quantum and semiclassical radiation theories with application to the beam maser,” Proc. IEEE 51, 89–109 (1963).
[Crossref]

Dahleh, M. A.

M. A. Dahleh, A. P. Peirce, and H. Rabitz, “Optimal control of uncertain quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 42, 1065–1079 (1990).
[Crossref]

A. P. Pierce, M. A. Dahleh, and H. Rabitz, “Optimal control of quantum-mechanical systems: existence, numerical approximation, and applications,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 4950–4964 (1988).
[Crossref]

Dalton, B. J.

B. J. Dalton, R. McDuff, and P. L. Knight, “Coherent population trapping. Two unequal phase fluctuating laser fields,” Opt. Acta 32, 61–70 (1985).
[Crossref]

B. J. Dalton and P. L. Knight, “The effects of laser field fluctuations on coherent population trapping,” J. Phys. B 15, 3997–4015 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. J. Dalton and P. L. Knight, “Population trapping and ultranarrow Raman lineshapes induced by phase-fluctuating fields,” Opt. Commun. 42, 411–416 (1982).
[Crossref]

Daly, L. H.

N. B. Colthup, L. H. Daly, and S. E. Wiberley, Introduction to Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy, 3rd ed. (Academic, 1990).

Danileiko, M. V.

M. V. Danileiko, V. I. Romanenko, and L. P. Yatsenko, “Landau–Zener transitions and population transfer in a three-level system driven by two delayed laser pulses,” Opt. Commun. 109, 462–466 (1994).
[Crossref]

Dantus, M.

M. Dantus and V. V. Lozovoy, “Experimental coherent laser control of physicochemical processes,” Chem. Rev. 104, 1813–1860 (2004).
[Crossref]

de Araujo, L. E. E.

A. A. Soares and L. E. E. de Araujo, “Coherent accumulation of excitation in the electromagnetically induced transparency of an ultrashort pulse train,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 043818 (2007).
[Crossref]

de Boor, C.

C. de Boor, “On calculating with B-splines,” J. Approx. Theory 6, 50–62 (1972).
[Crossref]

de Miranda, M. H. G.

S. Ospelkaus, K.-K. Ni, G. Quéméner, B. Neyenhuis, D. Wang, M. H. G. de Miranda, J. L. Bohn, J. Ye, and D. S. Jin, “Controlling the hyperfine state of Rovibronic ground-state polar molecules,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 104, 030402 (2010).
[Crossref]

Debnath, L.

L. Debnath and P. Mikusinski, Introduction to Hilbert Spaces: With Applications (Academic, 2005).

Deffner, S.

S. Campbell and S. Deffner, “Trade-off between speed and cost in shortcuts to adiabaticity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 118, 100601 (2017).
[Crossref]

del Campo, A.

A. del Campo, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity by counter-diabatic driving,” arXiv 1306.0410 (2013).

Della Valle, G.

G. Della Valle, M. Ornigotti, T. Toney Fernandez, P. Laporta, S. Longhi, A. Coppa, and V. Foglietti, “Adiabatic light transfer via dressed states in optical waveguide arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 92, 011106 (2008).
[Crossref]

Delsart, C.

C. Delsart and J.-C. Keller, “The optical Autler–Tones effect in Doppler-broadened three-level systems,” J. Phys. 39, 350–360 (1978).
[Crossref]

Demirplak, M.

M. Demirplak and S. A. Rice, “Assisted adiabatic passage revisited,” J. Phys. Chem. B 109, 6838–6844 (2005).
[Crossref]

Dent, G.

E. Smith and G. Dent, Modern Raman Spectroscopy–A Practical Approach (Wiley, 2005).

Derevianko, A.

E. Ilinova and A. Derevianko, “Dynamics of a three-level Λ-type system driven by trains of ultrashort laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 013423 (2012).
[Crossref]

Desouter-Lecomte, M.

D. Sugny, M. Ndong, D. Lauvergnat, Y. Justum, and M. Desouter-Lecomte, “Laser control in open molecular systems: STIRAP and Optimal Control,” J. Photochem. Photobiol. A 190, 359–371 (2007).
[Crossref]

Deutsch, D.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Devoret, M. H.

M. H. Devoret and R. J. Schoelkopf, “Superconducting circuits for quantum computation: an outlook,” Science 339, 1169–1174 (2013).
[Crossref]

V. Bouchiat, D. Vion, P. Joyez, D. Esteve, and M. H. Devoret, “Quantum coherence with a single Cooper pair,” Phys. Scr. T76, 165 (1998).
[Crossref]

Di Stefano, P. G.

G. Falci, P. G. Di Stefano, A. Ridolfo, G. S. Paraoanu, and E. Paladino, “Advances in quantum control of three-level superconducting circuit architectures,” Fortschr. Phys. 10, 1–10 (2016).

Diestel, R.

R. Diestel, Graph Theory, 3rd ed. (Springer, 2005).

Dirac, P. A. M.

P. A. M. Dirac, “The quantum theory of the emission and absorption of radiation,” Proc. R. Soc. London A 114, 243–265 (1927).
[Crossref]

P. A. M. Dirac, The Principles of Quantum Mechanics, 4th ed. (Clarendon, 1958).

Dong, W.

N. Mukherjee, W. Dong, and R. N. Zare, “Coherent superposition of M-states in a single rovibrational level of H2 by Stark-induced adiabatic Raman passage,” J. Chem. Phys. 140, 074201 (2014).
[Crossref]

W. Dong, N. Mukherjee, and R. N. Zare, “Optical preparation of H2 rovibrational levels with almost complete population transfer,” J. Chem. Phys. 139, 074204 (2013).
[Crossref]

Dou, F. Q.

F. Q. Dou, H. Cao, J. Liu, and L. B. Fu, “High-fidelity composite adiabatic passage in nonlinear two-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 93, 1–5 (2016).
[Crossref]

Dreisow, F.

F. Dreisow, M. Ornigotti, A. Szameit, M. Heinrich, R. Keil, S. Nolte, A. Tünnermann, and S. Longhi, “Polychromatic beam splitting by fractional stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 95, 261102 (2009).
[Crossref]

Drese, K.

K. Drese and M. Holthaus, “Floquet theory for short laser pulses,” Eur. Phys. J. D 5, 119–134 (1999).
[Crossref]

Drewsen, M.

D. Møller, J. L. Sørensen, J. B. Thomsen, and M. Drewsen, “Efficient qubit detection using alkaline-earth-metal ions and a double stimulated Raman adiabatic process,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 062321 (2007).
[Crossref]

J. L. Sørensen, D. Møller, T. Iversen, J. B. Thomsen, F. Jensen, P. Staanum, D. Voigt, and M. Drewsen, “Efficient coherent internal state transfer in trapped ions using stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” New J. Phys. 8, 261 (2006).
[Crossref]

Dridi, G.

G. Dridi, S. Guérin, V. Hakobyan, H. R. Jauslin, and H. Eleuch, “Ultrafast stimulated Raman parallel adiabatic passage by shaped pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 043408 (2009).
[Crossref]

Drummond, P. D.

B. J. Herman, P. D. Drummond, J. H. Eberly, and B. Sobolewska, “Coherent propagation and optical pumping in three-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 1910–1924 (1984).
[Crossref]

Du, J.

Z. Zhang, J. Tian, and J. Du, “Manipulation of population transfer and the creation of an arbitrary superposition of atomic states using a series of pulse pairs,” Laser Phys. 25, 095201 (2015).
[Crossref]

Du, Q.-H.

L.-B. Chen, M.-Y. Ye, G.-W. Lin, Q.-H. Du, and X.-M. Lin, “Generation of entanglement via adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 062304 (2007).
[Crossref]

Ducuing, J.

J. A. Armstrong, N. Bloembergen, J. Ducuing, and P. S. Pershan, “Interactions between light waves in a nonlinear dielectric,” Phys. Rev. 127, 1918–1939 (1962).
[Crossref]

Dulieu, O.

A. Orbán, R. Vexiau, O. Krieglsteiner, H.-C. Nägerl, O. Dulieu, A. Crubellier, and N. Bouloufa-Maafa, “Model for the hyperfine structure of electronically excited KCs molecules,” Phys. Rev. A 92, 032510 (2015).
[Crossref]

T. Takekoshi, L. Reichsöllner, A. Schindewolf, J. M. Hutson, C. R. Le Sueur, O. Dulieu, F. Ferlaino, R. Grimm, and H.-C. Nägerl, “Ultracold dense samples of dipolar RbCs molecules in the rovibrational and hyperfine ground state,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 205301 (2014).
[Crossref]

Duncan, B.

Dupont-Roc, J.

C. Cohen-Tannoudji, J. Dupont-Roc, and G. Grynberg, Photons & Atoms. Introduction to Quantum Electrodynamics (Wiley, 1989).

Dutton, Z.

Z. Dutton, K. V. R. M. Murali, W. D. Oliver, and T. P. Orlando, “Electromagnetically induced transparency in superconducting quantum circuits: effects of decoherence, tunneling, and multilevel crosstalk,” Phys. Rev. B 73, 104516 (2006).
[Crossref]

K. V. R. M. Murali, Z. Dutton, W. D. Oliver, D. S. Crankshaw, and T. P. Orlando, “Probing decoherence with electromagnetically induced transparency in superconductive quantum circuits,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 087003 (2004).
[Crossref]

Eberly, J. H.

J. H. Eberly, “The double lambda system: a new workhorse for quantum optics?” Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. A,  355, 238791 (1997.)

B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Kuhn, S. Schiemann, J. Oreg, and J. H. Eberly, “Laser-induced population transfer in multistate systems: a comparative study,” Phys. Rev. A 45, 5297–5300 (1992).
[Crossref]

J. Oreg, G. Hazak, and J. H. Eberly, “Multilevel inversion schemes in and beyond the adiabatic limit,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 2776–2783 (1985).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “Multiple-laser excitation of multilevel atoms,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 1164–1167 (1984).
[Crossref]

B. J. Herman, P. D. Drummond, J. H. Eberly, and B. Sobolewska, “Coherent propagation and optical pumping in three-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 1910–1924 (1984).
[Crossref]

J. Oreg, F. T. Hioe, and J. H. Eberly, “Adiabatic following in multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 690–697 (1984).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “Nonlinear constants of motion for three-level quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 25, 2168–2171 (1982).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “New conservation laws restricting the density matrix of 3-level quantum systems,” Appl. Phys. B 1, 105–106 (1982).

F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “N-level coherence vector and higher conservation laws in quantum optics and quantum mechanics,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 838–841 (1981).
[Crossref]

J. H. Eberly, B. W. Shore, Z. Białynicka-Birula, and I. Białynicki-Birula, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules I. Numerical experiments,” Phys. Rev. A 16, 2038–2047 (1977).
[Crossref]

Z. Białynicka-Birula, I. Białynicki-Birula, J. H. Eberly, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. II. Analytic solutions,” Phys. Rev. A 16, 2048–2054 (1977).
[Crossref]

L. Allen and J. H. Eberly, Optical Resonance and Two Level Atoms (Dover, 1987).

Eckert, K.

R. Garca-Maraver, K. Eckert, R. Corbalán, and J. Mompart, “Generation of entangled photon pairs in optical cavity-QED: operating in the bad cavity limit,” J. Phys. B 41, 045505 (2008).
[Crossref]

K. Eckert, J. Mompart, R. Corbalán, M. Lewenstein, and G. Birkl, “Three level atom optics in dipole traps and waveguides,” Opt. Commun. 264, 264–270 (2006).
[Crossref]

K. Eckert, M. Lewenstein, R. Corbalán, G. Birkl, W. Ertmer, and J. Mompart, “Three-level atom optics via the tunneling interaction,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 023606 (2004).
[Crossref]

Edmonds, A. R.

A. R. Edmonds, Angular Momentum in Quantum Mechanics (Princeton University, 1957).

Einwohner, T. H.

T. H. Einwohner, J. Wong, and J. C. Garrison, “Effects of alternative transition sequences on coherent photoexcitation,” Phys. Rev. A 20, 940–947 (1979).
[Crossref]

T. H. Einwohner, J. Wong, and J. C. Garrison, “Analytical solutions for laser excitation of multilevel systems in the rotating-wave approximation,” Phys. Rev. A 14, 1452–1456 (1976).
[Crossref]

Eisert, J.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Ekers, A.

R. Garcia-Fernandez, B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Ekers, and L. P. Yatsenko, “Experimental control of excitation flow produced by delayed pulses in a ladder of molecular levels,” J. Chem. Phys. 125, 014301 (2006).
[Crossref]

R. Garcia-Fernandez, A. Ekers, L. P. Yatsenko, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Control of population flow in coherently driven quantum ladders,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 043001 (2005).
[Crossref]

Ekert, A.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Ekogo, T. B.

M. R. Kamsap, T. B. Ekogo, J. Pedregosa-Gutierrez, G. Hagel, M. Houssin, O. Morizot, M. Knoop, and C. Champenois, “Coherent internal state transfer by a three-photon STIRAP-like scheme for many-atom samples,” J. Phys. B 46, 145502 (2013).
[Crossref]

Eleuch, H.

G. Dridi, S. Guérin, V. Hakobyan, H. R. Jauslin, and H. Eleuch, “Ultrafast stimulated Raman parallel adiabatic passage by shaped pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 043408 (2009).
[Crossref]

Elgin, J. N.

J. N. Elgin, “Semiclassical formalism for the treatment of three-level systems,” Phys. Lett. A 80, 140–142 (1980).
[Crossref]

Ertmer, W.

K. Eckert, M. Lewenstein, R. Corbalán, G. Birkl, W. Ertmer, and J. Mompart, “Three-level atom optics via the tunneling interaction,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 023606 (2004).
[Crossref]

Espy, P. J.

F. R. Gilmore, R. R. Laher, and P. J. Espy, “Franck-Condon factors, r-centroids, electronic transition moments, and Einstein coefficients for many nitrogen and oxygen band systems,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 21, 1005–1107 (1992).
[Crossref]

Esteve, D.

V. Bouchiat, D. Vion, P. Joyez, D. Esteve, and M. H. Devoret, “Quantum coherence with a single Cooper pair,” Phys. Scr. T76, 165 (1998).
[Crossref]

Evers, J.

M. Kiffner, J. Evers, and C. H. Keitel, “Coherent control in a decoherence-free subspace of a collective multilevel system,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 032313 (2007).
[Crossref]

Fabre, C.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Falci, G.

G. Falci, P. G. Di Stefano, A. Ridolfo, G. S. Paraoanu, and E. Paladino, “Advances in quantum control of three-level superconducting circuit architectures,” Fortschr. Phys. 10, 1–10 (2016).

Fano, U.

U. Fano, “Description of states in quantum mechanics by density matrix and operator techniques,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 29, 74–93 (1957).
[Crossref]

U. Fano and G. Racah, Irreducible Tensorial Sets (Academic, 1963).

Fantz, U.

D. Wünderlich and U. Fantz, “Franck–Condon factors for molecule–ion reactions of H2 and its isotopomers,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 97, 152–185 (2011).
[Crossref]

U. Fantz and D. Wünderlich, “Franck–Condon factors, transition probabilities, and radiative lifetimes for hydrogen molecules and their isotopomeres,” At. Data Nucl. Data Tables 92, 853–973 (2006).
[Crossref]

U. Fantz and D. Wünderlich, “Franck–Condon factors, transition probabilities and radiative lifetimes for hydrogen molecules and their isotopomeres,” (2004).

Felinto, D.

D. Felinto, C. A. C. Bosco, L. Acioli, and S. S. Vianna, “Accumulative effects in temporal coherent control,” Phys. Rev. A 64, 063413 (2001).
[Crossref]

Feneuille, S.

S. Feneuille and M.-G. Schweighofer, “Conditions for the observation of the Autler–Townes effect in a two step resonance experiment,” J. Phys. 36, 781–786 (1975).
[Crossref]

Ferlaino, F.

T. Takekoshi, L. Reichsöllner, A. Schindewolf, J. M. Hutson, C. R. Le Sueur, O. Dulieu, F. Ferlaino, R. Grimm, and H.-C. Nägerl, “Ultracold dense samples of dipolar RbCs molecules in the rovibrational and hyperfine ground state,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 205301 (2014).
[Crossref]

Fermi, E.

E. Fermi, “Quantum theory of radiation,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 4, 87–132 (1932).
[Crossref]

Ferraro, J. R.

J. R. Ferraro, K. Nakamoto, and C. W. Brown, Introductory Raman Sepectroscopy, 2nd ed. (Academic, 2003).

Ferreira, A.

D. Vitali, S. Gigan, A. Ferreira, H. R. Böhm, P. Tombesi, A. Guerreiro, V. Vedral, A. Zeilinger, and M. Aspelmeyer, “Optomechanical entanglement between a movable mirror and a cavity field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 98, 1–4 (2007).
[Crossref]

Fewell, M.

M. Fewell, “Adiabatic elimination, the rotating-wave approximation and two-photon transitions,” Opt. Commun. 253, 125–137 (2005).
[Crossref]

Fewell, M. P.

M. P. Fewell, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer among three states: Full algebraic solutions and the relevance of non adiabatic processes to transfer by delayed pulses,” Aust. J. Phys. 50, 281–308 (1997).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, J. Martin, M. P. Fewell, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. I. Numerical studies,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 566–582 (1995).
[Crossref]

Feynman, R. P.

R. P. Feynman, F. L. Vernon, and R. W. Hellwarth, “Geometrical representation of the Schrödinger equation for solving maser problems,” J. Appl. Phys. 28, 49–52 (1957).
[Crossref]

Field, J. E.

S. E. Harris, J. E. Field, and A. Imamoğlu, “Nonlinear optical processes using electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 64, 1107–1110 (1990).
[Crossref]

Fleischhauer, M.

A. V. Gorshkov, A. André, M. Fleischhauer, A. S. Sørensen, and M. D. Lukin, “Universal approach to optimal photon storage in atomic media,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 98, 123601 (2007).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer, A. Imamoğlu, and J. P. Marangos, “Electromagnetically induced transparency: Optics in coherent media,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 77, 633–673 (2005).
[Crossref]

J. Ruseckas, G. Juzeliūnas, P. Öhberg, and M. Fleischhauer, “Non-Abelian gauge potentials for ultracold atoms with degenerate dark states,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 010404 (2005).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan and M. Fleischhauer, “Geometric phase gate without dynamical phases,” Phys. Rev. A 69, 050302 (2004).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer and M. D. Lukin, “Quantum memory for photons: Dark-state polaritons,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 022314 (2002).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer and M. D. Lukin, “Dark-state polaritons in electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 84, 5094–5097 (2000).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer, R. Unanyan, K. Bergmann, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent population transfer beyond the adiabatic limit: generalized matched pulses and higher-order trapping state,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 3751–3760 (1999).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, M. Fleischhauer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Robust creation and phase-sensitive probing of superposition states via stimulated Raman adiabatic passage (STIRAP) with degenerate dark states,” Opt. Commun. 155, 144–154 (1998).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer and A. S. Manka, “Propagation of laser pulses and coherent population transfer in dissipative three-level systems: An adiabatic dressed-state picture,” Phys. Rev. A 54, 794–803 (1996).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer, C. H. Keitel, L. M. Narducci, M. O. Scully, S. Y. Zhu, and M. S. Zubairy, “Lasing without inversion: interference of radiatively broadened resonances in dressed atomic systems,” Opt. Commun. 94, 599–608 (1992).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, M. Fleischhauer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent manipulation of atoms and molecules by sequential laser pulses,” in Advances in Atomic Molecular and Optical Physics, B. Bederson and H. Walther, eds. (Academic, 2001), Vol. 46, pp. 55–190.

Foglietti, V.

G. Della Valle, M. Ornigotti, T. Toney Fernandez, P. Laporta, S. Longhi, A. Coppa, and V. Foglietti, “Adiabatic light transfer via dressed states in optical waveguide arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 92, 011106 (2008).
[Crossref]

Fonstad, C.

H. A. Haus and C. Fonstad, “Three-waveguide couplers for improved sampling and filtering,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 17, 2321–2325 (1981).
[Crossref]

Fox, L.

L. Fox, Numerical Solution of Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations (Addison-Wesley, 1962).

Fraval, E.

J. J. Longdell, E. Fraval, M. J. Sellars, and N. B. Manson, “Stopped light with storage times greater than one second using electromagnetically induced transparency in a solid,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 063601 (2005).
[Crossref]

Freegarde, T.

J. Bateman and T. Freegarde, “Fractional adiabatic passage in two-level systems: mirrors and beam splitters for atomic interferometry,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 013416 (2007).
[Crossref]

Freeman, R.

R. Freeman, S. P. Kempsell, and M. H. Levitt, “Radiofrequency pulse sequences which compensate their own imperfections,” J. Magn. Reson. 30, 453–479 (1980).

M. H. Levitt and R. Freeman, “NMR population inversion using a composite pulse,” J. Magn. Reson. 33, 473–476 (1979).

R. Freeman, Spin Choreography (Spectrum, 1997).

Friedman, J. R.

J. R. Friedman, V. Patel, W. Chen, S. K. Tolpygo, and J. E. Lukens, “Quantum superposition of distinct macroscopic states,” Nature 406, 43–46 (2000).
[Crossref]

Fu, L. B.

F. Q. Dou, H. Cao, J. Liu, and L. B. Fu, “High-fidelity composite adiabatic passage in nonlinear two-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 93, 1–5 (2016).
[Crossref]

Gandhi, S.

J. Melinger and S. Gandhi, “Generation of narrowband inversion with broadband laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. 68, 1992–2003 (1992).

Garca-Maraver, R.

R. Garca-Maraver, K. Eckert, R. Corbalán, and J. Mompart, “Generation of entangled photon pairs in optical cavity-QED: operating in the bad cavity limit,” J. Phys. B 41, 045505 (2008).
[Crossref]

Garcia-Fernandez, R.

R. Garcia-Fernandez, B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Ekers, and L. P. Yatsenko, “Experimental control of excitation flow produced by delayed pulses in a ladder of molecular levels,” J. Chem. Phys. 125, 014301 (2006).
[Crossref]

R. Garcia-Fernandez, A. Ekers, L. P. Yatsenko, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Control of population flow in coherently driven quantum ladders,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 043001 (2005).
[Crossref]

F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, R. Garcia-Fernandez, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Creation and measurement of a coherent superposition of quantum states,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 213001 (2003).
[Crossref]

Garcia-Ripoll, J. J.

J. J. Garcia-Ripoll, P. Zoller, and J. I. Cirac, “Speed optimized two-qubit gates with laser coherent control techniques for ion trap quantum computing,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 157901 (2003).
[Crossref]

Garrison, J. C.

T. H. Einwohner, J. Wong, and J. C. Garrison, “Effects of alternative transition sequences on coherent photoexcitation,” Phys. Rev. A 20, 940–947 (1979).
[Crossref]

T. H. Einwohner, J. Wong, and J. C. Garrison, “Analytical solutions for laser excitation of multilevel systems in the rotating-wave approximation,” Phys. Rev. A 14, 1452–1456 (1976).
[Crossref]

Gaubatz, U.

A. A. Rangelov, U. Gaubatz, and N. V. Vitanov, “Broadband adiabatic conversion of light polarization,” Opt. Commun. 283, 3891–3894 (2010).
[Crossref]

U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, S. Schiemann, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer between molecular vibrational levels by stimulated Raman scattering with partially overlapping laser fields. A new concept and experimental results,” J. Chem. Phys. 92, 5363–5376 (1990).
[Crossref]

J. R. Kuklinski, U. Gaubatz, F. T. Hioe, and K. Bergmann, “Adiabatic population transfer in a three-level system driven by delayed laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 40, 6741–6744 (1989).
[Crossref]

U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, M. Becker, S. Schiemann, K. Külz, and K. Bergmann, “Population switching between vibrational levels in molecular beams,” Chem. Phys. Lett. 149, 463–468 (1988).
[Crossref]

Gauthier, J.-P.

U. Boscain, G. Charlot, J.-P. Gauthier, S. Guerin, and H.-R. Jauslin, “Optimal control in laser-induced population transfer for two- and three-level quantum systems,” J. Math. Phys. 43, 2107 (2002).
[Crossref]

Gea-Banacloche, J.

J. Gea-Banacloche, “Some implications of the quantum nature of laser fields for quantum computations,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 022308 (2002).
[Crossref]

Gear, C. W.

L. F. Shampine and C. W. Gear, “A user’s view of solving stiff ordinary differential equations,” SIAM Rev. 21, 1–17 (1979).
[Crossref]

C. W. Gear, “The automatic integration of ordinary differential equations,” ACM Commun. 14, 176–179 (1971).
[Crossref]

Genov, G.

D. Schraft, T. Halfmann, G. Genov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Experimental demonstration of composite adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 88, 063406 (2013).
[Crossref]

Genov, G. T.

G. T. Genov, D. Schraft, T. Halfmann, and N. V. Vitanov, “Correction of arbitrary field errors in population inversion of quantum systems by universal composite pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 043001 (2014).
[Crossref]

G. T. Genov and N. V. Vitanov, “Dynamical suppression of unwanted transitions in multistate quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 110, 133002 (2013).
[Crossref]

G. T. Genov, B. T. Torosov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Optimized control of multistate quantum systems by composite pulse sequences,” Phys. Rev. A 84, 063413 (2011).
[Crossref]

Gerber, G.

Gerry, C.

C. Gerry and P. L. Knight, Introductory Quantum Optics (Cambridge University, 2004).

Gerz, C.

L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Momentum transfer in laser-cooled cesium by adiabatic passage in a light field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 72, 997–1000 (1994).
[Crossref]

L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Coherent transfer of photon momentum by adiabatic following in a dark state,” Quantum Opt. 6, 387–389 (1994).
[Crossref]

Geva, E.

Q. Shi and E. Geva, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in the presence of dephasing,” J. Chem. Phys. 119, 11773–11787 (2003).
[Crossref]

Gibson, G. N.

S. Chelkowski and G. N. Gibson, “Adiabatic climbing of vibrational ladders using Raman transitions with a chirped pump laser,” Phys. Rev. A 52, R3417 (1995).
[Crossref]

Gigan, S.

D. Vitali, S. Gigan, A. Ferreira, H. R. Böhm, P. Tombesi, A. Guerreiro, V. Vedral, A. Zeilinger, and M. Aspelmeyer, “Optomechanical entanglement between a movable mirror and a cavity field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 98, 1–4 (2007).
[Crossref]

Gilmore, F. R.

F. R. Gilmore, R. R. Laher, and P. J. Espy, “Franck-Condon factors, r-centroids, electronic transition moments, and Einstein coefficients for many nitrogen and oxygen band systems,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 21, 1005–1107 (1992).
[Crossref]

Gisin, N.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Glaser, S. J.

T. E. Skinner, T. O. Reiss, B. Luy, N. Khaneja, and S. J. Glaser, “Reducing the duration of broadband excitation pulses using optimal control with limited RF amplitude,” J. Magn. Reson. 167, 68–74 (2004).
[Crossref]

Gogyan, A.

A. Gogyan, S. Guérin, and Y. Malakyan, “Shaping coherent excitation of atoms and molecules by a train of ultrashort laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 033401 (2010).
[Crossref]

Goldner, L. S.

L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Momentum transfer in laser-cooled cesium by adiabatic passage in a light field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 72, 997–1000 (1994).
[Crossref]

L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Coherent transfer of photon momentum by adiabatic following in a dark state,” Quantum Opt. 6, 387–389 (1994).
[Crossref]

Goldstein, E. V.

E. V. Goldstein, O. Zobay, and P. Meystre, “Coherence of atomic matter-wave fields,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 2373–2384 (1998).
[Crossref]

Golovizin, A. A.

S. A. Snigirev, A. A. Golovizin, G. A. Vishnyakova, A. V. Akimov, and N. N. Kolachevskii, “Coherent excitation of the 5D5/2 level of ultra-cold rubidium atoms with short laser pulses,” Quantum Electron. 42, 714–720 (2012).
[Crossref]

Gorshkov, A. V.

A. V. Gorshkov, A. André, M. Fleischhauer, A. S. Sørensen, and M. D. Lukin, “Universal approach to optimal photon storage in atomic media,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 98, 123601 (2007).
[Crossref]

Goto, H.

H. Goto and K. Ichimura, “Observation of coherent population transfer in a four-level tripod system with a rare-earth-metal-ion-doped crystal,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 033404 (2007).
[Crossref]

Gould, P.

Gozzini, A.

G. Alzetta, A. Gozzini, L. Moi, and G. Orriols, “An experimental method for the observation of R. F. transitions and laser beat resonances in oriented Na vapour,” Nuovo Cimento B 36, 5–20 (1976).
[Crossref]

Grangiere, P.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Grassl, M.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Gray, H. R.

H. R. Gray and C. R. J. Stroud, “Autler–Townes effect in double optical resonance,” Opt. Commun. 25, 359–362 (1978).
[Crossref]

H. R. Gray, R. M. Whitley, and C. R. Stroud, “Coherent trapping of atomic populations,” Opt. Lett. 3, 218–220 (1978).
[Crossref]

Greentree, A. D.

R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Benseny, V. Ahufinger, A. D. Greentree, T. Busch, and J. Mompart, “Spatial adiabatic passage: a review of recent progress,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 79, 074401 (2016).
[Crossref]

J. A. Vaitkus and A. D. Greentree, “Digital three-state adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 87, 063820 (2013).
[Crossref]

A. D. Greentree, J. H. Cole, A. Hamilton, and L. C. L. Hollenberg, “Coherent electronic transfer in quantum dot systems using adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. B 70, 235317 (2004).
[Crossref]

Grigoryan, G.

M. Oberst, H. Münch, G. Grigoryan, and T. Halfmann, “Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage among a three-state molecular system: experimental and numerical investigations,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033409 (2008).
[Crossref]

Grigoryan, G. G.

G. G. Grigoryan, G. Nikoghosyan, T. Halfmann, Y. Pashayan-Leroy, C. Leroy, and S. Guérin, “Theory of the bright-state stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 033402 (2009).
[Crossref]

G. G. Grigoryan, G. Nikoghosyan, and T. Halfmann, “Efficient population transfer via bright-state,” Physics 102, 99–102 (2008).

Grimm, R.

T. Takekoshi, L. Reichsöllner, A. Schindewolf, J. M. Hutson, C. R. Le Sueur, O. Dulieu, F. Ferlaino, R. Grimm, and H.-C. Nägerl, “Ultracold dense samples of dipolar RbCs molecules in the rovibrational and hyperfine ground state,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 205301 (2014).
[Crossref]

Grischkowsky, D.

M. M. T. Loy and D. Grischkowsky, “The relationship of the two-photon vector model to the coherent excitation of polyatomic molecules,” Opt. Commun. 21, 379–383 (1977).
[Crossref]

D. Grischkowsky, M. M. T. Loy, and P. F. Liao, “Adiabatic following model for two-photon transitions: Nonlinear mixing and pulse propagation,” Phys. Rev. A 12, 2514–2533 (1975).
[Crossref]

D. Grischkowsky, “Self-focusing of light by potassium vapor,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 24, 866–869 (1970).
[Crossref]

Gromovyi, M. V.

B. W. Shore, M. V. Gromovyi, L. P. Yatsenko, and V. I. Romanenko, “Simple mechanical analogs of rapid adiabatic passage in atomic physics,” Am. J. Phys. 77, 1183–1194 (2009).
[Crossref]

Gross, E. K. U.

J. Werschnik and E. K. U. Gross, “Quantum optimal control theory,” J. Phys. B 40, R175–R211 (2007).
[Crossref]

Gruebele, M.

M. Gruebele, “Fully quantum coherent control,” Chem. Phys. 267, 33–46 (2001).
[Crossref]

Grynberg, G.

C. Cohen-Tannoudji, J. Dupont-Roc, and G. Grynberg, Photons & Atoms. Introduction to Quantum Electrodynamics (Wiley, 1989).

Guerin, S.

U. Boscain, G. Charlot, J.-P. Gauthier, S. Guerin, and H.-R. Jauslin, “Optimal control in laser-induced population transfer for two- and three-level quantum systems,” J. Math. Phys. 43, 2107 (2002).
[Crossref]

Guérin, S.

H. S. Hristova, A. A. Rangelov, S. Guérin, and N. V. Vitanov, “Adiabatic evolution of light in an array of parallel curved optical waveguides,” Phys. Rev. A 88, 013808 (2013).
[Crossref]

B. Torosov, S. Guérin, and N. V. Vitanov, “High-fidelity adiabatic passage by composite sequences of chirped pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 106, 233001 (2011).
[Crossref]

A. Gogyan, S. Guérin, and Y. Malakyan, “Shaping coherent excitation of atoms and molecules by a train of ultrashort laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 033401 (2010).
[Crossref]

G. G. Grigoryan, G. Nikoghosyan, T. Halfmann, Y. Pashayan-Leroy, C. Leroy, and S. Guérin, “Theory of the bright-state stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 033402 (2009).
[Crossref]

G. Dridi, S. Guérin, V. Hakobyan, H. R. Jauslin, and H. Eleuch, “Ultrafast stimulated Raman parallel adiabatic passage by shaped pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 043408 (2009).
[Crossref]

X. Lacour, S. Guérin, and H. R. Jauslin, “Optimized adiabatic passage with dephasing,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033417 (2008).
[Crossref]

M. Amniat-Talab, S. Guérin, N. Sangouard, and H. R. Jauslin, “Atom-photon, atom-atom, and photon-photon entanglement preparation by fractional adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 71, 023805 (2005).
[Crossref]

M. Amniat-Talab, S. Guérin, and H.-R. Jauslin, “Decoherence-free creation of atom-atom entanglement in a cavity via fractional adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 012339 (2005).
[Crossref]

N. Sangouard, S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, and T. Halfmann, “Preparation of coherent superposition in a three-state system by adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 1–9 (2004).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, S. Guérin, and H. R. Jauslin, “Topology of adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 043407 (2002).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin, S. Thomas, and H. R. Jauslin, “Optimization of population transfer by adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 023409 (2002).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, and H. R. Jauslin, “Dynamical resonances and the topology of the multiphoton adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 63, 031403 (2001).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, S. Guérin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Efficient population transfer by delayed pulses despite coupling ambiguity,” Eur. Phys. J. D 8, 443–449 (2000).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin, H. Jauslin, R. Unanyan, and L. Yatsenko, “Floquet perturbative analysis for STIRAP beyond the rotating wave approximation,” Opt. Express 4, 84–90 (1999).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, S. Guérin, T. Halfmann, K. Böhmer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated hyper-Raman adiabatic passage. I. The basic problem and examples,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4683–4690 (1998).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated hyper-Raman adiabatic passage. II. Static compensation of dynamic Stark shifts,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4691–4704 (1998).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin and H. R. Jauslin, “Two-laser multiphoton adiabatic passage in the frame of the Floquet theory. Applications to (1+1) and (2+1) STIRAP,” Eur. Phys. J. D 2, 99–113 (1998).
[Crossref]

Guerreiro, A.

D. Vitali, S. Gigan, A. Ferreira, H. R. Böhm, P. Tombesi, A. Guerreiro, V. Vedral, A. Zeilinger, and M. Aspelmeyer, “Optomechanical entanglement between a movable mirror and a cavity field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 98, 1–4 (2007).
[Crossref]

Guéry-Odelin, D.

X. Chen, I. Lizuain, A. Ruschhaupt, D. Guéry-Odelin, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcut to adiabatic passage in two- and three-level atoms,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 105, 123003 (2010).
[Crossref]

Häffner, H.

H. Häffner, C. F. Roos, and R. Blatt, “Quantum computing with trapped ions,” Phys. Rep. 469, 155–203 (2008).
[Crossref]

Hagel, G.

M. R. Kamsap, T. B. Ekogo, J. Pedregosa-Gutierrez, G. Hagel, M. Houssin, O. Morizot, M. Knoop, and C. Champenois, “Coherent internal state transfer by a three-photon STIRAP-like scheme for many-atom samples,” J. Phys. B 46, 145502 (2013).
[Crossref]

Hai, W.

G. Lu, W. Hai, and Q. Xie, “Coherent control of atomic tunneling in a driven triple well,” Phys. Rev. A 83, 013407 (2011).
[Crossref]

Hain, M.

D. Schraft, M. Hain, N. Lorenz, and T. Halfmann, “Stopped light at high storage efficiency in a Pr3+:Y2SiO5 crystal,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 116, 073602 (2016).
[Crossref]

Hakobyan, V.

G. Dridi, S. Guérin, V. Hakobyan, H. R. Jauslin, and H. Eleuch, “Ultrafast stimulated Raman parallel adiabatic passage by shaped pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 043408 (2009).
[Crossref]

Hakonen, P. J.

J. Li, G. S. Paraoanu, K. Cicak, F. Altomare, J. I. Park, R. W. Simmonds, M. A. Sillanpää, and P. J. Hakonen, “Decoherence, Autler-Townes effect, and dark states in two-tone driving of a three-level superconducting system,” Phys. Rev. B 84, 104527 (2011).
[Crossref]

Halfmann, T.

D. Schraft, M. Hain, N. Lorenz, and T. Halfmann, “Stopped light at high storage efficiency in a Pr3+:Y2SiO5 crystal,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 116, 073602 (2016).
[Crossref]

G. T. Genov, D. Schraft, T. Halfmann, and N. V. Vitanov, “Correction of arbitrary field errors in population inversion of quantum systems by universal composite pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 043001 (2014).
[Crossref]

D. Schraft, T. Halfmann, G. Genov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Experimental demonstration of composite adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 88, 063406 (2013).
[Crossref]

G. Heinze, C. Hubrich, and T. Halfmann, “Stopped light and image storage by electromagnetically induced transparency up to the regime of one minute,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 111, 033601 (2013).
[Crossref]

G. G. Grigoryan, G. Nikoghosyan, T. Halfmann, Y. Pashayan-Leroy, C. Leroy, and S. Guérin, “Theory of the bright-state stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 033402 (2009).
[Crossref]

G. G. Grigoryan, G. Nikoghosyan, and T. Halfmann, “Efficient population transfer via bright-state,” Physics 102, 99–102 (2008).

J. Klein, F. Beil, and T. Halfmann, “Experimental investigations of stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in a doped solid,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033416 (2008).
[Crossref]

M. Oberst, H. Münch, G. Grigoryan, and T. Halfmann, “Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage among a three-state molecular system: experimental and numerical investigations,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033409 (2008).
[Crossref]

J. Klein, F. Beil, and T. Halfmann, “Robust population transfer by stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in a Pr3+ : Y2SiO5 crystal,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 113003 (2007).
[Crossref]

N. Sangouard, L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, and T. Halfmann, “Preparation of nondegenerate coherent superpositions in a three-state ladder system assisted by Stark shifts,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 043415 (2006).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, and K. Bergmann, “Stark-shift-chirped rapid-adiabatic-passage technique among three states,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 053403 (2005).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, V. I. Romanenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, and K. Bergmann, “Two-photon excitation of the metastable 2s state of hydrogen assisted by laser-induced chirped Stark shifts and continuum structure,” Phys. Rev. A 71, 033418 (2005).
[Crossref]

N. Sangouard, S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, and T. Halfmann, “Preparation of coherent superposition in a three-state system by adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 1–9 (2004).
[Crossref]

T. Halfmann, T. Rickes, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Lineshapes in coherent two-photon excitation,” Opt. Commun. 220, 353–359 (2003).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Laser-induced population transfer by adiabatic passage techniques,” Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem. 52, 763–809 (2001).
[Crossref]

T. Rickes, L. P. Yatsenko, S. Steuerwald, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Efficient adiabatic population transfer by two-photon excitation assisted by a laser-induced Stark shift,” J. Chem. Phys. 113, 534–546 (2000).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, K. Bergmann, and A. Vardi, “Source of metastable H(2s) atoms using the Stark chirped rapid-adiabatic-passage technique,” Phys. Rev. A 60, R4237–R4240 (1999).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, S. Guérin, T. Halfmann, K. Böhmer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated hyper-Raman adiabatic passage. I. The basic problem and examples,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4683–4690 (1998).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated hyper-Raman adiabatic passage. II. Static compensation of dynamic Stark shifts,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4691–4704 (1998).
[Crossref]

Hall, J. L.

P. Marte, P. Zoller, and J. L. Hall, “Coherent atomic mirrors and beam splitters by adiabatic passage in multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 44, R4118 (1991).
[Crossref]

Ham, B. S.

B. S. Ham, P. R. Hemmer, and M. S. Shahriar, “Efficient electromagnetically induced transparency in a rare-earth doped crystal,” Opt. Commun. 144, 227–230 (1997).
[Crossref]

Hamam, R. E.

R. E. Hamam, A. Karalis, J. D. Joannopoulos, and M. Soljačić, “Efficient weakly-radiative wireless energy transfer: an EIT-like approach,” Ann. Phys. 324, 1783–1795 (2009).
[Crossref]

Hamilton, A.

A. D. Greentree, J. H. Cole, A. Hamilton, and L. C. L. Hollenberg, “Coherent electronic transfer in quantum dot systems using adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. B 70, 235317 (2004).
[Crossref]

Happer, W.

W. Happer, “Optical pumping,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 44, 169–249 (1972).
[Crossref]

W. Happer and B. S. Mathur, “Effective operator formalism in optical pumping,” Phys. Rev. 163, 12–25 (1967).
[Crossref]

Harmans, C. J. P. M.

C. H. van der Wal, A. C. J. ter Haar, F. K. Wilhelm, R. N. Schouten, C. J. P. M. Harmans, T. P. Orlando, S. Lloyd, and J. E. Mooij, “Quantum superposition of macroscopic persistent-current states,” Science 290, 773–777 (2000).
[Crossref]

Harmans, C. M.

I. Chiorescu, Y. Nakamura, C. M. Harmans, and J. Mooij, “Coherent quantum dynamics of a superconducting flux qubit,” Science 299, 1869–1871 (2003).
[Crossref]

Haroche, S.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

J.-M. Raimond, M. Brune, and S. Haroche, “Manipulating quantum entanglement with atoms and photons in a cavity,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 73, 565–582 (2001).
[Crossref]

Harris, S. E.

S. E. Harris, “Electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Today 50(7), 36–42 (1997).
[Crossref]

K.-J. Boller, A. Imamoğlu, and S. E. Harris, “Observation of electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 66, 2593–2596 (1991).
[Crossref]

S. E. Harris, J. E. Field, and A. Imamoğlu, “Nonlinear optical processes using electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 64, 1107–1110 (1990).
[Crossref]

Hattori, H. T.

V. M. Schneider and H. T. Hattori, “High-tolerance power splitting in symmetric triple-mode evolution couplers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 36, 923–930 (2000).
[Crossref]

Haus, H. A.

H. A. Haus and C. Fonstad, “Three-waveguide couplers for improved sampling and filtering,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 17, 2321–2325 (1981).
[Crossref]

Hazak, G.

J. Oreg, G. Hazak, and J. H. Eberly, “Multilevel inversion schemes in and beyond the adiabatic limit,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 2776–2783 (1985).
[Crossref]

He, G. Z.

A. Kuhn, G. W. Coulston, G. Z. He, S. Schiemann, K. Bergmann, and W. S. Warren, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses using spectrally broad light,” J. Chem. Phys. 96, 4215–4223 (1992).
[Crossref]

He, G.-Z.

Heinrich, M.

F. Dreisow, M. Ornigotti, A. Szameit, M. Heinrich, R. Keil, S. Nolte, A. Tünnermann, and S. Longhi, “Polychromatic beam splitting by fractional stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 95, 261102 (2009).
[Crossref]

Heinz, M.

F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Amplitude and phase control of a coherent superposition of degenerate states. I. Theory,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 043406 (2007).
[Crossref]

F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, U. Schneider, C. Barthel, and K. Bergmann, “Amplitude and phase control of a coherent superposition of degenerate states. II. Experiment,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 043407 (2007).
[Crossref]

M. Heinz, F. Vewinger, U. Schneider, L. P. Yatsenko, and K. Bergmann, “Phase control in a coherent superposition of degenerate quantum states through frequency control,” Opt. Commun. 264, 248–255 (2006).
[Crossref]

F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, R. Garcia-Fernandez, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Creation and measurement of a coherent superposition of quantum states,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 213001 (2003).
[Crossref]

Heinze, G.

G. Heinze, C. Hubrich, and T. Halfmann, “Stopped light and image storage by electromagnetically induced transparency up to the regime of one minute,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 111, 033601 (2013).
[Crossref]

Heitler, W.

W. Heitler, Quantum Theory of Radiation (Clarendon, 1954).

Hellwarth, R. W.

R. W. Hellwarth, “Theory of stimulated Raman scattering,” Phys. Rev. 130, 1850–1852 (1963).
[Crossref]

R. P. Feynman, F. L. Vernon, and R. W. Hellwarth, “Geometrical representation of the Schrödinger equation for solving maser problems,” J. Appl. Phys. 28, 49–52 (1957).
[Crossref]

Hemmer, P. R.

B. S. Ham, P. R. Hemmer, and M. S. Shahriar, “Efficient electromagnetically induced transparency in a rare-earth doped crystal,” Opt. Commun. 144, 227–230 (1997).
[Crossref]

P. R. Hemmer and M. G. Prentiss, “Coupled-pendulum model of the stimulated resonance Raman effect,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1613–1623 (1988).
[Crossref]

Henkel, C.

C. Henkel and M. Wilkens, “De Broglie optics,” in Springer Handbook of Atomic, Molecular, and Optical Physics, G. Drake, ed. (Springer, 2006), pp. 1125–1140.

Hennrich, M.

M. Hennrich, A. Kuhn, and G. Rempe, “Transition from antibunching to bunching in cavity QED,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 94, 053604 (2005).
[Crossref]

T. Legero, T. Wilk, M. Hennrich, G. Rempe, and A. Kuhn, “Quantum beat of two single photons,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 070503 (2004).
[Crossref]

A. Kuhn, M. Hennrich, and G. Rempe, “Deterministic single-photon source for distributed quantum networking,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 067901 (2002).
[Crossref]

M. Hennrich, T. Legero, A. Kuhn, and G. Rempe, “Vacuum-stimulated Raman scattering based on adiabatic passage in a high-finesse optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 85, 4872–4875 (2000).
[Crossref]

Hepburn, J. W.

S. Zhdanovich, E. A. Shapiro, J. W. Hepburn, M. Shapiro, and V. Milner, “Complete transfer of populations from a single state to a preselected superposition of states using piecewise adiabatic passage: Experiment,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 063405 (2009).
[Crossref]

Herman, B. J.

B. J. Herman, P. D. Drummond, J. H. Eberly, and B. Sobolewska, “Coherent propagation and optical pumping in three-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 1910–1924 (1984).
[Crossref]

Herman, P. R.

N. Lu, E. J. Robinson, and P. R. Herman, “Coherent dynamics and complete population depletion of a special three-level quantum system,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 5088–5098 (1987).
[Crossref]

Herzberg, G.

G. Herzberg, Molecular Spectra and Molecular Structure II. Infrared and Raman Spectra of Polyatomic Molecules (Van Nostrand, 1950).

Hill, S.

S. Hill and W. K. Wootters, “Entanglement of a pair of quantum bits,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 78, 5022–5025 (1997).
[Crossref]

Hillery, M.

M. Hillery, “An introduction to the quantum theory of nonlinear optics,” Acta Phys. Slovaca 59, 1–80 (2009).
[Crossref]

Hioe, F. T.

F. T. Hioe, “Analytic solutions and dynamic symmetries in laser-driven atomic excitations,” Adv. Chem. Phys. 73, 351–385 (2009).

J. R. Kuklinski, U. Gaubatz, F. T. Hioe, and K. Bergmann, “Adiabatic population transfer in a three-level system driven by delayed laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 40, 6741–6744 (1989).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe, “Lossless propagation of optical pulses through N-level systems with Gell-Mann symmetry,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 6, 1245–1252 (1989).
[Crossref]

C. E. Carroll and F. T. Hioe, “Three-state systems driven by resonant optical pulses of different shapes,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 1335–1340 (1988).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and C. E. Carroll, “Coherent population trapping in N-level quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 3000–3005 (1988).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe, “N-level quantum systems with Gell-Mann dynamic symmetry,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 5, 859–862 (1988).
[Crossref]

C. E. Carroll and F. T. Hioe, “Driven three-state model and its analytic solutions,” J. Math. Phys. 29, 487–509 (1988).
[Crossref]

C. E. Carroll and F. T. Hioe, “Three-state model driven by two laser beams,” Phys. Rev. A 36, 724–729 (1987).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe, “N-level quantum systems with SU(2) dynamic symmetry,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 4, 1327–1332 (1987).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and C. E. Carroll, “Two-state problems involving arbitrary amplitude and frequency modulation,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 1541–1549 (1985).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe, “Gellmann dynamic symmetry for N-level quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 2824–2836 (1985).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe, “Analytic solutions of density-matrix evolutions with the use of Racah tensorial decompositions,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 3097–3106 (1984).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “Multiple-laser excitation of multilevel atoms,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 1164–1167 (1984).
[Crossref]

J. Oreg, F. T. Hioe, and J. H. Eberly, “Adiabatic following in multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 690–697 (1984).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe, “Theory of generalized adiabatic following in multilevel systems,” Phys. Lett. 99A, 150–155 (1983).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe, “Dynamic symmetries in quantum electronics,” Phys. Rev. A 28, 879–886 (1983).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “Nonlinear constants of motion for three-level quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 25, 2168–2171 (1982).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe, “Exact solitary-wave solution of short different-wavelength in many-level atomic absorbers optical pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 26, 1466–1472 (1982).
[Crossref]

F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “New conservation laws restricting the density matrix of 3-level quantum systems,” Appl. Phys. B 1, 105–106 (1982).

F. T. Hioe and J. H. Eberly, “N-level coherence vector and higher conservation laws in quantum optics and quantum mechanics,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 838–841 (1981).
[Crossref]

Hohenester, U.

A. Borz, G. Stadler, and U. Hohenester, “Optimal quantum control in nanostructures: theory and application to a generic three-level system,” Phys. Rev. A 66, 053811 (2002).
[Crossref]

Hohlneicher, G.

J. Weber and G. Hohlneicher, “Franck–Condon factors for polyatomic molecules,” Mol. Phys. 101, 2125–2144 (2003).
[Crossref]

Hollenberg, L. C. L.

A. D. Greentree, J. H. Cole, A. Hamilton, and L. C. L. Hollenberg, “Coherent electronic transfer in quantum dot systems using adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. B 70, 235317 (2004).
[Crossref]

Holloway, P. H.

D. Bera, L. Qian, T. K. Tseng, and P. H. Holloway, “Quantum dots and their multimodal applications: A review,” Materials 3, 2260–2345 (2010).
[Crossref]

Holthaus, M.

K. Drese and M. Holthaus, “Floquet theory for short laser pulses,” Eur. Phys. J. D 5, 119–134 (1999).
[Crossref]

Homaifar, A.

A. Homaifar, C. X. Qi, and S. H. Lai, “Constrained optimization via genetic algorithms,” Simulation 62, 242–253 (1994).
[Crossref]

Hönl, H.

H. Hönl and F. London, “Über die Intensitäten der Bandenlinien,” Zs Physik A 33, 803–809 (1925).
[Crossref]

Horn, C.

A. Präkelt, M. Wollenhaupt, A. Assion, C. Horn, C. Sarpe-Tudoran, M. Winter, and T. Baumert, “Compact, robust, and flexible setup for femtosecond pulse shaping,” Rev. Sci. Instrum. 74, 4950–4953 (2003).
[Crossref]

Hornkohl, J. O.

Horodecki, K.

R. Horodecki, M. Horodecki, and K. Horodecki, “Quantum entanglement,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 81, 865–942 (2009).
[Crossref]

Horodecki, M.

R. Horodecki, M. Horodecki, and K. Horodecki, “Quantum entanglement,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 81, 865–942 (2009).
[Crossref]

K. Zyczkowski, P. Horodecki, M. Horodecki, and R. Horodecki, “Dynamics of quantum entanglement,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 012101 (2000).
[Crossref]

Horodecki, P.

K. Zyczkowski, P. Horodecki, M. Horodecki, and R. Horodecki, “Dynamics of quantum entanglement,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 012101 (2000).
[Crossref]

Horodecki, R.

R. Horodecki, M. Horodecki, and K. Horodecki, “Quantum entanglement,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 81, 865–942 (2009).
[Crossref]

K. Zyczkowski, P. Horodecki, M. Horodecki, and R. Horodecki, “Dynamics of quantum entanglement,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 012101 (2000).
[Crossref]

Houssin, M.

M. R. Kamsap, T. B. Ekogo, J. Pedregosa-Gutierrez, G. Hagel, M. Houssin, O. Morizot, M. Knoop, and C. Champenois, “Coherent internal state transfer by a three-photon STIRAP-like scheme for many-atom samples,” J. Phys. B 46, 145502 (2013).
[Crossref]

Hristova, H. S.

H. S. Hristova, A. A. Rangelov, S. Guérin, and N. V. Vitanov, “Adiabatic evolution of light in an array of parallel curved optical waveguides,” Phys. Rev. A 88, 013808 (2013).
[Crossref]

Huang, W.

W. Huang, B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, and E. Kyoseva, “Adiabatic following for a three-state quantum system,” Opt. Commun. 382, 196–200 (2017).
[Crossref]

Huang, W.-P.

Hubrich, C.

G. Heinze, C. Hubrich, and T. Halfmann, “Stopped light and image storage by electromagnetically induced transparency up to the regime of one minute,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 111, 033601 (2013).
[Crossref]

Hutson, J. M.

T. Takekoshi, L. Reichsöllner, A. Schindewolf, J. M. Hutson, C. R. Le Sueur, O. Dulieu, F. Ferlaino, R. Grimm, and H.-C. Nägerl, “Ultracold dense samples of dipolar RbCs molecules in the rovibrational and hyperfine ground state,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 205301 (2014).
[Crossref]

Ibáñez, S.

J. G. Muga, X. Chen, E. Torrontegui, S. Ibáñez, and I. Lizuain, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity,” Opt. Pura Apl. 44, 479–486 (2011).

Ichimura, K.

H. Goto and K. Ichimura, “Observation of coherent population transfer in a four-level tripod system with a rare-earth-metal-ion-doped crystal,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 033404 (2007).
[Crossref]

Ilinova, E.

E. Ilinova and A. Derevianko, “Dynamics of a three-level Λ-type system driven by trains of ultrashort laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 013423 (2012).
[Crossref]

Imamoglu, A.

M. Fleischhauer, A. Imamoğlu, and J. P. Marangos, “Electromagnetically induced transparency: Optics in coherent media,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 77, 633–673 (2005).
[Crossref]

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

A. Imamoğlu, E. Knill, T. E. Tessier, and P. Zoller, “Optical pumping of quantum-dot nuclear spins,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 017402 (2003).
[Crossref]

K.-J. Boller, A. Imamoğlu, and S. E. Harris, “Observation of electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 66, 2593–2596 (1991).
[Crossref]

S. E. Harris, J. E. Field, and A. Imamoğlu, “Nonlinear optical processes using electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 64, 1107–1110 (1990).
[Crossref]

Y. Yamamoto and A. Imamoglu, Mesoscopic Quantum Optics (Wiley, 1999).

Imani, M.

T. Jamieson, R. Bakhshi, D. Petrova, R. Pocock, M. Imani, and A. M. Seifalian, “Biological applications of quantum dots,” Biomaterials 28, 4717–4732 (2007).
[Crossref]

Ince, E. L.

E. L. Ince, Ordinary Differential Equations (Dover, 1956).

Itano, W. M.

D. Kielpinski, V. Meyer, M. A. Rowe, C. A. Sackett, W. M. Itano, C. Monroe, and D. J. Wineland, “A decoherence-free quantum memory using trapped ions,” Science 291, 1013–1015 (2001).
[Crossref]

Ivanov, P. A.

P. A. Ivanov and N. V. Vitanov, “State reconstruction of a qutrit by a minimal set of discrete measurements,” Opt. Commun. 264, 368–374 (2006).
[Crossref]

P. A. Ivanov, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Effect of dephasing on stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 063409 (2004).
[Crossref]

Ivanov, S. S.

S. S. Ivanov and N. V. Vitanov, “High-fidelity local addressing of trapped ions and atoms by composite sequences of laser pulses,” Opt. Lett. 36, 1275–1277 (2011).
[Crossref]

G. S. Vasilev, S. S. Ivanov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Degenerate Landau–Zener model: Analytical solution,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 013417 (2007).
[Crossref]

Iversen, T.

J. L. Sørensen, D. Møller, T. Iversen, J. B. Thomsen, F. Jensen, P. Staanum, D. Voigt, and M. Drewsen, “Efficient coherent internal state transfer in trapped ions using stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” New J. Phys. 8, 261 (2006).
[Crossref]

Jaeger, J. C.

H. S. Carslaw and J. C. Jaeger, Operational Methods in Applied Mathematics (Oxford University, 1948).

Jaksch, D.

D. Jaksch, V. Venturi, J. I. Cirac, C. J. Williams, and P. Zoller, “Creation of a molecular condensate by dynamically melting a Mott insulator,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 040402 (2002).
[Crossref]

Jamieson, T.

T. Jamieson, R. Bakhshi, D. Petrova, R. Pocock, M. Imani, and A. M. Seifalian, “Biological applications of quantum dots,” Biomaterials 28, 4717–4732 (2007).
[Crossref]

Jauslin, H.

Jauslin, H. R.

G. Dridi, S. Guérin, V. Hakobyan, H. R. Jauslin, and H. Eleuch, “Ultrafast stimulated Raman parallel adiabatic passage by shaped pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 043408 (2009).
[Crossref]

X. Lacour, S. Guérin, and H. R. Jauslin, “Optimized adiabatic passage with dephasing,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033417 (2008).
[Crossref]

M. Amniat-Talab, S. Guérin, N. Sangouard, and H. R. Jauslin, “Atom-photon, atom-atom, and photon-photon entanglement preparation by fractional adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 71, 023805 (2005).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin, S. Thomas, and H. R. Jauslin, “Optimization of population transfer by adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 023409 (2002).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, S. Guérin, and H. R. Jauslin, “Topology of adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 043407 (2002).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, and H. R. Jauslin, “Dynamical resonances and the topology of the multiphoton adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 63, 031403 (2001).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin and H. R. Jauslin, “Two-laser multiphoton adiabatic passage in the frame of the Floquet theory. Applications to (1+1) and (2+1) STIRAP,” Eur. Phys. J. D 2, 99–113 (1998).
[Crossref]

Jauslin, H.-R.

M. Amniat-Talab, S. Guérin, and H.-R. Jauslin, “Decoherence-free creation of atom-atom entanglement in a cavity via fractional adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 012339 (2005).
[Crossref]

U. Boscain, G. Charlot, J.-P. Gauthier, S. Guerin, and H.-R. Jauslin, “Optimal control in laser-induced population transfer for two- and three-level quantum systems,” J. Math. Phys. 43, 2107 (2002).
[Crossref]

Jaynes, E. T.

E. T. Jaynes and F. W. Cummings, “Comparison of quantum and semiclassical radiation theories with application to the beam maser,” Proc. IEEE 51, 89–109 (1963).
[Crossref]

Jelenkovic, B. M.

M. Radonjić and B. M. Jelenković, “Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage among degenerate-level manifolds,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 043416 (2009).
[Crossref]

Jens, K.

K. Jens, M. Wollenhaupt, T. Bayer, C. Sarpe, and T. Baumert, “Zeptosecond precision pulse shaping,” Opt. Express 19, 167–175 (2011).

Jensen, F.

J. L. Sørensen, D. Møller, T. Iversen, J. B. Thomsen, F. Jensen, P. Staanum, D. Voigt, and M. Drewsen, “Efficient coherent internal state transfer in trapped ions using stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” New J. Phys. 8, 261 (2006).
[Crossref]

Jin, D. S.

S. Ospelkaus, K.-K. Ni, G. Quéméner, B. Neyenhuis, D. Wang, M. H. G. de Miranda, J. L. Bohn, J. Ye, and D. S. Jin, “Controlling the hyperfine state of Rovibronic ground-state polar molecules,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 104, 030402 (2010).
[Crossref]

Joannopoulos, J. D.

R. E. Hamam, A. Karalis, J. D. Joannopoulos, and M. Soljačić, “Efficient weakly-radiative wireless energy transfer: an EIT-like approach,” Ann. Phys. 324, 1783–1795 (2009).
[Crossref]

Johansson, S.

A. P. Thorne, U. Litzen, and S. Johansson, Spectrophysics: Principles and Applications (Springer, 1999).

Johnson, M. A.

B. W. Shore and M. A. Johnson, “Effects of hyperfine structure on coherent excitation,” Phys. Rev. A 23, 1608–1610 (1981).
[Crossref]

Johnsson, M.

M. Johnsson and K. Mølmer, “Storing quantum information in a solid using dark-state polaritons,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 032320 (2004).
[Crossref]

Joyez, P.

V. Bouchiat, D. Vion, P. Joyez, D. Esteve, and M. H. Devoret, “Quantum coherence with a single Cooper pair,” Phys. Scr. T76, 165 (1998).
[Crossref]

Judd, B. R.

B. R. Judd, Angular Momentum Theory for Diatomic Molecules (Academic, 1975).

Judson, R. S.

R. S. Judson and H. Rabitz, “Teaching lasers to control molecules,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 68, 1500–1503 (1992).
[Crossref]

Justum, Y.

D. Sugny, M. Ndong, D. Lauvergnat, Y. Justum, and M. Desouter-Lecomte, “Laser control in open molecular systems: STIRAP and Optimal Control,” J. Photochem. Photobiol. A 190, 359–371 (2007).
[Crossref]

Juzeliunas, G.

J. Ruseckas, G. Juzeliūnas, P. Öhberg, and M. Fleischhauer, “Non-Abelian gauge potentials for ultracold atoms with degenerate dark states,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 010404 (2005).
[Crossref]

Kagan, C. R.

C. R. Kagan, E. Lifshitz, E. H. Sargent, and D. V. Talapin, “Building devices from colloidal quantum dots,” Science 353, aac5523 (2016).

Kakigi, S.

H. Kuratsuji and S. Kakigi, “Maxwell-Schrödinger equation for polarized light and evolution of the Stokes parameters,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 80, 1888–1891 (1998).
[Crossref]

Kamsap, M. R.

M. R. Kamsap, T. B. Ekogo, J. Pedregosa-Gutierrez, G. Hagel, M. Houssin, O. Morizot, M. Knoop, and C. Champenois, “Coherent internal state transfer by a three-photon STIRAP-like scheme for many-atom samples,” J. Phys. B 46, 145502 (2013).
[Crossref]

Karalis, A.

R. E. Hamam, A. Karalis, J. D. Joannopoulos, and M. Soljačić, “Efficient weakly-radiative wireless energy transfer: an EIT-like approach,” Ann. Phys. 324, 1783–1795 (2009).
[Crossref]

Karlson, A.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Karpati, A.

Z. Kis, N. V. Vitanov, A. Karpati, C. Barthel, and K. Bergmann, “Creation of arbitrary coherent superposition states by stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 033403 (2005).
[Crossref]

Z. Kis, A. Karpati, B. W. Shore, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage among degenerate-level manifolds,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 053405 (2004).
[Crossref]

A. Karpati and Z. Kis, “Adiabatic creation of coherent superposition states via multiple intermediate states,” J. Phys. B 36, 905–919 (2003).
[Crossref]

Kasapi, S.

M. Kasevich, D. S. Weiss, E. Riis, K. Moler, S. Kasapi, and S. Chu, “Atomic velocity selection using stimulated Raman transitions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 66, 2297–2300 (1991).
[Crossref]

Kasevich, M.

M. Kasevich and S. Chu, “Atomic interferometry using stimulated Raman transitions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 67, 181–184 (1991).
[Crossref]

M. Kasevich, D. S. Weiss, E. Riis, K. Moler, S. Kasapi, and S. Chu, “Atomic velocity selection using stimulated Raman transitions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 66, 2297–2300 (1991).
[Crossref]

Kastler, A.

Keil, R.

F. Dreisow, M. Ornigotti, A. Szameit, M. Heinrich, R. Keil, S. Nolte, A. Tünnermann, and S. Longhi, “Polychromatic beam splitting by fractional stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 95, 261102 (2009).
[Crossref]

Keitel, C. H.

M. Kiffner, J. Evers, and C. H. Keitel, “Coherent control in a decoherence-free subspace of a collective multilevel system,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 032313 (2007).
[Crossref]

E. Paspalakis, C. H. Keitel, and P. L. Knight, “Fluorescence control through multiple interference mechanisms,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4868–4877 (1998).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer, C. H. Keitel, L. M. Narducci, M. O. Scully, S. Y. Zhu, and M. S. Zubairy, “Lasing without inversion: interference of radiatively broadened resonances in dressed atomic systems,” Opt. Commun. 94, 599–608 (1992).
[Crossref]

Keller, J.-C.

C. Delsart and J.-C. Keller, “The optical Autler–Tones effect in Doppler-broadened three-level systems,” J. Phys. 39, 350–360 (1978).
[Crossref]

Kempe, J.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Kempsell, S. P.

R. Freeman, S. P. Kempsell, and M. H. Levitt, “Radiofrequency pulse sequences which compensate their own imperfections,” J. Magn. Reson. 30, 453–479 (1980).

Kenis, A. M.

A. M. Kenis, I. Vorobeichik, M. Orenstein, and N. Moiseyev, “Non-evanescent adiabatic directional coupler,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 37, 1321–1328 (2001).
[Crossref]

Khaneja, N.

T. E. Skinner, T. O. Reiss, B. Luy, N. Khaneja, and S. J. Glaser, “Reducing the duration of broadband excitation pulses using optimal control with limited RF amplitude,” J. Magn. Reson. 167, 68–74 (2004).
[Crossref]

Kielpinski, D.

D. Kielpinski, V. Meyer, M. A. Rowe, C. A. Sackett, W. M. Itano, C. Monroe, and D. J. Wineland, “A decoherence-free quantum memory using trapped ions,” Science 291, 1013–1015 (2001).
[Crossref]

Kiffner, M.

M. Kiffner, J. Evers, and C. H. Keitel, “Coherent control in a decoherence-free subspace of a collective multilevel system,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 032313 (2007).
[Crossref]

Kimble, H. J.

A. S. Parkins, P. Marte, P. Zoller, O. Carnal, and H. J. Kimble, “Quantum-state mapping between multilevel atoms and cavity light fields,” Phys. Rev. A 51, 1578–1596 (1995).
[Crossref]

A. S. Parkins, P. Marte, P. Zoller, and H. J. Kimble, “Synthesis of arbitrary quantum states via adiabatic transfer of Zeeman coherence,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 71, 3095–3098 (1993).
[Crossref]

Kis, Z.

Z. Kis, N. V. Vitanov, A. Karpati, C. Barthel, and K. Bergmann, “Creation of arbitrary coherent superposition states by stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 033403 (2005).
[Crossref]

Z. Kis, A. Karpati, B. W. Shore, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage among degenerate-level manifolds,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 053405 (2004).
[Crossref]

A. Karpati and Z. Kis, “Adiabatic creation of coherent superposition states via multiple intermediate states,” J. Phys. B 36, 905–919 (2003).
[Crossref]

Z. Kis and S. Stenholm, “Optimal control approach for a degenerate STIRAP,” J. Mod. Opt. 49, 111–124 (2002).
[Crossref]

Klein, J.

J. Klein, F. Beil, and T. Halfmann, “Experimental investigations of stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in a doped solid,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033416 (2008).
[Crossref]

J. Klein, F. Beil, and T. Halfmann, “Robust population transfer by stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in a Pr3+ : Y2SiO5 crystal,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 113003 (2007).
[Crossref]

Knight, P. L.

B. W. Shore and P. L. Knight, “Surprises in physics: overturning conventional wisdom,” Laser Phys. 15, 1448–1457 (2005).

A. Beige, D. Braun, and P. L. Knight, “Driving atoms into decoherence-free states,” New J. Phys. 22, 1–15 (2000).

A. Beige, D. Braun, B. Tregenna, and P. L. Knight, “Quantum computing using dissipation to remain in a decoherence-free subspace,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 85, 1762–1765 (2000).
[Crossref]

E. Paspalakis, C. H. Keitel, and P. L. Knight, “Fluorescence control through multiple interference mechanisms,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4868–4877 (1998).
[Crossref]

E. Paspalakis and P. L. Knight, “Phase control of spontaneous emission,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 293–296 (1998).
[Crossref]

V. Vedral, M. B. Plenio, M. A. Rippin, and P. L. Knight, “Quantifying entanglement,” Phys. Rev. Lett.,  78, 2275–2279 (1997).

E. Paspalakis, M. Protopapas, and P. L. Knight, “Population transfer through the continuum with temporally delayed chirped laser pulses,” Opt. Commun. 142, 34–40 (1997).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov and P. L. Knight, “Coherent excitation of a two-state system by a train of short pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 2245–2261 (1995).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov and P. L. Knight, “Coherent excitation by asymmetric pulses,” J. Phys. B 28, 1905–1920 (1995).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore and P. L. Knight, “Topical review. The Jaynes–Cummings model,” J. Mod. Opt. 40, 1195–1238 (1993).
[Crossref]

B. J. Dalton, R. McDuff, and P. L. Knight, “Coherent population trapping. Two unequal phase fluctuating laser fields,” Opt. Acta 32, 61–70 (1985).
[Crossref]

B. J. Dalton and P. L. Knight, “Population trapping and ultranarrow Raman lineshapes induced by phase-fluctuating fields,” Opt. Commun. 42, 411–416 (1982).
[Crossref]

B. J. Dalton and P. L. Knight, “The effects of laser field fluctuations on coherent population trapping,” J. Phys. B 15, 3997–4015 (1982).
[Crossref]

P. L. Knight and P. W. Milonni, “The Rabi frequency in optical spectra,” Phys. Rep. 66, 21–107 (1980).
[Crossref]

C. Gerry and P. L. Knight, Introductory Quantum Optics (Cambridge University, 2004).

P. L. Knight, “Quantum optics,” in The New Physics, P. Davies, ed. (Cambridge University, 1989), pp. 289–315.

Knill, E.

A. Imamoğlu, E. Knill, T. E. Tessier, and P. Zoller, “Optical pumping of quantum-dot nuclear spins,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 017402 (2003).
[Crossref]

Knoop, M.

M. R. Kamsap, T. B. Ekogo, J. Pedregosa-Gutierrez, G. Hagel, M. Houssin, O. Morizot, M. Knoop, and C. Champenois, “Coherent internal state transfer by a three-photon STIRAP-like scheme for many-atom samples,” J. Phys. B 46, 145502 (2013).
[Crossref]

Kobrak, M. N.

M. N. Kobrak and S. A. Rice, “Selective photochemistry via adiabatic passage: an extension of stimulated Raman adiabatic passage for degenerate final states,” Phys. Rev. A 57, 2885–2894 (1998).
[Crossref]

M. N. Kobrak and S. A. Rice, “Coherent population transfer via a resonant intermediate state: the breakdown of adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 57, 1158–1163 (1998).
[Crossref]

M. N. Kobrak and S. A. Rice, “Equivalence of the Kobrak–Rice photoselective adiabatic passage and the Brumer-Shapiro strong field methods for control of product formation in a reaction,” J. Chem. Phys. 109, 1–10 (1998).
[Crossref]

Koch, C. P.

C. P. Koch and M. Shapiro, “Coherent control of ultracold photoassociation,” Chem. Rev. 112, 4928–4948 (2012).
[Crossref]

H. Yuan, C. P. Koch, P. Salamon, and D. J. Tannor, “Controllability on relaxation-free subspaces: On the relationship between adiabatic population transfer and optimal control,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 033417 (2012).
[Crossref]

Kok, P.

P. Kok and B. W. Lovett, Introduction to Optical Quantum Information Processing (Cambridge University, 2010).

Kolachevskii, N. N.

S. A. Snigirev, A. A. Golovizin, G. A. Vishnyakova, A. V. Akimov, and N. N. Kolachevskii, “Coherent excitation of the 5D5/2 level of ultra-cold rubidium atoms with short laser pulses,” Quantum Electron. 42, 714–720 (2012).
[Crossref]

Kouwenhoven, L.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Kovacs, I.

I. Kovacs, Rotational Structure in the Structure of Diatomic Molecules (Elsevier, 1969).

Krieglsteiner, O.

A. Orbán, R. Vexiau, O. Krieglsteiner, H.-C. Nägerl, O. Dulieu, A. Crubellier, and N. Bouloufa-Maafa, “Model for the hyperfine structure of electronically excited KCs molecules,” Phys. Rev. A 92, 032510 (2015).
[Crossref]

Krishnan, K. S.

C. V. Raman and K. S. Krishnan, “A theory of light-scattering in liquids,” Philos. Mag. 5, 498–512 (1928).
[Crossref]

C. V. Raman and K. S. Krishnan, “The optical analogue of the Compton effect,” Nature 121, 377–378 (1928).

Kröll, S.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Kruger, C. H.

C. O. Laux and C. H. Kruger, “Arrays of radiative transition probabilities for the N2 first and second positive, NO beta and gamma, N2+ first negative, and O2 Schumann–Runge band systems,” J. Quant. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transfer 48, 9–24 (1992).
[Crossref]

Kubo, H.

Kuhn, A.

G. S. Vasilev, D. Ljunggren, and A. Kuhn, “Single photons made-to-measure,” New J. Phys. 12, 063024 (2010).
[Crossref]

G. S. Vasilev, A. Kuhn, and N. V. Vitanov, “Optimum pulse shapes for stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 013417 (2009).
[Crossref]

M. Hennrich, A. Kuhn, and G. Rempe, “Transition from antibunching to bunching in cavity QED,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 94, 053604 (2005).
[Crossref]

T. Legero, T. Wilk, M. Hennrich, G. Rempe, and A. Kuhn, “Quantum beat of two single photons,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 070503 (2004).
[Crossref]

A. Kuhn, M. Hennrich, and G. Rempe, “Deterministic single-photon source for distributed quantum networking,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 067901 (2002).
[Crossref]

M. Hennrich, T. Legero, A. Kuhn, and G. Rempe, “Vacuum-stimulated Raman scattering based on adiabatic passage in a high-finesse optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 85, 4872–4875 (2000).
[Crossref]

A. Kuhn, S. Steuerwald, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in NO with pulsed lasers: the consequences of hyperfine structure, Doppler broadening and electromagnetically induced absorption,” Eur. Phys. J. D 1, 57–70 (1998).
[Crossref]

A. Kuhn, G. W. Coulston, G. Z. He, S. Schiemann, K. Bergmann, and W. S. Warren, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses using spectrally broad light,” J. Chem. Phys. 96, 4215–4223 (1992).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Kuhn, S. Schiemann, J. Oreg, and J. H. Eberly, “Laser-induced population transfer in multistate systems: a comparative study,” Phys. Rev. A 45, 5297–5300 (1992).
[Crossref]

G.-Z. He, A. Kuhn, S. Schiemann, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses and by the stimulated-emission pumping method: a comparative study,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1960–1969 (1990).
[Crossref]

Kuklinski, J. R.

J. R. Kuklinski, U. Gaubatz, F. T. Hioe, and K. Bergmann, “Adiabatic population transfer in a three-level system driven by delayed laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 40, 6741–6744 (1989).
[Crossref]

Külz, K.

U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, M. Becker, S. Schiemann, K. Külz, and K. Bergmann, “Population switching between vibrational levels in molecular beams,” Chem. Phys. Lett. 149, 463–468 (1988).
[Crossref]

Kumar, P.

P. Kumar, P. Kumar, and A. K. Sarma, “Simultaneous control of optical dipole force and coherence creation by super-Gaussian femtosecond pulses in Λ-like atomic systems,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 033422 (2014).
[Crossref]

P. Kumar, P. Kumar, and A. K. Sarma, “Simultaneous control of optical dipole force and coherence creation by super-Gaussian femtosecond pulses in Λ-like atomic systems,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 033422 (2014).
[Crossref]

P. Kumar, S. A. Malinovskaya, and V. S. Malinovsky, “Optimal control of population and coherence in three-level Λ systems,” J. Phys. B 44, 154010 (2011).
[Crossref]

Kuratsuji, H.

H. Kuratsuji, R. Botet, and R. Seto, “Electromagnetic gyration:–Hamiltonian dynamics of the Stokes parameters–,” Prog. Theor. Phys. 117, 195–217 (2007).
[Crossref]

H. Kuratsuji and S. Kakigi, “Maxwell-Schrödinger equation for polarized light and evolution of the Stokes parameters,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 80, 1888–1891 (1998).
[Crossref]

Kuznetsova, E.

E. Kuznetsova, P. Pellegrini, R. Côté, M. D. Lukin, and S. F. Yelin, “Formation of deeply bound molecules via chainwise adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 021402 (2008).
[Crossref]

Kyoseva, E.

W. Huang, B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, and E. Kyoseva, “Adiabatic following for a three-state quantum system,” Opt. Commun. 382, 196–200 (2017).
[Crossref]

Kyoseva, E. S.

B. T. Torosov, E. S. Kyoseva, and N. V. Vitanov, “Composite pulses for ultrabroad-band and ultranarrow-band excitation,” Phys. Rev. A 92, 033406 (2015).
[Crossref]

E. S. Kyoseva, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Physical realization of coupled Hilbert-space mirrors for quantum-state engineering,” J. Mod. Opt. 54, 2237–2257 (2007).
[Crossref]

E. S. Kyoseva and N. V. Vitanov, “Coherent pulsed excitation of degenerate multistate systems: Exact analytic solutions,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 023420 (2006).
[Crossref]

Lacour, X.

X. Lacour, S. Guérin, and H. R. Jauslin, “Optimized adiabatic passage with dephasing,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033417 (2008).
[Crossref]

Laher, R. R.

F. R. Gilmore, R. R. Laher, and P. J. Espy, “Franck-Condon factors, r-centroids, electronic transition moments, and Einstein coefficients for many nitrogen and oxygen band systems,” J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 21, 1005–1107 (1992).
[Crossref]

Lai, S. H.

A. Homaifar, C. X. Qi, and S. H. Lai, “Constrained optimization via genetic algorithms,” Simulation 62, 242–253 (1994).
[Crossref]

Lallemand, P.

P. Lallemand, “The stimulated Raman effect,” in The Raman Effect, A. Anderson, ed. (Dekker, 1971), pp. 287–342.

Lamb, W. E.

M. Sargent, M. O. Scully, and W. E. Lamb, Laser Physics (Addison-Wesley, 1974).

Lamb, W. E. J.

W. E. J. Lamb, “Fine structure of the hydrogen atom. III,” Phys. Rev. 85, 259–276 (1952).
[Crossref]

Lambropoulos, P.

D. Petrosyan, G. M. Nikolopoulos, and P. Lambropoulos, “State transfer in static and dynamic spin chains with disorder,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 042307 (2010).
[Crossref]

D. Petrosyan and P. Lambropoulos, “Coherent population transfer in a chain of tunnel coupled quantum dots,” Opt. Commun. 264, 419–425 (2006).
[Crossref]

P. Lambropoulos and D. Petrosyan, Quantum Optics and Quantum Information: An Introduction (Springer, 2006).

Landau, L. D.

L. D. Landau, “Zur Theorie der Energieübertragung bei Stössen,” Phys. Z. Sowjet 1, 88–98 (1932).

L. D. Landau, “Zur Theorie der Energieübertragung II,” Phys. Z. Sowjet 2, 46–51 (1932).

Lapidus, L.

L. Lapidus and J. H. Seinfeld, Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (Academic, 1971).

Laporta, P.

G. Della Valle, M. Ornigotti, T. Toney Fernandez, P. Laporta, S. Longhi, A. Coppa, and V. Foglietti, “Adiabatic light transfer via dressed states in optical waveguide arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 92, 011106 (2008).
[Crossref]

S. Longhi, G. D. Valle, M. Ornigotti, and P. Laporta, “Coherent tunneling by adiabatic passage in an optical waveguide system,” Phys. Rev. B 76, 201101 (2007).
[Crossref]

Larsson, M.

M. Larsson, “Conversion formulas between radiative lifetimes and other dynamical variables for spin-allowed electronic transitions in diatomic molecules,” Astron. Astrophys. 128, 291–298 (1983).

Latorre, J. I.

J. I. Latorre and A. Riera, “A short review on entanglement in quantum spin systems,” J. Phys. A 42, 504002 (2009).
[Crossref]

Lauvergnat, D.

D. Sugny, M. Ndong, D. Lauvergnat, Y. Justum, and M. Desouter-Lecomte, “Laser control in open molecular systems: STIRAP and Optimal Control,” J. Photochem. Photobiol. A 190, 359–371 (2007).
[Crossref]

Laux, C. O.

C. O. Laux and C. H. Kruger, “Arrays of radiative transition probabilities for the N2 first and second positive, NO beta and gamma, N2+ first negative, and O2 Schumann–Runge band systems,” J. Quant. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transfer 48, 9–24 (1992).
[Crossref]

Lawall, J.

J. Lawall and M. Prentiss, “Demonstration of a novel atomic beam splitter,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 72, 993–996 (1994).
[Crossref]

Lazarou, C.

C. Lazarou and N. V. Vitanov, “Dephasing effects on stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in tripod configurations,” Phys. Rev. A 82, 033437 (2010).
[Crossref]

Le Sueur, C. R.

T. Takekoshi, L. Reichsöllner, A. Schindewolf, J. M. Hutson, C. R. Le Sueur, O. Dulieu, F. Ferlaino, R. Grimm, and H.-C. Nägerl, “Ultracold dense samples of dipolar RbCs molecules in the rovibrational and hyperfine ground state,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 205301 (2014).
[Crossref]

Legero, T.

T. Legero, T. Wilk, M. Hennrich, G. Rempe, and A. Kuhn, “Quantum beat of two single photons,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 070503 (2004).
[Crossref]

M. Hennrich, T. Legero, A. Kuhn, and G. Rempe, “Vacuum-stimulated Raman scattering based on adiabatic passage in a high-finesse optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 85, 4872–4875 (2000).
[Crossref]

Leibfried, D.

D. Leibfried, R. Blatt, C. Monroe, and D. Wineland, “Quantum dynamics of single trapped ions,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 75, 281–324 (2003).
[Crossref]

Lenz, G.

T. Zaugg, P. Meystre, G. Lenz, and M. Wilkins, “Theory of adiabatic cooling in cavities,” Phys. Rev. A,  49, 3011–3021 (1994).

Leroy, C.

G. G. Grigoryan, G. Nikoghosyan, T. Halfmann, Y. Pashayan-Leroy, C. Leroy, and S. Guérin, “Theory of the bright-state stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 033402 (2009).
[Crossref]

Letokhov, V. S.

V. S. Letokhov and V. G. Minogin, “Laser radiation pressure on free atoms,” Phys. Rep. 73, 1–65 (1981).
[Crossref]

Leuchs, G.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Levine, R. D.

R. D. Levine, Quantum Mechanics of Molecular Rate Processes (Clarendon, 1969).

Levitov, L.

J. Mooij, T. Orlando, L. Levitov, L. Tian, C. H. Van der Wal, and S. Lloyd, “Josephson persistent-current qubit,” Science 285, 1036–1039 (1999).
[Crossref]

Levitt, M. H.

M. H. Levitt, “Short perspective on “NMR population inversion using a composite pulse” by M. H. Levitt and R. Freeman [J. Magn. Reson. 33 (1979) 473-476],” J. Magn. Reson. 213, 274–275 (2011).
[Crossref]

M. H. Levitt, “Composite pulses,” Prog. Nucl. Magn. Reson. Spectrosc. 18, 61–122 (1986).
[Crossref]

R. Freeman, S. P. Kempsell, and M. H. Levitt, “Radiofrequency pulse sequences which compensate their own imperfections,” J. Magn. Reson. 30, 453–479 (1980).

M. H. Levitt and R. Freeman, “NMR population inversion using a composite pulse,” J. Magn. Reson. 33, 473–476 (1979).

Levy, U.

U. Levy and Y. Silberberg, “Weakly diverging to tightly focused Gaussian beams: a single set of analytic expressions,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. A 3433, 1999–2009 (2016).

U. Levy and Y. Silberberg, “Weakly diverging to tightly focused Gaussian beams: a single set of analytic expressions,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. A 33, 1999–2009 (2016).
[Crossref]

Lewenstein, M.

K. Eckert, J. Mompart, R. Corbalán, M. Lewenstein, and G. Birkl, “Three level atom optics in dipole traps and waveguides,” Opt. Commun. 264, 264–270 (2006).
[Crossref]

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

K. Eckert, M. Lewenstein, R. Corbalán, G. Birkl, W. Ertmer, and J. Mompart, “Three-level atom optics via the tunneling interaction,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 023606 (2004).
[Crossref]

Li, C.

X. Yang, Z. Zhang, X. Yan, and C. Li, “Enhanced selectivity and efficiency of coherent population transfer via a train of pulse pairs,” Phys. Rev. A 82, 033831 (2010).
[Crossref]

Li, J.

J. Li, G. S. Paraoanu, K. Cicak, F. Altomare, J. I. Park, R. W. Simmonds, M. A. Sillanpää, and P. J. Hakonen, “Decoherence, Autler-Townes effect, and dark states in two-tone driving of a three-level superconducting system,” Phys. Rev. B 84, 104527 (2011).
[Crossref]

Liao, P. F.

D. Grischkowsky, M. M. T. Loy, and P. F. Liao, “Adiabatic following model for two-photon transitions: Nonlinear mixing and pulse propagation,” Phys. Rev. A 12, 2514–2533 (1975).
[Crossref]

Lidar, D. A.

L.-A. Wu and D. A. Lidar, “Creating decoherence-free subspaces using strong and fast pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 88, 207902 (2002).
[Crossref]

D. A. Lidar, I. L. Chuang, and K. B. Whaley, “Decoherence-free subspaces for quantum computation,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 2594–2597 (1998).
[Crossref]

Lifshitz, E.

C. R. Kagan, E. Lifshitz, E. H. Sargent, and D. V. Talapin, “Building devices from colloidal quantum dots,” Science 353, aac5523 (2016).

Lightman, A. P.

G. B. Rybicki and A. P. Lightman, Radiative Processes in Astrophysics (Wiley-Interscience, 1979).

Lin, G.-W.

L.-B. Chen, M.-Y. Ye, G.-W. Lin, Q.-H. Du, and X.-M. Lin, “Generation of entanglement via adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 062304 (2007).
[Crossref]

Lin, X.-M.

L.-B. Chen, M.-Y. Ye, G.-W. Lin, Q.-H. Du, and X.-M. Lin, “Generation of entanglement via adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 062304 (2007).
[Crossref]

Ling, H. Y.

J. Qian, W. Zhang, and H. Y. Ling, “Achieving ground-state polar molecular condensates by chainwise atom-molecule adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 013632 (2010).
[Crossref]

Litzen, U.

A. P. Thorne, U. Litzen, and S. Johansson, Spectrophysics: Principles and Applications (Springer, 1999).

Liu, H. C.

Liu, J.

F. Q. Dou, H. Cao, J. Liu, and L. B. Fu, “High-fidelity composite adiabatic passage in nonlinear two-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 93, 1–5 (2016).
[Crossref]

Lizuain, I.

J. G. Muga, X. Chen, E. Torrontegui, S. Ibáñez, and I. Lizuain, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity,” Opt. Pura Apl. 44, 479–486 (2011).

X. Chen, I. Lizuain, A. Ruschhaupt, D. Guéry-Odelin, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcut to adiabatic passage in two- and three-level atoms,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 105, 123003 (2010).
[Crossref]

Ljunggren, D.

G. S. Vasilev, D. Ljunggren, and A. Kuhn, “Single photons made-to-measure,” New J. Phys. 12, 063024 (2010).
[Crossref]

Llobera, A.

R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Llobera, J. Vila-Planas, V. J. Cadarso, J. Mompart, and V. Ahufinger, “Light spectral filtering based on spatial adiabatic passage,” Light Sci. Appl. 2, e90 (2013).
[Crossref]

Lloyd, S.

C. H. van der Wal, A. C. J. ter Haar, F. K. Wilhelm, R. N. Schouten, C. J. P. M. Harmans, T. P. Orlando, S. Lloyd, and J. E. Mooij, “Quantum superposition of macroscopic persistent-current states,” Science 290, 773–777 (2000).
[Crossref]

J. Mooij, T. Orlando, L. Levitov, L. Tian, C. H. Van der Wal, and S. Lloyd, “Josephson persistent-current qubit,” Science 285, 1036–1039 (1999).
[Crossref]

Lodahl, P.

P. Lodahl, S. Mahmoodian, and S. Stobbe, “Interfacing single photons and single quantum dots with photonic nanostructures,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 87, 347–400 (2015).
[Crossref]

London, F.

H. Hönl and F. London, “Über die Intensitäten der Bandenlinien,” Zs Physik A 33, 803–809 (1925).
[Crossref]

Longdell, J. J.

J. J. Longdell, E. Fraval, M. J. Sellars, and N. B. Manson, “Stopped light with storage times greater than one second using electromagnetically induced transparency in a solid,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 063601 (2005).
[Crossref]

Longhi, S.

B. T. Torosov, G. D. Valle, and S. Longhi, “Non-Hermitian shortcut to stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 063412 (2014).
[Crossref]

F. Dreisow, M. Ornigotti, A. Szameit, M. Heinrich, R. Keil, S. Nolte, A. Tünnermann, and S. Longhi, “Polychromatic beam splitting by fractional stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 95, 261102 (2009).
[Crossref]

S. Longhi, “Quantum-optical analogies using photonic structures,” Laser Photonics Rev. 3, 243–261 (2009).
[Crossref]

G. Della Valle, M. Ornigotti, T. Toney Fernandez, P. Laporta, S. Longhi, A. Coppa, and V. Foglietti, “Adiabatic light transfer via dressed states in optical waveguide arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 92, 011106 (2008).
[Crossref]

S. Longhi, G. D. Valle, M. Ornigotti, and P. Laporta, “Coherent tunneling by adiabatic passage in an optical waveguide system,” Phys. Rev. B 76, 201101 (2007).
[Crossref]

S. Longhi, “Adiabatic passage of light in coupled optical waveguides,” Phys. Rev. E 73, 026607 (2006).
[Crossref]

S. Longhi, “Optical realization of multilevel adiabatic population transfer in curved waveguide arrays,” Phys. Lett. A 359, 166–170 (2006).
[Crossref]

Lorenz, N.

D. Schraft, M. Hain, N. Lorenz, and T. Halfmann, “Stopped light at high storage efficiency in a Pr3+:Y2SiO5 crystal,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 116, 073602 (2016).
[Crossref]

Loss, D.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Louck, J. D.

L. C. Biedenharn and J. D. Louck, Angular Momentum in Quantum Physics (Addison-Wesley, 1981).

Loudon, R.

R. Loudon, The Quantum Theory of Light, 3rd ed. (Oxford, 2000).

Love, J. D.

A. W. Synder and J. D. Love, Optical Waveguide Theory (Chapman and Hall, 1983).

Lovett, B. W.

P. Kok and B. W. Lovett, Introduction to Optical Quantum Information Processing (Cambridge University, 2010).

Loy, M. M. T.

M. M. T. Loy and D. Grischkowsky, “The relationship of the two-photon vector model to the coherent excitation of polyatomic molecules,” Opt. Commun. 21, 379–383 (1977).
[Crossref]

M. M. T. Loy, “Observation of two-photon optical nutation and free-induction decay,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 36, 1454–1457 (1976).
[Crossref]

D. Grischkowsky, M. M. T. Loy, and P. F. Liao, “Adiabatic following model for two-photon transitions: Nonlinear mixing and pulse propagation,” Phys. Rev. A 12, 2514–2533 (1975).
[Crossref]

M. M. T. Loy, “Observation of population inversion by optical adiabatic rapid passage,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 32, 814–817 (1974).
[Crossref]

Lozovoy, V. V.

M. Dantus and V. V. Lozovoy, “Experimental coherent laser control of physicochemical processes,” Chem. Rev. 104, 1813–1860 (2004).
[Crossref]

Lu, G.

G. Lu, W. Hai, and Q. Xie, “Coherent control of atomic tunneling in a driven triple well,” Phys. Rev. A 83, 013407 (2011).
[Crossref]

Lu, N.

N. Lu, E. J. Robinson, and P. R. Herman, “Coherent dynamics and complete population depletion of a special three-level quantum system,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 5088–5098 (1987).
[Crossref]

Lu, P.

C. Zhu, R. H. Byrd, P. Lu, and J. Nocedal, “Algorithm 778: L-BFGS-B: Fortran subroutines for large-scale bound-constrained optimization,” ACM Trans. Math. Software 23, 550–560 (1997).
[Crossref]

Lukens, J. E.

J. R. Friedman, V. Patel, W. Chen, S. K. Tolpygo, and J. E. Lukens, “Quantum superposition of distinct macroscopic states,” Nature 406, 43–46 (2000).
[Crossref]

Lukin, M. D.

E. Kuznetsova, P. Pellegrini, R. Côté, M. D. Lukin, and S. F. Yelin, “Formation of deeply bound molecules via chainwise adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 021402 (2008).
[Crossref]

A. V. Gorshkov, A. André, M. Fleischhauer, A. S. Sørensen, and M. D. Lukin, “Universal approach to optimal photon storage in atomic media,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 98, 123601 (2007).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer and M. D. Lukin, “Quantum memory for photons: Dark-state polaritons,” Phys. Rev. A 65, 022314 (2002).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer and M. D. Lukin, “Dark-state polaritons in electromagnetically induced transparency,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 84, 5094–5097 (2000).
[Crossref]

Lütkenhaus, N.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Luy, B.

T. E. Skinner, T. O. Reiss, B. Luy, N. Khaneja, and S. J. Glaser, “Reducing the duration of broadband excitation pulses using optimal control with limited RF amplitude,” J. Magn. Reson. 167, 68–74 (2004).
[Crossref]

Lvovsky, A. I.

Maas, D.

D. Maas, C. Rella, P. Antoine, E. Toma, and L. Noordam, “Population transfer via adiabatic passage in the rubidium quantum ladder system,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 1374–1381 (1999).
[Crossref]

Madsen, L. B.

D. Møller, L. B. Madsen, and K. Mølmer, “Geometric phases in open tripod systems,” Phys. Rev. A 77, 022306 (2008).
[Crossref]

D. Møller, L. B. Madsen, and K. Mølmer, “Geometric phase gates based on stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in tripod systems,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 062302 (2007).
[Crossref]

Magnes, O.

Y. B. Band and O. Magnes, “Is adiabatic passage population transfer a solution to an optimal control problem,” J. Chem. Phys. 101, 7528–7530 (1994).
[Crossref]

Mahmoodian, S.

P. Lodahl, S. Mahmoodian, and S. Stobbe, “Interfacing single photons and single quantum dots with photonic nanostructures,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 87, 347–400 (2015).
[Crossref]

Majorana, E.

E. Majorana, “Atomi orientati in campo magnetico variabile,” Nuovo Cimento 9, 43–50 (1932).
[Crossref]

Malakyan, Y.

A. Gogyan, S. Guérin, and Y. Malakyan, “Shaping coherent excitation of atoms and molecules by a train of ultrashort laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 033401 (2010).
[Crossref]

Malinovskaya, S. A.

P. Kumar, S. A. Malinovskaya, and V. S. Malinovsky, “Optimal control of population and coherence in three-level Λ systems,” J. Phys. B 44, 154010 (2011).
[Crossref]

Malinovsky, V. S.

P. Kumar, S. A. Malinovskaya, and V. S. Malinovsky, “Optimal control of population and coherence in three-level Λ systems,” J. Phys. B 44, 154010 (2011).
[Crossref]

B. Chang, I. R. Solá, and V. S. Malinovsky, “Selective excitation of diatomic molecules by chirped laser pulses,” Chem. Phys. 113, 4901–4911 (2000).

I. R. Solá, V. S. Malinovsky, B. Chang, J. Santamaria, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in three-level Λ systems by chirped laser pulses: minimization of the intermediate-level population,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 4494–4501 (1999).
[Crossref]

I. R. Solá, V. S. Malinovsky, and D. J. Tannor, “Optimal pulse sequences for population transfer in multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 60, 3081–3090 (1999).
[Crossref]

V. S. Malinovsky and D. J. Tannor, “Simple and robust extension of the stimulated Raman adiabatic passage technique to N-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 56, 4929–4937 (1997).
[Crossref]

Manka, A. S.

M. Fleischhauer and A. S. Manka, “Propagation of laser pulses and coherent population transfer in dissipative three-level systems: An adiabatic dressed-state picture,” Phys. Rev. A 54, 794–803 (1996).
[Crossref]

Manson, N. B.

J. J. Longdell, E. Fraval, M. J. Sellars, and N. B. Manson, “Stopped light with storage times greater than one second using electromagnetically induced transparency in a solid,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 063601 (2005).
[Crossref]

Marangos, J. P.

M. Fleischhauer, A. Imamoğlu, and J. P. Marangos, “Electromagnetically induced transparency: Optics in coherent media,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 77, 633–673 (2005).
[Crossref]

Marte, M.

M. Marte, J. I. Cirac, and P. Zoller, “Deflection of atoms by circularly polarized light beams in triple Laue configuration,” J. Mod. Opt. 38, 2265–2280 (1991).
[Crossref]

Marte, P.

A. S. Parkins, P. Marte, P. Zoller, O. Carnal, and H. J. Kimble, “Quantum-state mapping between multilevel atoms and cavity light fields,” Phys. Rev. A 51, 1578–1596 (1995).
[Crossref]

L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Coherent transfer of photon momentum by adiabatic following in a dark state,” Quantum Opt. 6, 387–389 (1994).
[Crossref]

L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Momentum transfer in laser-cooled cesium by adiabatic passage in a light field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 72, 997–1000 (1994).
[Crossref]

A. S. Parkins, P. Marte, P. Zoller, and H. J. Kimble, “Synthesis of arbitrary quantum states via adiabatic transfer of Zeeman coherence,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 71, 3095–3098 (1993).
[Crossref]

P. Marte, P. Zoller, and J. L. Hall, “Coherent atomic mirrors and beam splitters by adiabatic passage in multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 44, R4118 (1991).
[Crossref]

Martin, J.

J. Martin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. III. Experimental results,” Phys. Rev. A 54, 1556–1569 (1996).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, J. Martin, M. P. Fewell, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. I. Numerical studies,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 566–582 (1995).
[Crossref]

J. Martin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. II. Algebraic analysis,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 583–593 (1995).
[Crossref]

Martínez-Garaot, S.

S. Martínez-Garaot, E. Torrontegui, X. Chen, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity in three-level systems using Lie transforms,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 053408 (2014).
[Crossref]

E. Torrontegui, S. Martínez-Garaot, A. Ruschhaupt, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity: fast-forward approach,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 013601 (2012).
[Crossref]

Martinis, J. M.

J. M. Martinis, S. Nam, J. Aumentado, and C. Urbina, “Rabi oscillations in a large Josephson-junction qubit,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 117901 (2002).
[Crossref]

Massar, S.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Masuda, S.

S. Masuda and S. A. Rice, “Selective vibrational population transfer using combined STIRAP and counter-diabatic fields,” J. Phys. Chem. C 119, 14513–14523 (2015).

S. Masuda and S. A. Rice, “Rapid coherent control of population transfer in lattice systems,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 033621 (2014).
[Crossref]

Mathur, B. S.

W. Happer and B. S. Mathur, “Effective operator formalism in optical pumping,” Phys. Rev. 163, 12–25 (1967).
[Crossref]

McCullough, E.

E. McCullough, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent control of refractive indices,” Phys. Rev. 61, 1–4 (2000).
[Crossref]

McDuff, R.

B. J. Dalton, R. McDuff, and P. L. Knight, “Coherent population trapping. Two unequal phase fluctuating laser fields,” Opt. Acta 32, 61–70 (1985).
[Crossref]

McKibben, J. L.

J. L. McKibben, “Triple pendulum as an analog to three coupled stationary states,” Am. J. Phys. 45, 1022–1026 (1977).
[Crossref]

Melinger, J.

J. Melinger and S. Gandhi, “Generation of narrowband inversion with broadband laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. 68, 1992–2003 (1992).

Menchon-Enrich, R.

R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Benseny, V. Ahufinger, A. D. Greentree, T. Busch, and J. Mompart, “Spatial adiabatic passage: a review of recent progress,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 79, 074401 (2016).
[Crossref]

R. Menchon-Enrich, J. Mompart, and V. Ahufinger, “Spatial adiabatic passage processes in sonic crystals with linear defects,” Phys. Rev. B 89, 094304 (2014).
[Crossref]

R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Llobera, J. Vila-Planas, V. J. Cadarso, J. Mompart, and V. Ahufinger, “Light spectral filtering based on spatial adiabatic passage,” Light Sci. Appl. 2, e90 (2013).
[Crossref]

Menzel, D. H.

B. W. Shore and D. H. Menzel, “Generalized tables for the calculation of dipole transition probabilities,” Astrophys. J. Suppl. Ser. 12, 187–213 (1965).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore and D. H. Menzel, Principles of Atomic Spectra (Wiley, 1968).

Menzel-Jones, C.

E. A. Shapiro, V. Milner, C. Menzel-Jones, and M. Shapiro, “Piecewise adiabatic passage with a series of femtosecond pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 033002 (2007).
[Crossref]

Meschede, D.

D. Meschede, H. Walther, and G. Muller, “One-atom maser,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 54, 551–554 (1985).
[Crossref]

Messina, A.

M. Scala, B. Militello, A. Messina, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in an open quantum system: master equation approach,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 053847 (2010).
[Crossref]

Metcalf, H. J.

H. J. Metcalf and P. Straten, Laser Cooling and Trapping of Neutral Atoms (Wiley, 2007).

H. J. Metcalf and P. Van der Straten, Laser Cooling and Trapping (Springer, 2012).

Meyer, V.

D. Kielpinski, V. Meyer, M. A. Rowe, C. A. Sackett, W. M. Itano, C. Monroe, and D. J. Wineland, “A decoherence-free quantum memory using trapped ions,” Science 291, 1013–1015 (2001).
[Crossref]

Meystre, P.

E. V. Goldstein, O. Zobay, and P. Meystre, “Coherence of atomic matter-wave fields,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 2373–2384 (1998).
[Crossref]

T. Zaugg, P. Meystre, G. Lenz, and M. Wilkins, “Theory of adiabatic cooling in cavities,” Phys. Rev. A,  49, 3011–3021 (1994).

B. W. Shore, P. Meystre, and S. Stenholm, “Is a quantum standing wave composed of two traveling waves?” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 8, 903–910 (1991).
[Crossref]

P. Meystre, E. Schumacher, and S. Stenholm, “Atomic beam deflection in a quantum field,” Opt. Commun. 73, 443–447 (1989).
[Crossref]

P. Meystre, Atom Optics (Springer, 2001).

P. Meystre and M. I. Sargent, Elements of Quantum Optics, 3rd ed. (Springer-Verlag, 1999).

Mikusinski, P.

L. Debnath and P. Mikusinski, Introduction to Hilbert Spaces: With Applications (Academic, 2005).

Milburn, G. J.

D. F. Walls and G. J. Milburn, Quantum Optics, 2nd ed. (Springer-Verlag, 2007).

Militello, B.

M. Scala, B. Militello, A. Messina, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in an open quantum system: master equation approach,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 053847 (2010).
[Crossref]

Milner, V.

S. Zhdanovich, E. A. Shapiro, J. W. Hepburn, M. Shapiro, and V. Milner, “Complete transfer of populations from a single state to a preselected superposition of states using piecewise adiabatic passage: Experiment,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 063405 (2009).
[Crossref]

E. A. Shapiro, V. Milner, and M. Shapiro, “Complete transfer of populations from a single state to a preselected superposition of states using piecewise adiabatic passage: theory,” Phys. Rev. A 79, 023422 (2009).
[Crossref]

E. A. Shapiro, V. Milner, C. Menzel-Jones, and M. Shapiro, “Piecewise adiabatic passage with a series of femtosecond pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 033002 (2007).
[Crossref]

Milonni, P. W.

P. L. Knight and P. W. Milonni, “The Rabi frequency in optical spectra,” Phys. Rep. 66, 21–107 (1980).
[Crossref]

P. W. Milonni, The Quantum Vacuum. An Introduction to Quantum Electrodynamics (Academic, 1994).

Minogin, V. G.

V. S. Letokhov and V. G. Minogin, “Laser radiation pressure on free atoms,” Phys. Rep. 73, 1–65 (1981).
[Crossref]

Mlynek, J.

C. S. Adams, M. Sigel, and J. Mlynek, “Atom optics,” Phys. Rep. 240, 143–210 (1994).
[Crossref]

Moi, L.

G. Alzetta, L. Moi, and G. Orriols, “Nonabsorption hyperfine resonances in a sodium vapour irradiated by a multimode dye-laser,” Nuovo Cimento B 52, 209–218 (1979).
[Crossref]

G. Alzetta, A. Gozzini, L. Moi, and G. Orriols, “An experimental method for the observation of R. F. transitions and laser beat resonances in oriented Na vapour,” Nuovo Cimento B 36, 5–20 (1976).
[Crossref]

Moiseyev, N.

A. M. Kenis, I. Vorobeichik, M. Orenstein, and N. Moiseyev, “Non-evanescent adiabatic directional coupler,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 37, 1321–1328 (2001).
[Crossref]

Moler, K.

M. Kasevich, D. S. Weiss, E. Riis, K. Moler, S. Kasapi, and S. Chu, “Atomic velocity selection using stimulated Raman transitions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 66, 2297–2300 (1991).
[Crossref]

Møller, D.

D. Møller, L. B. Madsen, and K. Mølmer, “Geometric phases in open tripod systems,” Phys. Rev. A 77, 022306 (2008).
[Crossref]

D. Møller, L. B. Madsen, and K. Mølmer, “Geometric phase gates based on stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in tripod systems,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 062302 (2007).
[Crossref]

D. Møller, J. L. Sørensen, J. B. Thomsen, and M. Drewsen, “Efficient qubit detection using alkaline-earth-metal ions and a double stimulated Raman adiabatic process,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 062321 (2007).
[Crossref]

J. L. Sørensen, D. Møller, T. Iversen, J. B. Thomsen, F. Jensen, P. Staanum, D. Voigt, and M. Drewsen, “Efficient coherent internal state transfer in trapped ions using stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” New J. Phys. 8, 261 (2006).
[Crossref]

Mølmer, K.

D. Møller, L. B. Madsen, and K. Mølmer, “Geometric phases in open tripod systems,” Phys. Rev. A 77, 022306 (2008).
[Crossref]

D. Møller, L. B. Madsen, and K. Mølmer, “Geometric phase gates based on stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in tripod systems,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 062302 (2007).
[Crossref]

M. Johnsson and K. Mølmer, “Storing quantum information in a solid using dark-state polaritons,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 032320 (2004).
[Crossref]

Mompart, J.

R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Benseny, V. Ahufinger, A. D. Greentree, T. Busch, and J. Mompart, “Spatial adiabatic passage: a review of recent progress,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 79, 074401 (2016).
[Crossref]

R. Menchon-Enrich, J. Mompart, and V. Ahufinger, “Spatial adiabatic passage processes in sonic crystals with linear defects,” Phys. Rev. B 89, 094304 (2014).
[Crossref]

R. Menchon-Enrich, A. Llobera, J. Vila-Planas, V. J. Cadarso, J. Mompart, and V. Ahufinger, “Light spectral filtering based on spatial adiabatic passage,” Light Sci. Appl. 2, e90 (2013).
[Crossref]

R. Garca-Maraver, K. Eckert, R. Corbalán, and J. Mompart, “Generation of entangled photon pairs in optical cavity-QED: operating in the bad cavity limit,” J. Phys. B 41, 045505 (2008).
[Crossref]

K. Eckert, J. Mompart, R. Corbalán, M. Lewenstein, and G. Birkl, “Three level atom optics in dipole traps and waveguides,” Opt. Commun. 264, 264–270 (2006).
[Crossref]

K. Eckert, M. Lewenstein, R. Corbalán, G. Birkl, W. Ertmer, and J. Mompart, “Three-level atom optics via the tunneling interaction,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 023606 (2004).
[Crossref]

Monroe, C.

D. Leibfried, R. Blatt, C. Monroe, and D. Wineland, “Quantum dynamics of single trapped ions,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 75, 281–324 (2003).
[Crossref]

D. Kielpinski, V. Meyer, M. A. Rowe, C. A. Sackett, W. M. Itano, C. Monroe, and D. J. Wineland, “A decoherence-free quantum memory using trapped ions,” Science 291, 1013–1015 (2001).
[Crossref]

Montemezzani, G.

H. Oukraou, L. Vittadello, V. Coda, C. Ciret, M. Alonzo, A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and G. Montemezzani, “Control of adiabatic light transfer in coupled waveguides with longitudinally varying detuning,” Phys. Rev. A 95, 023811 (2017).
[Crossref]

C. Ciret, V. Coda, A. A. Rangelov, D. N. Neshev, and G. Montemezzani, “Planar achromatic multiple beam splitter by adiabatic light transfer,” Opt. Lett. 37, 3789–3791 (2012).
[Crossref]

Mooij, J.

I. Chiorescu, Y. Nakamura, C. M. Harmans, and J. Mooij, “Coherent quantum dynamics of a superconducting flux qubit,” Science 299, 1869–1871 (2003).
[Crossref]

J. Mooij, T. Orlando, L. Levitov, L. Tian, C. H. Van der Wal, and S. Lloyd, “Josephson persistent-current qubit,” Science 285, 1036–1039 (1999).
[Crossref]

Mooij, J. E.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

C. H. van der Wal, A. C. J. ter Haar, F. K. Wilhelm, R. N. Schouten, C. J. P. M. Harmans, T. P. Orlando, S. Lloyd, and J. E. Mooij, “Quantum superposition of macroscopic persistent-current states,” Science 290, 773–777 (2000).
[Crossref]

Morizot, O.

M. R. Kamsap, T. B. Ekogo, J. Pedregosa-Gutierrez, G. Hagel, M. Houssin, O. Morizot, M. Knoop, and C. Champenois, “Coherent internal state transfer by a three-photon STIRAP-like scheme for many-atom samples,” J. Phys. B 46, 145502 (2013).
[Crossref]

Morris, J. R.

J. R. Morris and B. W. Shore, “Reduction of degenerate two-level excitation to independent two-state systems,” Phys. Rev. A 27, 906–912 (1983).
[Crossref]

Mostowski, J.

M. G. Raymer and J. Mostowski, “Stimulated Raman scattering: unified treatment of spontaneous initiation and spatial propagation,” Phys. Rev. A 24, 1980–1993 (1981).
[Crossref]

Mu, J.

Muga, J. G.

S. Martínez-Garaot, E. Torrontegui, X. Chen, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity in three-level systems using Lie transforms,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 053408 (2014).
[Crossref]

A. Ruschhaupt and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity in two-level systems: control and optimization,” J. Mod. Opt. 61, 828–832 (2013).
[Crossref]

E. Torrontegui, S. Martínez-Garaot, A. Ruschhaupt, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity: fast-forward approach,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 013601 (2012).
[Crossref]

X. Chen and J. G. Muga, “Engineering of fast population transfer in three-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 033405 (2012).
[Crossref]

J. G. Muga, X. Chen, E. Torrontegui, S. Ibáñez, and I. Lizuain, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity,” Opt. Pura Apl. 44, 479–486 (2011).

X. Chen, I. Lizuain, A. Ruschhaupt, D. Guéry-Odelin, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcut to adiabatic passage in two- and three-level atoms,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 105, 123003 (2010).
[Crossref]

Mukherjee, N.

W. E. Perreault, N. Mukherjee, and R. N. Zare, “Preparation of a selected high vibrational energy level of isolated molecules,” J. Chem. Phys. 145, 154203 (2016).

N. Mukherjee, W. Dong, and R. N. Zare, “Coherent superposition of M-states in a single rovibrational level of H2 by Stark-induced adiabatic Raman passage,” J. Chem. Phys. 140, 074201 (2014).
[Crossref]

W. Dong, N. Mukherjee, and R. N. Zare, “Optical preparation of H2 rovibrational levels with almost complete population transfer,” J. Chem. Phys. 139, 074204 (2013).
[Crossref]

N. Mukherjee and R. N. Zare, “Stark-induced adiabatic Raman passage for preparing polarized molecules,” J. Chem. Phys. 135, 024201 (2011).
[Crossref]

N. Mukherjee and R. N. Zare, “Preparation of polarized molecules using coherent infrared multicolor ladder excitation,” J. Chem. Phys. 132, 154302 (2010).
[Crossref]

Muller, G.

D. Meschede, H. Walther, and G. Muller, “One-atom maser,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 54, 551–554 (1985).
[Crossref]

Münch, H.

M. Oberst, H. Münch, G. Grigoryan, and T. Halfmann, “Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage among a three-state molecular system: experimental and numerical investigations,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033409 (2008).
[Crossref]

Murali, K. V. R. M.

Z. Dutton, K. V. R. M. Murali, W. D. Oliver, and T. P. Orlando, “Electromagnetically induced transparency in superconducting quantum circuits: effects of decoherence, tunneling, and multilevel crosstalk,” Phys. Rev. B 73, 104516 (2006).
[Crossref]

K. V. R. M. Murali, Z. Dutton, W. D. Oliver, D. S. Crankshaw, and T. P. Orlando, “Probing decoherence with electromagnetically induced transparency in superconductive quantum circuits,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 087003 (2004).
[Crossref]

Murphy, G. M.

G. M. Murphy, Ordinary Differential Equations and Their Solutions (Van Nostrand, 1960).

Nagata, R.

Nägerl, H.-C.

A. Orbán, R. Vexiau, O. Krieglsteiner, H.-C. Nägerl, O. Dulieu, A. Crubellier, and N. Bouloufa-Maafa, “Model for the hyperfine structure of electronically excited KCs molecules,” Phys. Rev. A 92, 032510 (2015).
[Crossref]

T. Takekoshi, L. Reichsöllner, A. Schindewolf, J. M. Hutson, C. R. Le Sueur, O. Dulieu, F. Ferlaino, R. Grimm, and H.-C. Nägerl, “Ultracold dense samples of dipolar RbCs molecules in the rovibrational and hyperfine ground state,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 205301 (2014).
[Crossref]

Nakamoto, K.

J. R. Ferraro, K. Nakamoto, and C. W. Brown, Introductory Raman Sepectroscopy, 2nd ed. (Academic, 2003).

Nakamura, Y.

I. Chiorescu, Y. Nakamura, C. M. Harmans, and J. Mooij, “Coherent quantum dynamics of a superconducting flux qubit,” Science 299, 1869–1871 (2003).
[Crossref]

Y. Nakamura, Y. A. Pashkin, and J. S. Tsai, “Coherent control of macroscopic quantum states in a single-cooper-pair box,” Nature 398, 786–788 (1999).
[Crossref]

Nam, S.

J. M. Martinis, S. Nam, J. Aumentado, and C. Urbina, “Rabi oscillations in a large Josephson-junction qubit,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 117901 (2002).
[Crossref]

Narcowich, F. J.

S. R. Barone, M. A. Narcowich, and F. J. Narcowich, “Floquet theory and applications,” Phys. Rev. 15, 1109–1125 (1977).
[Crossref]

Narcowich, M. A.

S. R. Barone, M. A. Narcowich, and F. J. Narcowich, “Floquet theory and applications,” Phys. Rev. 15, 1109–1125 (1977).
[Crossref]

Narducci, L. M.

M. Fleischhauer, C. H. Keitel, L. M. Narducci, M. O. Scully, S. Y. Zhu, and M. S. Zubairy, “Lasing without inversion: interference of radiatively broadened resonances in dressed atomic systems,” Opt. Commun. 94, 599–608 (1992).
[Crossref]

Ndong, M.

D. Sugny, M. Ndong, D. Lauvergnat, Y. Justum, and M. Desouter-Lecomte, “Laser control in open molecular systems: STIRAP and Optimal Control,” J. Photochem. Photobiol. A 190, 359–371 (2007).
[Crossref]

Nemes, L.

Neshev, D. N.

New, G. H. C.

G. H. C. New, “Nonlinear optics: the first 50 years,” Contemp. Phys. 52, 281–292 (2011).
[Crossref]

Neyenhuis, B.

S. Ospelkaus, K.-K. Ni, G. Quéméner, B. Neyenhuis, D. Wang, M. H. G. de Miranda, J. L. Bohn, J. Ye, and D. S. Jin, “Controlling the hyperfine state of Rovibronic ground-state polar molecules,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 104, 030402 (2010).
[Crossref]

Ni, K.-K.

S. Ospelkaus, K.-K. Ni, G. Quéméner, B. Neyenhuis, D. Wang, M. H. G. de Miranda, J. L. Bohn, J. Ye, and D. S. Jin, “Controlling the hyperfine state of Rovibronic ground-state polar molecules,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 104, 030402 (2010).
[Crossref]

Nichols, R. W.

R. W. Nichols and A. L. Stewart, “Allowed transitions,” in Atomic and Molecular Processes, D. R. Bates, ed. (Academic, 1962).

Nielsen, M. A.

M. A. Nielsen and I. L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information (Cambridge University, 2000).

Nikoghosyan, G.

G. G. Grigoryan, G. Nikoghosyan, T. Halfmann, Y. Pashayan-Leroy, C. Leroy, and S. Guérin, “Theory of the bright-state stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 033402 (2009).
[Crossref]

G. G. Grigoryan, G. Nikoghosyan, and T. Halfmann, “Efficient population transfer via bright-state,” Physics 102, 99–102 (2008).

Nikolopoulos, G. M.

D. Petrosyan, G. M. Nikolopoulos, and P. Lambropoulos, “State transfer in static and dynamic spin chains with disorder,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 042307 (2010).
[Crossref]

Nocedal, J.

C. Zhu, R. H. Byrd, P. Lu, and J. Nocedal, “Algorithm 778: L-BFGS-B: Fortran subroutines for large-scale bound-constrained optimization,” ACM Trans. Math. Software 23, 550–560 (1997).
[Crossref]

Nolte, S.

F. Dreisow, M. Ornigotti, A. Szameit, M. Heinrich, R. Keil, S. Nolte, A. Tünnermann, and S. Longhi, “Polychromatic beam splitting by fractional stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 95, 261102 (2009).
[Crossref]

Noordam, L.

D. Maas, C. Rella, P. Antoine, E. Toma, and L. Noordam, “Population transfer via adiabatic passage in the rubidium quantum ladder system,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 1374–1381 (1999).
[Crossref]

Noordam, L. D.

B. Broers, H. B. L. van den Heuvell, and L. D. Noordam, “Efficient population transfer in a three-level ladder system by frequency-swept ultrashort laser pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 69, 2062–2065 (1992).
[Crossref]

Nori, F.

J. Q. You and F. Nori, “Atomic physics and quantum optics using superconducting circuits,” Nature 474, 589–597 (2011).
[Crossref]

Oberst, M.

M. Oberst, H. Münch, G. Grigoryan, and T. Halfmann, “Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage among a three-state molecular system: experimental and numerical investigations,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 033409 (2008).
[Crossref]

M. Oberst, F. Vewinger, and A. I. Lvovsky, “Time-resolved probing of the ground state coherence in rubidium,” Opt. Lett. 32, 1755–1757 (2007).
[Crossref]

Öhberg, P.

J. Ruseckas, G. Juzeliūnas, P. Öhberg, and M. Fleischhauer, “Non-Abelian gauge potentials for ultracold atoms with degenerate dark states,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 010404 (2005).
[Crossref]

Ohmori, K.

K. Ohmori, “Wave-packet and coherent control dynamics,” Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem. 60, 487–511 (2009).
[Crossref]

Okamoto, K.

K. Okamoto, Fundamentals of Optical Waveguides (Elsevier, 2006).

Oliver, W. D.

Z. Dutton, K. V. R. M. Murali, W. D. Oliver, and T. P. Orlando, “Electromagnetically induced transparency in superconducting quantum circuits: effects of decoherence, tunneling, and multilevel crosstalk,” Phys. Rev. B 73, 104516 (2006).
[Crossref]

K. V. R. M. Murali, Z. Dutton, W. D. Oliver, D. S. Crankshaw, and T. P. Orlando, “Probing decoherence with electromagnetically induced transparency in superconductive quantum circuits,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 087003 (2004).
[Crossref]

Orbán, A.

A. Orbán, R. Vexiau, O. Krieglsteiner, H.-C. Nägerl, O. Dulieu, A. Crubellier, and N. Bouloufa-Maafa, “Model for the hyperfine structure of electronically excited KCs molecules,” Phys. Rev. A 92, 032510 (2015).
[Crossref]

Oreg, J.

B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Kuhn, S. Schiemann, J. Oreg, and J. H. Eberly, “Laser-induced population transfer in multistate systems: a comparative study,” Phys. Rev. A 45, 5297–5300 (1992).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, J. Oreg, and S. Rosenwaks, “Multilevel adiabatic population transfer,” Phys. Rev. A 44, 7442–7447 (1991).
[Crossref]

J. Oreg, G. Hazak, and J. H. Eberly, “Multilevel inversion schemes in and beyond the adiabatic limit,” Phys. Rev. A 32, 2776–2783 (1985).
[Crossref]

J. Oreg, F. T. Hioe, and J. H. Eberly, “Adiabatic following in multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 690–697 (1984).
[Crossref]

Orenstein, M.

A. M. Kenis, I. Vorobeichik, M. Orenstein, and N. Moiseyev, “Non-evanescent adiabatic directional coupler,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 37, 1321–1328 (2001).
[Crossref]

Orlando, T.

J. Mooij, T. Orlando, L. Levitov, L. Tian, C. H. Van der Wal, and S. Lloyd, “Josephson persistent-current qubit,” Science 285, 1036–1039 (1999).
[Crossref]

Orlando, T. P.

Z. Dutton, K. V. R. M. Murali, W. D. Oliver, and T. P. Orlando, “Electromagnetically induced transparency in superconducting quantum circuits: effects of decoherence, tunneling, and multilevel crosstalk,” Phys. Rev. B 73, 104516 (2006).
[Crossref]

K. V. R. M. Murali, Z. Dutton, W. D. Oliver, D. S. Crankshaw, and T. P. Orlando, “Probing decoherence with electromagnetically induced transparency in superconductive quantum circuits,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 087003 (2004).
[Crossref]

C. H. van der Wal, A. C. J. ter Haar, F. K. Wilhelm, R. N. Schouten, C. J. P. M. Harmans, T. P. Orlando, S. Lloyd, and J. E. Mooij, “Quantum superposition of macroscopic persistent-current states,” Science 290, 773–777 (2000).
[Crossref]

Ornigotti, M.

F. Dreisow, M. Ornigotti, A. Szameit, M. Heinrich, R. Keil, S. Nolte, A. Tünnermann, and S. Longhi, “Polychromatic beam splitting by fractional stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 95, 261102 (2009).
[Crossref]

G. Della Valle, M. Ornigotti, T. Toney Fernandez, P. Laporta, S. Longhi, A. Coppa, and V. Foglietti, “Adiabatic light transfer via dressed states in optical waveguide arrays,” Appl. Phys. Lett. 92, 011106 (2008).
[Crossref]

S. Longhi, G. D. Valle, M. Ornigotti, and P. Laporta, “Coherent tunneling by adiabatic passage in an optical waveguide system,” Phys. Rev. B 76, 201101 (2007).
[Crossref]

Orriols, G.

G. Alzetta, L. Moi, and G. Orriols, “Nonabsorption hyperfine resonances in a sodium vapour irradiated by a multimode dye-laser,” Nuovo Cimento B 52, 209–218 (1979).
[Crossref]

E. Arimondo and G. Orriols, “Nonabsorblng atomic coherences by coherent two-photon transitions in a three-level optical pumping,” Lett. Nuovo Cimento 17, 333–338 (1976).
[Crossref]

G. Alzetta, A. Gozzini, L. Moi, and G. Orriols, “An experimental method for the observation of R. F. transitions and laser beat resonances in oriented Na vapour,” Nuovo Cimento B 36, 5–20 (1976).
[Crossref]

Ospelkaus, S.

S. Ospelkaus, K.-K. Ni, G. Quéméner, B. Neyenhuis, D. Wang, M. H. G. de Miranda, J. L. Bohn, J. Ye, and D. S. Jin, “Controlling the hyperfine state of Rovibronic ground-state polar molecules,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 104, 030402 (2010).
[Crossref]

Oukraou, H.

H. Oukraou, L. Vittadello, V. Coda, C. Ciret, M. Alonzo, A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and G. Montemezzani, “Control of adiabatic light transfer in coupled waveguides with longitudinally varying detuning,” Phys. Rev. A 95, 023811 (2017).
[Crossref]

Paladino, E.

G. Falci, P. G. Di Stefano, A. Ridolfo, G. S. Paraoanu, and E. Paladino, “Advances in quantum control of three-level superconducting circuit architectures,” Fortschr. Phys. 10, 1–10 (2016).

Paraoanu, G. S.

G. Falci, P. G. Di Stefano, A. Ridolfo, G. S. Paraoanu, and E. Paladino, “Advances in quantum control of three-level superconducting circuit architectures,” Fortschr. Phys. 10, 1–10 (2016).

J. Li, G. S. Paraoanu, K. Cicak, F. Altomare, J. I. Park, R. W. Simmonds, M. A. Sillanpää, and P. J. Hakonen, “Decoherence, Autler-Townes effect, and dark states in two-tone driving of a three-level superconducting system,” Phys. Rev. B 84, 104527 (2011).
[Crossref]

Parigger, C. G.

Park, J. I.

J. Li, G. S. Paraoanu, K. Cicak, F. Altomare, J. I. Park, R. W. Simmonds, M. A. Sillanpää, and P. J. Hakonen, “Decoherence, Autler-Townes effect, and dark states in two-tone driving of a three-level superconducting system,” Phys. Rev. B 84, 104527 (2011).
[Crossref]

Parkins, A. S.

A. S. Parkins, P. Marte, P. Zoller, O. Carnal, and H. J. Kimble, “Quantum-state mapping between multilevel atoms and cavity light fields,” Phys. Rev. A 51, 1578–1596 (1995).
[Crossref]

A. S. Parkins, P. Marte, P. Zoller, and H. J. Kimble, “Synthesis of arbitrary quantum states via adiabatic transfer of Zeeman coherence,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 71, 3095–3098 (1993).
[Crossref]

Pashayan-Leroy, Y.

G. G. Grigoryan, G. Nikoghosyan, T. Halfmann, Y. Pashayan-Leroy, C. Leroy, and S. Guérin, “Theory of the bright-state stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 033402 (2009).
[Crossref]

Pashkin, Y. A.

Y. Nakamura, Y. A. Pashkin, and J. S. Tsai, “Coherent control of macroscopic quantum states in a single-cooper-pair box,” Nature 398, 786–788 (1999).
[Crossref]

Paspalakis, E.

E. Paspalakis, “Adiabatic three-waveguide directional coupler,” Opt. Commun. 258, 30–34 (2006).
[Crossref]

E. Paspalakis, C. H. Keitel, and P. L. Knight, “Fluorescence control through multiple interference mechanisms,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4868–4877 (1998).
[Crossref]

E. Paspalakis and P. L. Knight, “Phase control of spontaneous emission,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 81, 293–296 (1998).
[Crossref]

E. Paspalakis, M. Protopapas, and P. L. Knight, “Population transfer through the continuum with temporally delayed chirped laser pulses,” Opt. Commun. 142, 34–40 (1997).
[Crossref]

Patel, V.

J. R. Friedman, V. Patel, W. Chen, S. K. Tolpygo, and J. E. Lukens, “Quantum superposition of distinct macroscopic states,” Nature 406, 43–46 (2000).
[Crossref]

Pearson, C. E.

G. F. Carrier and C. E. Pearson, Ordinary Differential Equations (Blaisdell, 1968).

Pedregosa-Gutierrez, J.

M. R. Kamsap, T. B. Ekogo, J. Pedregosa-Gutierrez, G. Hagel, M. Houssin, O. Morizot, M. Knoop, and C. Champenois, “Coherent internal state transfer by a three-photon STIRAP-like scheme for many-atom samples,” J. Phys. B 46, 145502 (2013).
[Crossref]

Peirce, A. P.

M. A. Dahleh, A. P. Peirce, and H. Rabitz, “Optimal control of uncertain quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 42, 1065–1079 (1990).
[Crossref]

Pellegrini, P.

E. Kuznetsova, P. Pellegrini, R. Côté, M. D. Lukin, and S. F. Yelin, “Formation of deeply bound molecules via chainwise adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 78, 021402 (2008).
[Crossref]

Peral, E.

Perreault, W. E.

W. E. Perreault, N. Mukherjee, and R. N. Zare, “Preparation of a selected high vibrational energy level of isolated molecules,” J. Chem. Phys. 145, 154203 (2016).

Pershan, P. S.

J. A. Armstrong, N. Bloembergen, J. Ducuing, and P. S. Pershan, “Interactions between light waves in a nonlinear dielectric,” Phys. Rev. 127, 1918–1939 (1962).
[Crossref]

Petrosyan, D.

D. Petrosyan, G. M. Nikolopoulos, and P. Lambropoulos, “State transfer in static and dynamic spin chains with disorder,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 042307 (2010).
[Crossref]

D. Petrosyan and P. Lambropoulos, “Coherent population transfer in a chain of tunnel coupled quantum dots,” Opt. Commun. 264, 419–425 (2006).
[Crossref]

P. Lambropoulos and D. Petrosyan, Quantum Optics and Quantum Information: An Introduction (Springer, 2006).

Petrova, D.

T. Jamieson, R. Bakhshi, D. Petrova, R. Pocock, M. Imani, and A. M. Seifalian, “Biological applications of quantum dots,” Biomaterials 28, 4717–4732 (2007).
[Crossref]

Phillips, W. D.

W. D. Phillips, “Nobel lecture: laser cooling and trapping of neutral atoms,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 721–741 (1998).
[Crossref]

L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Momentum transfer in laser-cooled cesium by adiabatic passage in a light field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 72, 997–1000 (1994).
[Crossref]

L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Coherent transfer of photon momentum by adiabatic following in a dark state,” Quantum Opt. 6, 387–389 (1994).
[Crossref]

Phoenix, S. J. D.

S. J. D. Phoenix, “Counter-rotating contributions in the Jaynes-Cummings model,” J. Mod. Opt. 36, 1163–1172 (1989).
[Crossref]

Pierce, A. P.

A. P. Pierce, M. A. Dahleh, and H. Rabitz, “Optimal control of quantum-mechanical systems: existence, numerical approximation, and applications,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 4950–4964 (1988).
[Crossref]

Plenio, M. B.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

V. Vedral, M. B. Plenio, M. A. Rippin, and P. L. Knight, “Quantifying entanglement,” Phys. Rev. Lett.,  78, 2275–2279 (1997).

Pocock, R.

T. Jamieson, R. Bakhshi, D. Petrova, R. Pocock, M. Imani, and A. M. Seifalian, “Biological applications of quantum dots,” Biomaterials 28, 4717–4732 (2007).
[Crossref]

Polzik, E.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Popescu, S.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Powell, M. J.

M. J. Powell, “A fast algorithm for nonlinearly constrained optimization calculations,” in Numerical Analysis (Springer, 1978), pp. 144–157.

Präkelt, A.

A. Präkelt, M. Wollenhaupt, A. Assion, C. Horn, C. Sarpe-Tudoran, M. Winter, and T. Baumert, “Compact, robust, and flexible setup for femtosecond pulse shaping,” Rev. Sci. Instrum. 74, 4950–4953 (2003).
[Crossref]

Prentiss, M.

J. Lawall and M. Prentiss, “Demonstration of a novel atomic beam splitter,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 72, 993–996 (1994).
[Crossref]

Prentiss, M. G.

Pritchard, J. D.

A. Cronin, J. Schmiedmayer, and J. D. Pritchard, “Optics and interferometry with atoms and molecules,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 81, 1051–1129 (2009).
[Crossref]

Protopapas, M.

E. Paspalakis, M. Protopapas, and P. L. Knight, “Population transfer through the continuum with temporally delayed chirped laser pulses,” Opt. Commun. 142, 34–40 (1997).
[Crossref]

Puri, R. R.

R. R. Puri, Mathematical Methods of Quantum Optics (Springer, 2001).

Qi, C. X.

A. Homaifar, C. X. Qi, and S. H. Lai, “Constrained optimization via genetic algorithms,” Simulation 62, 242–253 (1994).
[Crossref]

Qian, J.

J. Qian, W. Zhang, and H. Y. Ling, “Achieving ground-state polar molecular condensates by chainwise atom-molecule adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 013632 (2010).
[Crossref]

Qian, L.

D. Bera, L. Qian, T. K. Tseng, and P. H. Holloway, “Quantum dots and their multimodal applications: A review,” Materials 3, 2260–2345 (2010).
[Crossref]

Quéméner, G.

S. Ospelkaus, K.-K. Ni, G. Quéméner, B. Neyenhuis, D. Wang, M. H. G. de Miranda, J. L. Bohn, J. Ye, and D. S. Jin, “Controlling the hyperfine state of Rovibronic ground-state polar molecules,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 104, 030402 (2010).
[Crossref]

Rabi, I. I.

I. I. Rabi, “Space quantization in a gyrating magnetic field,” Phys. Rev. 51, 652–654 (1937).
[Crossref]

Rabitz, H.

C. Brif, R. Chakrabarti, and H. Rabitz, “Control of quantum phenomena: past, present and future,” New J. Phys. 12, 075008 (2010).
[Crossref]

H. Rabitz, “Optimal control of quantum systems: origins of inherent robustness to control field fluctuations,” Phys. Rev. A 66, 063405 (2002).
[Crossref]

H. Rabitz and W. Zhu, “Optimal control of molecular motion: design, implementation, and inversion,” Acc. Chem. Res. 33, 572–578 (2000).
[Crossref]

R. S. Judson and H. Rabitz, “Teaching lasers to control molecules,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 68, 1500–1503 (1992).
[Crossref]

S. Shi and H. Rabitz, “Quantum mechanical optimal control of physical observables in microsystems,” J. Chem. Phys. 92364–376 (1990).

M. A. Dahleh, A. P. Peirce, and H. Rabitz, “Optimal control of uncertain quantum systems,” Phys. Rev. A 42, 1065–1079 (1990).
[Crossref]

A. P. Pierce, M. A. Dahleh, and H. Rabitz, “Optimal control of quantum-mechanical systems: existence, numerical approximation, and applications,” Phys. Rev. A 37, 4950–4964 (1988).
[Crossref]

Racah, G.

G. Racah, “Theory of complex spectra. III,” Phys. Rev. 63, 367–382 (1943).
[Crossref]

G. Racah, “Theory of complex spectra. I,” Phys. Rev. 61, 186–197 (1942).
[Crossref]

G. Racah, “Theory of complex spectra. II,” Phys. Rev. 62, 438–462 (1942).
[Crossref]

U. Fano and G. Racah, Irreducible Tensorial Sets (Academic, 1963).

Raczynski, A.

K. Słowik, A. Raczyński, J. Zaremba, and S. Zielińska-Kaniasty, “Light storage in a tripod medium as a basis for logical operations,” Opt. Commun. 285, 2392–2396 (2012).
[Crossref]

Radmore, P. M.

S. M. Barnett and P. M. Radmore, Methods in Quantum Optics (Oxford University, 2002).

Radonjic, M.

M. Radonjić and B. M. Jelenković, “Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage among degenerate-level manifolds,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 043416 (2009).
[Crossref]

Raimond, J.-M.

J.-M. Raimond, M. Brune, and S. Haroche, “Manipulating quantum entanglement with atoms and photons in a cavity,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 73, 565–582 (2001).
[Crossref]

J.-M. Raimond, Exploring the Quantum (Oxford University, 2006).

Raman, C. V.

C. V. Raman and K. S. Krishnan, “The optical analogue of the Compton effect,” Nature 121, 377–378 (1928).

C. V. Raman, “A new radiation,” Indian J. Phys. 2, 387–398 (1928).

C. V. Raman, “A new type of secondary radiation,” Nature 121, 501–502 (1928).
[Crossref]

C. V. Raman and K. S. Krishnan, “A theory of light-scattering in liquids,” Philos. Mag. 5, 498–512 (1928).
[Crossref]

Rangelov, A. A.

W. Huang, B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, and E. Kyoseva, “Adiabatic following for a three-state quantum system,” Opt. Commun. 382, 196–200 (2017).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, A. A. Rangelov, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in physics, chemistry and beyond,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 89, 015006 (2017).
[Crossref]

H. Oukraou, L. Vittadello, V. Coda, C. Ciret, M. Alonzo, A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and G. Montemezzani, “Control of adiabatic light transfer in coupled waveguides with longitudinally varying detuning,” Phys. Rev. A 95, 023811 (2017).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Piecewise adiabatic passage in polarization optics: An achromatic polarization rotator,” Adv. Chem. Phys. 1598, 219–234 (2015) (in press).

H. S. Hristova, A. A. Rangelov, S. Guérin, and N. V. Vitanov, “Adiabatic evolution of light in an array of parallel curved optical waveguides,” Phys. Rev. A 88, 013808 (2013).
[Crossref]

C. Ciret, V. Coda, A. A. Rangelov, D. N. Neshev, and G. Montemezzani, “Planar achromatic multiple beam splitter by adiabatic light transfer,” Opt. Lett. 37, 3789–3791 (2012).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov and N. V. Vitanov, “Achromatic multiple beam splitting by adiabatic passage in optical waveguides,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 055803 (2012).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov and N. V. Vitanov, “Broadband sum-frequency generation using cascaded processes via chirped quasi-phase-matching,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 045804 (2012).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov and N. V. Vitanov, “Complete population transfer in a three-state quantum system by a train of pairs of coincident pulses,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 043407 (2012).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage with temporal pulselets,” Opt. Commun. 283, 730–736 (2010).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, U. Gaubatz, and N. V. Vitanov, “Broadband adiabatic conversion of light polarization,” Opt. Commun. 283, 3891–3894 (2010).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Rapid adiabatic passage without level crossing,” Opt. Commun. 283, 1346–1350 (2010).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage analogues in classical physics,” J. Phys. B 42, 055504 (2009).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Population trapping in three-state quantum loops revealed by Householder reflections,” Phys. Rev. A 77, 033404 (2008).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Extension of the Morris-Shore transformation to multilevel ladders,” Phys. Rev. A 74, 053402 (2006).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, and K. Bergmann, “Stark-shift-chirped rapid-adiabatic-passage technique among three states,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 053403 (2005).
[Crossref]

Rasettum, N.

P. Zanardi and N. Rasettum, “Noiseless quantum codes,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 79, 3306–3309 (1997).
[Crossref]

Rauschenbeutel, A.

A. Rauschenbeutel, “Step-by-step engineered multiparticle entanglement,” Science 288, 2024–2028 (2000).
[Crossref]

Raymer, M. G.

M. G. Raymer and J. Mostowski, “Stimulated Raman scattering: unified treatment of spontaneous initiation and spatial propagation,” Phys. Rev. A 24, 1980–1993 (1981).
[Crossref]

Reichsöllner, L.

T. Takekoshi, L. Reichsöllner, A. Schindewolf, J. M. Hutson, C. R. Le Sueur, O. Dulieu, F. Ferlaino, R. Grimm, and H.-C. Nägerl, “Ultracold dense samples of dipolar RbCs molecules in the rovibrational and hyperfine ground state,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 205301 (2014).
[Crossref]

Reiss, T. O.

T. E. Skinner, T. O. Reiss, B. Luy, N. Khaneja, and S. J. Glaser, “Reducing the duration of broadband excitation pulses using optimal control with limited RF amplitude,” J. Magn. Reson. 167, 68–74 (2004).
[Crossref]

Rella, C.

D. Maas, C. Rella, P. Antoine, E. Toma, and L. Noordam, “Population transfer via adiabatic passage in the rubidium quantum ladder system,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 1374–1381 (1999).
[Crossref]

Rempe, G.

M. Hennrich, A. Kuhn, and G. Rempe, “Transition from antibunching to bunching in cavity QED,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 94, 053604 (2005).
[Crossref]

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

T. Legero, T. Wilk, M. Hennrich, G. Rempe, and A. Kuhn, “Quantum beat of two single photons,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 93, 070503 (2004).
[Crossref]

A. Kuhn, M. Hennrich, and G. Rempe, “Deterministic single-photon source for distributed quantum networking,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 89, 067901 (2002).
[Crossref]

M. Hennrich, T. Legero, A. Kuhn, and G. Rempe, “Vacuum-stimulated Raman scattering based on adiabatic passage in a high-finesse optical cavity,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 85, 4872–4875 (2000).
[Crossref]

Reynaud, S.

C. Cohen-Tannoudji and S. Reynaud, “Dressed-atom description of resonance fluorescence and absorption spectra of a multi-level atom in an intense laser beam,” J. Phys. B 10, 345–363 (1977).
[Crossref]

Rice, S. A.

S. Masuda and S. A. Rice, “Selective vibrational population transfer using combined STIRAP and counter-diabatic fields,” J. Phys. Chem. C 119, 14513–14523 (2015).

S. Masuda and S. A. Rice, “Rapid coherent control of population transfer in lattice systems,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 033621 (2014).
[Crossref]

M. Demirplak and S. A. Rice, “Assisted adiabatic passage revisited,” J. Phys. Chem. B 109, 6838–6844 (2005).
[Crossref]

M. N. Kobrak and S. A. Rice, “Equivalence of the Kobrak–Rice photoselective adiabatic passage and the Brumer-Shapiro strong field methods for control of product formation in a reaction,” J. Chem. Phys. 109, 1–10 (1998).
[Crossref]

M. N. Kobrak and S. A. Rice, “Coherent population transfer via a resonant intermediate state: the breakdown of adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 57, 1158–1163 (1998).
[Crossref]

M. N. Kobrak and S. A. Rice, “Selective photochemistry via adiabatic passage: an extension of stimulated Raman adiabatic passage for degenerate final states,” Phys. Rev. A 57, 2885–2894 (1998).
[Crossref]

Rickes, T.

T. Halfmann, T. Rickes, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Lineshapes in coherent two-photon excitation,” Opt. Commun. 220, 353–359 (2003).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, N. V. Vitanov, B. W. Shore, T. Rickes, and K. Bergmann, “Creation of coherent superpositions using Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage,” Opt. Commun. 204, 413–423 (2002).
[Crossref]

T. Rickes, L. P. Yatsenko, S. Steuerwald, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Efficient adiabatic population transfer by two-photon excitation assisted by a laser-induced Stark shift,” J. Chem. Phys. 113, 534–546 (2000).
[Crossref]

Ridolfo, A.

G. Falci, P. G. Di Stefano, A. Ridolfo, G. S. Paraoanu, and E. Paladino, “Advances in quantum control of three-level superconducting circuit architectures,” Fortschr. Phys. 10, 1–10 (2016).

Riera, A.

J. I. Latorre and A. Riera, “A short review on entanglement in quantum spin systems,” J. Phys. A 42, 504002 (2009).
[Crossref]

Riis, E.

M. Kasevich, D. S. Weiss, E. Riis, K. Moler, S. Kasapi, and S. Chu, “Atomic velocity selection using stimulated Raman transitions,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 66, 2297–2300 (1991).
[Crossref]

Rippin, M. A.

V. Vedral, M. B. Plenio, M. A. Rippin, and P. L. Knight, “Quantifying entanglement,” Phys. Rev. Lett.,  78, 2275–2279 (1997).

Robinson, E. J.

N. Lu, E. J. Robinson, and P. R. Herman, “Coherent dynamics and complete population depletion of a special three-level quantum system,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 5088–5098 (1987).
[Crossref]

Rolston, S. L.

L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Momentum transfer in laser-cooled cesium by adiabatic passage in a light field,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 72, 997–1000 (1994).
[Crossref]

L. S. Goldner, C. Gerz, R. J. C. Spreeuw, S. L. Rolston, C. I. Westbrook, W. D. Phillips, P. Marte, and P. Zoller, “Coherent transfer of photon momentum by adiabatic following in a dark state,” Quantum Opt. 6, 387–389 (1994).
[Crossref]

Romanenko, V. I.

B. W. Shore, M. V. Gromovyi, L. P. Yatsenko, and V. I. Romanenko, “Simple mechanical analogs of rapid adiabatic passage in atomic physics,” Am. J. Phys. 77, 1183–1194 (2009).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, V. I. Romanenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, and K. Bergmann, “Two-photon excitation of the metastable 2s state of hydrogen assisted by laser-induced chirped Stark shifts and continuum structure,” Phys. Rev. A 71, 033418 (2005).
[Crossref]

V. I. Romanenko and L. P. Yatsenko, “Adiabatic population transfer in the three-level Λ-system: two-photon lineshape,” Opt. Commun. 140, 231–236 (1997).
[Crossref]

M. V. Danileiko, V. I. Romanenko, and L. P. Yatsenko, “Landau–Zener transitions and population transfer in a three-level system driven by two delayed laser pulses,” Opt. Commun. 109, 462–466 (1994).
[Crossref]

Roos, C. F.

H. Häffner, C. F. Roos, and R. Blatt, “Quantum computing with trapped ions,” Phys. Rep. 469, 155–203 (2008).
[Crossref]

Rosenwaks, S.

B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, J. Oreg, and S. Rosenwaks, “Multilevel adiabatic population transfer,” Phys. Rev. A 44, 7442–7447 (1991).
[Crossref]

Rowe, M. A.

D. Kielpinski, V. Meyer, M. A. Rowe, C. A. Sackett, W. M. Itano, C. Monroe, and D. J. Wineland, “A decoherence-free quantum memory using trapped ions,” Science 291, 1013–1015 (2001).
[Crossref]

Rudecki, P.

U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, S. Schiemann, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer between molecular vibrational levels by stimulated Raman scattering with partially overlapping laser fields. A new concept and experimental results,” J. Chem. Phys. 92, 5363–5376 (1990).
[Crossref]

U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, M. Becker, S. Schiemann, K. Külz, and K. Bergmann, “Population switching between vibrational levels in molecular beams,” Chem. Phys. Lett. 149, 463–468 (1988).
[Crossref]

Ruschhaupt, A.

A. Ruschhaupt and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity in two-level systems: control and optimization,” J. Mod. Opt. 61, 828–832 (2013).
[Crossref]

E. Torrontegui, S. Martínez-Garaot, A. Ruschhaupt, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcuts to adiabaticity: fast-forward approach,” Phys. Rev. A 86, 013601 (2012).
[Crossref]

X. Chen, I. Lizuain, A. Ruschhaupt, D. Guéry-Odelin, and J. G. Muga, “Shortcut to adiabatic passage in two- and three-level atoms,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 105, 123003 (2010).
[Crossref]

Ruseckas, J.

J. Ruseckas, G. Juzeliūnas, P. Öhberg, and M. Fleischhauer, “Non-Abelian gauge potentials for ultracold atoms with degenerate dark states,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 010404 (2005).
[Crossref]

Rybicki, G. B.

G. B. Rybicki and A. P. Lightman, Radiative Processes in Astrophysics (Wiley-Interscience, 1979).

Sackett, C. A.

D. Kielpinski, V. Meyer, M. A. Rowe, C. A. Sackett, W. M. Itano, C. Monroe, and D. J. Wineland, “A decoherence-free quantum memory using trapped ions,” Science 291, 1013–1015 (2001).
[Crossref]

Salamon, P.

H. Yuan, C. P. Koch, P. Salamon, and D. J. Tannor, “Controllability on relaxation-free subspaces: On the relationship between adiabatic population transfer and optimal control,” Phys. Rev. A 85, 033417 (2012).
[Crossref]

Sangouard, N.

N. Sangouard, L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, and T. Halfmann, “Preparation of nondegenerate coherent superpositions in a three-state ladder system assisted by Stark shifts,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 043415 (2006).
[Crossref]

M. Amniat-Talab, S. Guérin, N. Sangouard, and H. R. Jauslin, “Atom-photon, atom-atom, and photon-photon entanglement preparation by fractional adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 71, 023805 (2005).
[Crossref]

N. Sangouard, S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, and T. Halfmann, “Preparation of coherent superposition in a three-state system by adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 1–9 (2004).
[Crossref]

Santamaria, J.

I. R. Solá, V. S. Malinovsky, B. Chang, J. Santamaria, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in three-level Λ systems by chirped laser pulses: minimization of the intermediate-level population,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 4494–4501 (1999).
[Crossref]

Sargent, E. H.

C. R. Kagan, E. Lifshitz, E. H. Sargent, and D. V. Talapin, “Building devices from colloidal quantum dots,” Science 353, aac5523 (2016).

Sargent, M.

M. Sargent, M. O. Scully, and W. E. Lamb, Laser Physics (Addison-Wesley, 1974).

Sargent, M. I.

P. Meystre and M. I. Sargent, Elements of Quantum Optics, 3rd ed. (Springer-Verlag, 1999).

Sarma, A. K.

P. Kumar, P. Kumar, and A. K. Sarma, “Simultaneous control of optical dipole force and coherence creation by super-Gaussian femtosecond pulses in Λ-like atomic systems,” Phys. Rev. A 89, 033422 (2014).
[Crossref]

Sarpe, C.

K. Jens, M. Wollenhaupt, T. Bayer, C. Sarpe, and T. Baumert, “Zeptosecond precision pulse shaping,” Opt. Express 19, 167–175 (2011).

Sarpe-Tudoran, C.

A. Präkelt, M. Wollenhaupt, A. Assion, C. Horn, C. Sarpe-Tudoran, M. Winter, and T. Baumert, “Compact, robust, and flexible setup for femtosecond pulse shaping,” Rev. Sci. Instrum. 74, 4950–4953 (2003).
[Crossref]

Šašura, M.

M. Šašura and V. Bužek, “Tutorial review. Cold trapped ions as quantum information processors,” J. Mod. Opt. 49, 1593–1647 (2002).
[Crossref]

Satchler, G. R.

D. M. Brink and G. R. Satchler, Angular Momentum (Clarendon, 1968).

Scala, M.

M. Scala, B. Militello, A. Messina, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in an open quantum system: master equation approach,” Phys. Rev. A 81, 053847 (2010).
[Crossref]

Schadee, A.

A. Schadee, “Theory of first rotational lines in transitions of diatomic molecules,” Astron. Astrophys. 41, 203–212 (1975).

A. Schadee, “On the normalization of the Hönl-London factors,” Astron. Astrophys. 14, 401–404 (1971).

Schiemann, S.

B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Kuhn, S. Schiemann, J. Oreg, and J. H. Eberly, “Laser-induced population transfer in multistate systems: a comparative study,” Phys. Rev. A 45, 5297–5300 (1992).
[Crossref]

A. Kuhn, G. W. Coulston, G. Z. He, S. Schiemann, K. Bergmann, and W. S. Warren, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses using spectrally broad light,” J. Chem. Phys. 96, 4215–4223 (1992).
[Crossref]

U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, S. Schiemann, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer between molecular vibrational levels by stimulated Raman scattering with partially overlapping laser fields. A new concept and experimental results,” J. Chem. Phys. 92, 5363–5376 (1990).
[Crossref]

G.-Z. He, A. Kuhn, S. Schiemann, and K. Bergmann, “Population transfer by stimulated Raman scattering with delayed pulses and by the stimulated-emission pumping method: a comparative study,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 7, 1960–1969 (1990).
[Crossref]

U. Gaubatz, P. Rudecki, M. Becker, S. Schiemann, K. Külz, and K. Bergmann, “Population switching between vibrational levels in molecular beams,” Chem. Phys. Lett. 149, 463–468 (1988).
[Crossref]

Schindewolf, A.

T. Takekoshi, L. Reichsöllner, A. Schindewolf, J. M. Hutson, C. R. Le Sueur, O. Dulieu, F. Ferlaino, R. Grimm, and H.-C. Nägerl, “Ultracold dense samples of dipolar RbCs molecules in the rovibrational and hyperfine ground state,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 205301 (2014).
[Crossref]

Schleich, W. P.

W. P. Schleich, Quantum Optics in Phase Space (Wiley-VCH, 2001).

Schmiedmayer, J.

A. Cronin, J. Schmiedmayer, and J. D. Pritchard, “Optics and interferometry with atoms and molecules,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 81, 1051–1129 (2009).
[Crossref]

Schneider, U.

F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, U. Schneider, C. Barthel, and K. Bergmann, “Amplitude and phase control of a coherent superposition of degenerate states. II. Experiment,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 043407 (2007).
[Crossref]

M. Heinz, F. Vewinger, U. Schneider, L. P. Yatsenko, and K. Bergmann, “Phase control in a coherent superposition of degenerate quantum states through frequency control,” Opt. Commun. 264, 248–255 (2006).
[Crossref]

Schneider, V.

V. Schneider, “Wavelength insensitive asymmetric triple mode evolution couplers,” Opt. Commun. 187, 129–133 (2001).
[Crossref]

Schneider, V. M.

V. M. Schneider and H. T. Hattori, “High-tolerance power splitting in symmetric triple-mode evolution couplers,” IEEE J. Quantum Electron. 36, 923–930 (2000).
[Crossref]

Schoelkopf, R. J.

M. H. Devoret and R. J. Schoelkopf, “Superconducting circuits for quantum computation: an outlook,” Science 339, 1169–1174 (2013).
[Crossref]

Schouten, R. N.

C. H. van der Wal, A. C. J. ter Haar, F. K. Wilhelm, R. N. Schouten, C. J. P. M. Harmans, T. P. Orlando, S. Lloyd, and J. E. Mooij, “Quantum superposition of macroscopic persistent-current states,” Science 290, 773–777 (2000).
[Crossref]

Schraft, D.

D. Schraft, M. Hain, N. Lorenz, and T. Halfmann, “Stopped light at high storage efficiency in a Pr3+:Y2SiO5 crystal,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 116, 073602 (2016).
[Crossref]

G. T. Genov, D. Schraft, T. Halfmann, and N. V. Vitanov, “Correction of arbitrary field errors in population inversion of quantum systems by universal composite pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 113, 043001 (2014).
[Crossref]

D. Schraft, T. Halfmann, G. Genov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Experimental demonstration of composite adiabatic passage,” Phys. Rev. A 88, 063406 (2013).
[Crossref]

Schrödinger, E.

E. Schrödinger, “Discussion of probability relations between separated systems,” Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 31, 555–563 (1935).
[Crossref]

Schumacher, B.

B. Schumacher, “Quantum coding,” Phys. Rev. A 51, 2738–2747 (1995).
[Crossref]

Schumacher, E.

P. Meystre, E. Schumacher, and S. Stenholm, “Atomic beam deflection in a quantum field,” Opt. Commun. 73, 443–447 (1989).
[Crossref]

Schweighofer, M.-G.

S. Feneuille and M.-G. Schweighofer, “Conditions for the observation of the Autler–Townes effect in a two step resonance experiment,” J. Phys. 36, 781–786 (1975).
[Crossref]

Schwinger, J.

J. Schwinger, “On angular momentum,” in Quantum Theory of Angular Momentum, L. C. Biedenharn and H. van Dam, eds. (Academic, 1965), pp. 229–279.

Scully, M. O.

M. Fleischhauer, C. H. Keitel, L. M. Narducci, M. O. Scully, S. Y. Zhu, and M. S. Zubairy, “Lasing without inversion: interference of radiatively broadened resonances in dressed atomic systems,” Opt. Commun. 94, 599–608 (1992).
[Crossref]

M. O. Scully and M. S. Zubairy, “Theory of the quantum-beat laser,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 752–758 (1987).
[Crossref]

M. O. Scully and M. S. Zubairy, Quantum Optics (Cambridge University, 1997).

M. Sargent, M. O. Scully, and W. E. Lamb, Laser Physics (Addison-Wesley, 1974).

Seideman, T.

T. Seideman, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent radiative control of unimolecular reactions: selective bond breaking with picosecond pulses,” J. Chem. Phys. 90, 7132–7136 (1989).
[Crossref]

Seifalian, A. M.

T. Jamieson, R. Bakhshi, D. Petrova, R. Pocock, M. Imani, and A. M. Seifalian, “Biological applications of quantum dots,” Biomaterials 28, 4717–4732 (2007).
[Crossref]

Seinfeld, J. H.

L. Lapidus and J. H. Seinfeld, Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (Academic, 1971).

Sellars, M. J.

J. J. Longdell, E. Fraval, M. J. Sellars, and N. B. Manson, “Stopped light with storage times greater than one second using electromagnetically induced transparency in a solid,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 95, 063601 (2005).
[Crossref]

Sengstock, K.

K. Bongs and K. Sengstock, “Physics with coherent matter waves,” Rep. Prog. Phys. 67, 907–963 (2004).
[Crossref]

Sergienko, A.

P. Zoller, T. Beth, D. Binosi, R. Blatt, H. J. Briegel, D. Bruss, T. Calarco, J. I. Cirac, D. Deutsch, J. Eisert, A. Ekert, C. Fabre, N. Gisin, P. Grangiere, M. Grassl, S. Haroche, A. Imamoğlu, A. Karlson, J. Kempe, L. Kouwenhoven, S. Kröll, G. Leuchs, M. Lewenstein, D. Loss, N. Lütkenhaus, S. Massar, J. E. Mooij, M. B. Plenio, E. Polzik, S. Popescu, G. Rempe, A. Sergienko, D. Suter, J. Twamley, G. Wendin, R. Werner, A. Winter, J. Wrachtrup, and A. Zeilinger, “Quantum information processing and communication,” Eur. Phys. J. D 36, 203–228 (2005).
[Crossref]

Seto, R.

H. Kuratsuji, R. Botet, and R. Seto, “Electromagnetic gyration:–Hamiltonian dynamics of the Stokes parameters–,” Prog. Theor. Phys. 117, 195–217 (2007).
[Crossref]

Shahriar, M. S.

B. S. Ham, P. R. Hemmer, and M. S. Shahriar, “Efficient electromagnetically induced transparency in a rare-earth doped crystal,” Opt. Commun. 144, 227–230 (1997).
[Crossref]

Shampine, L. F.

L. F. Shampine and C. W. Gear, “A user’s view of solving stiff ordinary differential equations,” SIAM Rev. 21, 1–17 (1979).
[Crossref]

L. F. Shampine, Numerical Solution of Ordinary Differential Equations (Chapman and Hall, 1994).

Shapiro, E. A.

S. Zhdanovich, E. A. Shapiro, J. W. Hepburn, M. Shapiro, and V. Milner, “Complete transfer of populations from a single state to a preselected superposition of states using piecewise adiabatic passage: Experiment,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 063405 (2009).
[Crossref]

E. A. Shapiro, V. Milner, and M. Shapiro, “Complete transfer of populations from a single state to a preselected superposition of states using piecewise adiabatic passage: theory,” Phys. Rev. A 79, 023422 (2009).
[Crossref]

E. A. Shapiro, V. Milner, C. Menzel-Jones, and M. Shapiro, “Piecewise adiabatic passage with a series of femtosecond pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 033002 (2007).
[Crossref]

Shapiro, M.

C. P. Koch and M. Shapiro, “Coherent control of ultracold photoassociation,” Chem. Rev. 112, 4928–4948 (2012).
[Crossref]

E. A. Shapiro, V. Milner, and M. Shapiro, “Complete transfer of populations from a single state to a preselected superposition of states using piecewise adiabatic passage: theory,” Phys. Rev. A 79, 023422 (2009).
[Crossref]

S. Zhdanovich, E. A. Shapiro, J. W. Hepburn, M. Shapiro, and V. Milner, “Complete transfer of populations from a single state to a preselected superposition of states using piecewise adiabatic passage: Experiment,” Phys. Rev. A 80, 063405 (2009).
[Crossref]

E. A. Shapiro, V. Milner, C. Menzel-Jones, and M. Shapiro, “Piecewise adiabatic passage with a series of femtosecond pulses,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 99, 033002 (2007).
[Crossref]

M. Shapiro and P. Brumer, “Quantum control of bound and continuum state dynamics,” Phys. Rep. 425, 195–264 (2006).
[Crossref]

C. A. Arango, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent control of collision processes: penning versus associative ionization,” J. Chem. Phys. 125, 094315 (2006).
[Crossref]

C. A. Arango, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Cold atomic collisions: coherent control of penning and associative ionization,” Phys. Rev. Lett. 97, 193202 (2006).
[Crossref]

E. McCullough, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent control of refractive indices,” Phys. Rev. 61, 1–4 (2000).
[Crossref]

M. Shapiro and P. Brumer, “Quantum control of chemical reactions by laser light,” J. Chem. Soc. Faraday Trans. 93, 1263–1277 (1997).

T. Seideman, M. Shapiro, and P. Brumer, “Coherent radiative control of unimolecular reactions: selective bond breaking with picosecond pulses,” J. Chem. Phys. 90, 7132–7136 (1989).
[Crossref]

P. Brumer and M. Shapiro, “Coherent radiative control of unimolecular reactions. Three-dimensional results,” Faraday Discuss. Chem. Soc. 82, 177–185 (1986).
[Crossref]

M. Shapiro and P. Brumer, “Coherent control of direct and resonant unimolecular reactions,” in Methods of Laser Spectroscopy (Springer, 1986), pp. 239–247.

Shi, Q.

Q. Shi and E. Geva, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in the presence of dephasing,” J. Chem. Phys. 119, 11773–11787 (2003).
[Crossref]

Shi, S.

S. Shi and H. Rabitz, “Quantum mechanical optimal control of physical observables in microsystems,” J. Chem. Phys. 92364–376 (1990).

Shirley, J. H.

J. H. Shirley, “Solution of the Schrödinger equation with a Hamiltonian periodic in time,” Phys. Rev. 138, B979–B987 (1965).
[Crossref]

Shore, B. W.

W. Huang, B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, and E. Kyoseva, “Adiabatic following for a three-state quantum system,” Opt. Commun. 382, 196–200 (2017).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, A. A. Rangelov, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in physics, chemistry and beyond,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 89, 015006 (2017).
[Crossref]

K. Bergmann, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Perspective: Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage: The status after 25 years,” J. Chem. Phys. 142, 170901 (2015).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov and B. W. Shore, “Designer evolution of quantum systems by inverse engineering,” J. Phys. B 48, 174008 (2015).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Piecewise adiabatic passage in polarization optics: An achromatic polarization rotator,” Adv. Chem. Phys. 1598, 219–234 (2015) (in press).

B. W. Shore, “Pre-history of the concepts underlying stimulated Raman adiabatic passage (STIRAP),” Acta Phys. Slovaca 63, 361–481 (2013).

B. W. Shore, “Two-state behavior in N -state quantum systems: the Morris-Shore transformation reviewed,” J Mod. Opt. 61, 787–815 (2013).
[Crossref]

F. Vewinger, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Superpositions of degenerate quantum states: Preparation and detection in atomic beams,” Adv. At. Mol. Opt. Phys. 58, 113–172 (2010).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, A. A. Rangelov, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage with temporal pulselets,” Opt. Commun. 283, 730–736 (2010).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Rapid adiabatic passage without level crossing,” Opt. Commun. 283, 1346–1350 (2010).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, M. V. Gromovyi, L. P. Yatsenko, and V. I. Romanenko, “Simple mechanical analogs of rapid adiabatic passage in atomic physics,” Am. J. Phys. 77, 1183–1194 (2009).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage analogues in classical physics,” J. Phys. B 42, 055504 (2009).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, “Coherent manipulations of atoms using laser light,” Acta Phys. Slovaca 58, 243–486 (2008).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Population trapping in three-state quantum loops revealed by Householder reflections,” Phys. Rev. A 77, 033404 (2008).
[Crossref]

F. Vewinger, M. Heinz, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Amplitude and phase control of a coherent superposition of degenerate states. I. Theory,” Phys. Rev. A 75, 043406 (2007).
[Crossref]

E. S. Kyoseva, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Physical realization of coupled Hilbert-space mirrors for quantum-state engineering,” J. Mod. Opt. 54, 2237–2257 (2007).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov and B. W. Shore, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage in a two-state system,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 053402 (2006).
[Crossref]

N. Sangouard, L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, and T. Halfmann, “Preparation of nondegenerate coherent superpositions in a three-state ladder system assisted by Stark shifts,” Phys. Rev. A 73, 043415 (2006).
[Crossref]

R. Garcia-Fernandez, B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Ekers, and L. P. Yatsenko, “Experimental control of excitation flow produced by delayed pulses in a ladder of molecular levels,” J. Chem. Phys. 125, 014301 (2006).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, and B. W. Shore, “Extension of the Morris-Shore transformation to multilevel ladders,” Phys. Rev. A 74, 053402 (2006).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore and P. L. Knight, “Surprises in physics: overturning conventional wisdom,” Laser Phys. 15, 1448–1457 (2005).

L. P. Yatsenko, V. I. Romanenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, and K. Bergmann, “Two-photon excitation of the metastable 2s state of hydrogen assisted by laser-induced chirped Stark shifts and continuum structure,” Phys. Rev. A 71, 033418 (2005).
[Crossref]

A. A. Rangelov, N. V. Vitanov, L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, and K. Bergmann, “Stark-shift-chirped rapid-adiabatic-passage technique among three states,” Phys. Rev. A 72, 053403 (2005).
[Crossref]

Z. Kis, A. Karpati, B. W. Shore, and N. V. Vitanov, “Stimulated Raman adiabatic passage among degenerate-level manifolds,” Phys. Rev. A 70, 053405 (2004).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, N. V. Vitanov, B. W. Shore, T. Rickes, and K. Bergmann, “Creation of coherent superpositions using Stark-chirped rapid adiabatic passage,” Opt. Commun. 204, 413–423 (2002).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Laser-induced population transfer by adiabatic passage techniques,” Annu. Rev. Phys. Chem. 52, 763–809 (2001).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, N. V. Vitanov, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent properties of a tripod system coupled via a continuum,” Phys. Rev. A 61, 043408 (2000).
[Crossref]

T. Rickes, L. P. Yatsenko, S. Steuerwald, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, N. V. Vitanov, and K. Bergmann, “Efficient adiabatic population transfer by two-photon excitation assisted by a laser-induced Stark shift,” J. Chem. Phys. 113, 534–546 (2000).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, S. Guérin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Efficient population transfer by delayed pulses despite coupling ambiguity,” Eur. Phys. J. D 8, 443–449 (2000).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, B. W. Shore, T. Halfmann, K. Bergmann, and A. Vardi, “Source of metastable H(2s) atoms using the Stark chirped rapid-adiabatic-passage technique,” Phys. Rev. A 60, R4237–R4240 (1999).
[Crossref]

M. Fleischhauer, R. Unanyan, K. Bergmann, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent population transfer beyond the adiabatic limit: generalized matched pulses and higher-order trapping state,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 3751–3760 (1999).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Laser-driven population transfer in four-level atoms: consequences of non-Abelian geometrical adiabatic phase factors,” Phys. Rev. A 59, 2910–2919 (1999).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, K.-A. Suominen, and B. W. Shore, “Creation of coherent atomic superpositions by fractional stimulated Raman adiabatic passage,” J. Phys. B 32, 4535–4546 (1999).
[Crossref]

S. Guérin, L. P. Yatsenko, T. Halfmann, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated hyper-Raman adiabatic passage. II. Static compensation of dynamic Stark shifts,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4691–4704 (1998).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, M. Fleischhauer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Robust creation and phase-sensitive probing of superposition states via stimulated Raman adiabatic passage (STIRAP) with degenerate dark states,” Opt. Commun. 155, 144–154 (1998).
[Crossref]

N. V. Vitanov, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Adiabatic population transfer in multistate chains via dressed intermediate states,” Eur. Phys. J. D 4, 15–29 (1998).
[Crossref]

K. Bergmann, H. Theuer, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent population transfer among quantum states of atoms and molecules,” Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 1003–1025 (1998).
[Crossref]

L. P. Yatsenko, S. Guérin, T. Halfmann, K. Böhmer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Stimulated hyper-Raman adiabatic passage. I. The basic problem and examples,” Phys. Rev. A 58, 4683–4690 (1998).
[Crossref]

M. P. Fewell, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer among three states: Full algebraic solutions and the relevance of non adiabatic processes to transfer by delayed pulses,” Aust. J. Phys. 50, 281–308 (1997).
[Crossref]

R. G. Unanyan, L. P. Yatsenko, K. Bergmann, and B. W. Shore, “Laser-induced adiabatic atomic reorientation with control of diabatic losses,” Opt. Commun. 139, 48–54 (1997).
[Crossref]

J. Martin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. III. Experimental results,” Phys. Rev. A 54, 1556–1569 (1996).
[Crossref]

J. Martin, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. II. Algebraic analysis,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 583–593 (1995).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, J. Martin, M. P. Fewell, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in multilevel systems with magnetic sublevels. I. Numerical studies,” Phys. Rev. A 52, 566–582 (1995).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, “Examples of counter-intuitive physics,” Contemp. Phys. 36, 15–28 (1995).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore and P. L. Knight, “Topical review. The Jaynes–Cummings model,” J. Mod. Opt. 40, 1195–1238 (1993).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, A. Kuhn, S. Schiemann, J. Oreg, and J. H. Eberly, “Laser-induced population transfer in multistate systems: a comparative study,” Phys. Rev. A 45, 5297–5300 (1992).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, K. Bergmann, J. Oreg, and S. Rosenwaks, “Multilevel adiabatic population transfer,” Phys. Rev. A 44, 7442–7447 (1991).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, P. Meystre, and S. Stenholm, “Is a quantum standing wave composed of two traveling waves?” J. Opt. Soc. Am. B 8, 903–910 (1991).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, “Gating of population flow in resonant multiphoton excitation,” Phys. Rev. A 29, 1578–1582 (1984).
[Crossref]

J. R. Morris and B. W. Shore, “Reduction of degenerate two-level excitation to independent two-state systems,” Phys. Rev. A 27, 906–912 (1983).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore and M. A. Johnson, “Effects of hyperfine structure on coherent excitation,” Phys. Rev. A 23, 1608–1610 (1981).
[Crossref]

A. F. Bernhardt and B. W. Shore, “Coherent atomic deflection by resonant standing waves,” Phys. Rev. A 23, 1290–1301 (1981).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, “Two-level behavior of coherent excitation of multilevel systems,” Phys. Rev. A 24, 1413–1418 (1981).
[Crossref]

R. J. Cook and B. W. Shore, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. III. An analytically soluble periodic case,” Phys. Rev. A 20, 539–544 (1979).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore and R. J. Cook, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. IV. Two-and three-level behavior,” Phys. Rev. A 20, 1958–1964 (1979).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, “Effects of magnetic sublevel degeneracy on Rabi oscillations,” Phys. Rev. A 17, 1739–1746 (1978).
[Crossref]

Z. Białynicka-Birula, I. Białynicki-Birula, J. H. Eberly, and B. W. Shore, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules. II. Analytic solutions,” Phys. Rev. A 16, 2048–2054 (1977).
[Crossref]

J. H. Eberly, B. W. Shore, Z. Białynicka-Birula, and I. Białynicki-Birula, “Coherent dynamics of N-level atoms and molecules I. Numerical experiments,” Phys. Rev. A 16, 2038–2047 (1977).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, “B-spline expansion bases for excited states and discretized scattering states,” J. Chem. Phys. 63, 3835–3840 (1975).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore, “Solving the radial Schrodinger equation by using cubic-spline basis functions,” J. Chem. Phys. 58, 3855–3866 (1973).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore and D. H. Menzel, “Generalized tables for the calculation of dipole transition probabilities,” Astrophys. J. Suppl. Ser. 12, 187–213 (1965).
[Crossref]

B. W. Shore and D. H. Menzel, Principles of Atomic Spectra (Wiley, 1968).

B. W. Shore, Manipulating Quantum Structures Using Laser Pulses (Cambridge University, 2011).

N. V. Vitanov, M. Fleischhauer, B. W. Shore, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent manipulation of atoms and molecules by sequential laser pulses,” in Advances in Atomic Molecular and Optical Physics, B. Bederson and H. Walther, eds. (Academic, 2001), Vol. 46, pp. 55–190.

K. Bergmann and B. W. Shore, “Coherent population transfer,” in Molecular Dynamics and Spectroscopy by Stimulated Emission Pumping, H. C. Dai and R. W. Field, eds. (World Scientific, 1995), Chap. 9, pp. 315–374.

B. W. Shore, The Theory of Coherent Atomic Excitation (Wiley, 1990).

Shortley, G. H.

E. U. Condon and G. H. Shortley, The Theory of Atomic Spectra (Cambridge University1953).

Sigel, M.

C. S. Adams, M. Sigel, and J. Mlynek, “Atom optics,” Phys. Rep. 240, 143–210 (1994).
[Crossref]

Silberberg, Y.

U. Levy and Y. Silberberg, “Weakly diverging to tightly focused Gaussian beams: a single set of analytic expressions,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. A 3433, 1999–2009 (2016).

U. Levy and Y. Silberberg, “Weakly diverging to tightly focused Gaussian beams: a single set of analytic expressions,” J. Opt. Soc. Am. A 33, 1999–2009 (2016).
[Crossref]

Sillanpää, M. A.

J. Li, G. S. Paraoanu, K. Cicak, F. Altomare, J. I. Park, R. W. Simmonds, M. A. Sillanpää, and P. J. Hakonen, “Decoherence, Autler-Townes effect, and dark states in two-tone driving of a three-level superconducting system,” Phys. Rev. B 84, 104527 (2011).
[Crossref]

Simmonds, R. W.

J. Li, G. S. Paraoanu, K. Cicak, F. Altomare, J. I. Park, R. W. Simmonds, M. A. Sillanpää, and P. J. Hakonen, “Decoherence, Autler-Townes effect, and dark states in two-tone driving of a three-level superconducting system,” Phys. Rev. B 84, 104527 (2011).
[Crossref]

Sipe, J. E.

M. V. Tratnik and J. E. Sipe, “Nonlinear polarization dynamics. I. The single-pulse equations,” Phys. Rev. A 35, 2965–2975 (1987).
[Crossref]

Skinner, T. E.

T. E. Skinner, T. O. Reiss, B. Luy, N. Khaneja, and S. J. Glaser, “Reducing the duration of broadband excitation pulses using optimal control with limited RF amplitude,” J. Magn. Reson. 167, 68–74 (2004).
[Crossref]

Slowik, K.

K. Słowik, A. Raczyński, J. Zaremba, and S. Zielińska-Kaniasty, “Light storage in a tripod medium as a basis for logical operations,” Opt. Commun. 285, 2392–2396 (2012).
[Crossref]

Smith, A. V.

Smith, E.

E. Smith and G. Dent, Modern Raman Spectroscopy–A Practical Approach (Wiley, 2005).

Snigirev, S. A.

S. A. Snigirev, A. A. Golovizin, G. A. Vishnyakova, A. V. Akimov, and N. N. Kolachevskii, “Coherent excitation of the 5D5/2 level of ultra-cold rubidium atoms with short laser pulses,” Quantum Electron. 42, 714–720 (2012).
[Crossref]

Snyder, A. W.

Soares, A. A.

A. A. Soares and L. E. E. de Araujo, “Coherent accumulation of excitation in the electromagnetically induced transparency of an ultrashort pulse train,” Phys. Rev. A 76, 043818 (2007).
[Crossref]

Sobelman, I. I.

I. I. Sobelman, Atomic Spectra and Radiative Transitions, 2nd ed. (Springer, 1992).

Sobolewska, B.

B. J. Herman, P. D. Drummond, J. H. Eberly, and B. Sobolewska, “Coherent propagation and optical pumping in three-level systems,” Phys. Rev. A 30, 1910–1924 (1984).
[Crossref]

Solá, I. R.

B. Chang, I. R. Solá, and V. S. Malinovsky, “Selective excitation of diatomic molecules by chirped laser pulses,” Chem. Phys. 113, 4901–4911 (2000).

I. R. Solá, V. S. Malinovsky, B. Chang, J. Santamaria, and K. Bergmann, “Coherent population transfer in three-level Λ systems by chirped laser pulses: minimization of the intermediate-level population,”